Home

2014 Nissan Xterra Owner`s Manual

1. 5 2 Exhaust gas carbon monoxide 0005 5 2 Three way catalySl scs consssorusrrinicarsiesrisis 5 2 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 5 3 On pavement and off road driving PIeCAUIlONS acs resisa dese kedri uri EEn pT EEEE A 5 5 Avoiding collision and rollover 0005 5 6 Off road recovery ss csr peewee tinio rinri nren 5 6 Rapid air pressure lOSS nuuanu anaana eee es 5 6 Drinking alcohol drugs and driving 5 7 Driving safety precautions sssss rernu 5 7 ONON SWIG iseen Meee mene E 5 9 Automatic transmission if so equipped 5 10 Manual transmission if so equipped 5 11 Key DOSIIONS ccccectdiawtudenemneeienatenwened 5 11 NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system 5 11 Before starting the engine 2 0005 5 12 Starting the engine lt s 2ncscasseke dear eaneeawe wens 5 12 Driving the VENIGleisccs occ hse dene dsarereeiwe at eect 5 13 Automatic transmission if so equipped 5 13 Manual transmission if so equipped 5 17 Parking Drak eericarenee e EAEN 5 19 CUSE CONIO erranen aA E ANS 5 20 Precautions on cruise control 5 20 Cruise control operations s sss sasear 5 20 Break in SCNSOUICGs 2565 2 lt nhtutenswesineedsecasees 5 21 Fuel efficient driving tipS 02 02e eee 5 22 Increasing fuel economy 0 02ee eee ee 5 23 ESZI Using four wheel drive
2. Sit upright and weil back AWARNING Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times Children should be properly re strained in the rear seat and if appro priate in a child restraint 1 14 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING The seat belt should be properly ad justed to a snug fit Failure to do so may reduce the effectiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an acci dent Serious injury or death can occur if the seat belt is not worn properly AWARNING Always route the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never put the belt behind your back under your arm or across your neck The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Position the lap belt as low and snug as possible AROUND THE HIPS NOT THE WAIST A lap belt worn too high could increase the risk of internal injuries in an accident Be sure the seat belt tongue is securely fastened to the proper buckle Do not wear the seat belt inside out or twisted Doing so may reduce its effectiveness Do not allow more than one person to use the same seat belt Never carry more people in the vehicle than there are seat belts If the seat belt warning light glows con tinuously while the ignition is turned ON with all doors closed and all seat belts fastened it may i
3. 05 USB interface models without Navigation System if so equipped cece eee ees USB interface models with Navigation SVGlCM sicnussceeuseaaetureneautaseeesecunees iPod player operation without Navigation System if so equipped cece eee ees iPod player operation with Navigation System if so equipped cece eee eee ees Bluetooth streaming audio with Navigation System if so equipped cece eee ees Pandora audio United States only if SO equipped 6 cece cece cece eee ees CD care and CleaninGs ssinveiventeecseeenes ads Steering wheel switch for audio control PRICING a dete Serene s dena Set AT TET NissanConnect App Smartphone Integration if so equipped cccencducecacuecsaesecaucs gedeante Registering with NissanConnect App Connect PHONG lt vievestcndschevinasiceneneeas Application Download s renee eeswene ce Car phone or CB radio anaana Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System without Navigation System if so equipped 5 Regulatory Information s 2 2 0 s6 lt e lt eeer eee Using the Sy Ste acs cemeees ene ees Gee eee tase ees Control DUTONS 2 acig eee ces esas cee ees Getting started ascysae tren se eaectwerhescaues List Of VOICE COMMANGS gcc ccnesn Pekaee news nn Voice Adaptation VA mode 000e cues ManUal COnUG 428 s ccnepertied anew bees nia Troubleshooting guide cncccincueewesetcdook wa
4. 0 eee ee 4 5 How to use the APPS i button 05 4 5 FEAD oft Co n a an ananuna rrna n rrr rrr 4 7 How to use the ON OFF button VOL volume control knob 0 0eee eee eeeees 4 7 How to use the CAMERA button 5 4 7 RearView Monitor if so equipped 008 4 8 How to read the displayed lines 4 8 Difference between predicted and actual GISIANCSS 2 552650 5cd50654540564686020 NC R52 RES 4 9 Adjusting the SCreen 0 cece eee eee 4 11 OBC PS sia eeaaauswredaver cen wsaccaae cance 4 12 NOS cc duce eens en NEAR ees sored eeeet eur eeed 4 13 Heater and air conditioner manual 05 4 14 COMO o AET E E EEO STT 4 14 Heater operation 2 4 546 even aenar neran nern 4 15 Air conditioner operation 2 022005 4 16 Air OW GNA eis c og 2 dco ea cecedeieacied we cm tere 4 17 Servicing air CONCILIONG 6 2064 e0nes eae eed eas en ee 4 21 Audio SYSICNN cies tcs ee teenth ecigeusereeneer saws 4 21 FM radio reception g2cucnconedieendedececee gest AM radio reception lt 2 2ceicescuneestiestsgensane Satellite radio reception if so equipped Audio operation precautions 0 0000e FM AM radio with compact disc CD player if SO equipped 1 cece cece eee eee ees FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD player Type A if so equipped 8 FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD player Type B if so equipped
5. For emergency towing procedures refer to Towing recommended by NISSAN in the In case of emergency section of this manual Manual Transmission if so equipped Always tow with the manual transmission in Neutral On 4 wheel drive vehicles place the transfer case in the 2H range Failure to do so will cause the powertrain to bind up e After towing 500 miles 805 km start and idle the engine with the transmission in Neu tral for two minutes Failure to idle the engine after every 500 miles 805 km of towing may cause damage to internal transmission parts Automatic Transmission if so equipped To tow a vehicle equipped with an automatic transmission an appropriate vehicle dolly MUST be placed under the towed vehicle s drive wheels Always follow the dolly manufacturer s recommendations when using their product UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING DOT Department of Transportation Quality Grades All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified gov ernment test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 1 2 ti
6. 4 PHONE SEND Press the 4 amp 4 button to initiate a VR session or answer an incoming call You can also use the f button to interrupt the system feedback and give acommand at once See List of voice commands and During a call in this section for more information mm PHONE END While the Voice Recognition system is active press and hold the but ton for 5 seconds to quit the Voice Recognition system at any time lt gt ENTER button tuning switch While using the Voice Recognition system tilt the tuning switch up or down to manually control the phone system Press the ENTER button to select an option on the display screen GETTING STARTED The following procedures will help you get started using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with NISSAN Voice Recognition For ad ditional command options refer to List of voice commands in this section Choosing a language You can interact with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System using English Spanish or French Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 63 To change the language perform the following 1 Press and hold the fe than 5 seconds button for more 2 The system announces Press the PHONE SEND f4 button for the hands free phone system to enter the voice adaptation mode or press the PHONE END h button to select a different lan guage 3 Press the button For information on voi
7. the battery is discharged the distance between the vehicle and the keyfob is over 33 ft 10 m The panic alarm will not activate when the key is in the ignition switch A CAUTION Listed below are conditions or occur rences which will damage the keyfob Do not allow the keyfob which contains electrical components to come into contact with water or salt water This could affect the system function e Do not drop the keyfob Do not strike the keyfob sharply against another object Do not change or modify the keyfob Wetting may damage the keyfob If the keyfob gets wet immediately wipe until it is completely dry Do not place the keyfob for an extended period in an area where temperatures exceed 140 F 60 C Do not attach the keyfob with a key holder that contains a magnet Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 5 Do not place the keyfob near equipment that produces a magnetic field such as a TV audio equipment and personal computers If a keyfob is lost or stolen NISSAN rec ommends erasing the ID code of that key fob This will prevent the keyfob from un authorized use to unlock the vehicle For information regarding the erasing proce dure please contact a NISSAN dealer 3 6 Pre driving checks and adjustments T om LPD0209 HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM Locking doors Close all windows Remove the key from the ignition switch Close t
8. 6 until the preset number is updated on the display and the sound is briefly muted 3 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Programming is now complete 4 Other buttons can be set in the same man ner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be canceled In that case reset the desired stations 4 36 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Compact disc CD player operation If the radio is already operating it automatically turns off and the compact disc begins to play CD AUX button With a CD loaded press the CD AUX button until the CD mode is displayed on the screen CD MP3 display mode While listening to an MP3 WMA CD certain text may be displayed on the screen if the CD has been encoded with text information Depending on how the MP3 WMA CD is encoded informa tion such as Artist Song and Folder will be dis played The track number and the total number of tracks in the current folder or on the current disc are displayed on the screen as well dq gt I SEEK CAT Reverse or Fast Forward button Press and hold the SEEK CAT button 4 or PPI for 1 5 seconds while the compact disc is playing to reverse or fast forward the track being played The compact disc plays at an in creased speed while reversing or fast forwarding When the button is released the compact disc returns to normal play speed lt
9. Starting and driving 5 29 AWARNING Never leave the E Lock system ON when driving on paved or hard surfaced roads Turning the vehicle may result in the rear wheels slipping and result in an accident and personal injury After us ing the E Lock system to free the ve hicle turn the system OFF Use the E Lock system only when free ing a stuck vehicle Try the 4LO position before using the E Lock system Never use the E Lock system on a slippery road surface such as snow or ice sur face Using the E Lock system when driving in these road conditions may cause unexpected movement of the ve hicle during engine braking accelerat ing or turning which may result in an accident and serious personal injury 5 30 Starting and driving A CAUTION e After using the E Lock system turn the switch OFF to prevent possible damage to driveline components from extended use Do not drive the vehicle at speeds faster than 12 MPH 20 km h when the sys tem is engaged Doing so could damage drivetrain components Do not turn on the E lock system while the tires are spinning Doing so could damage drivetrain components PARKING PARKING ON HILLS AWARNING e Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire Safe parking procedures require that both the parking brake be set and the transmission placed into P Park for automatic transmis
10. The headlights must be set to the high beam function Press the off road lamps switch Instruments and controls 2 31 To turn the off road lights off press the off road lamps switch again If the high beam function of the headlights is turned off at any time the off road lights will turn off as well If the high beam function is turned back on the off road lamps switch needs to be pressed again with the covers still removed in order to turn on the off road lights The covers should remain on the off road lights when the lights are not in use 2 32 Instruments and controls HEATED SEATS if so equipped The front seats are warmed by built in heaters 1 Start the engine 2 Push the LO or HI position of the switch as desired The indicator light in the switch will illuminate The heater is controlled by a thermostat automatically turning the heater on and off The indicator light will remain on as long as the switch Is on When the seat is warmed or before you leave the vehicle be sure to turn the switch off AWARNING Do not use or allow occupants to use the seat heater if you or the occupants cannot monitor elevated seat temperatures or have an inability to feel pain in body parts that contact the seat Use of the seat heater by such people could result in seri Ous injury A CAUTION The battery could run down if the seat heater is operated while the engine is not running e Do n
11. gt Journey time Trip __ A For additional information refer to Trip com puter later in this section Resetting the trip odometer Pushing the change button for more than 1 sec ond resets the currently displayed trip odometer to zero FUEL Leap _ Loose fuel cap warning message Press the reset button for more than 1 second to reset the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning mes sage after the fuel cap has been tightened For additional information see Fuel filler cap in the Pre driving checks and adjustments section Check tire pressure warning message The CHECK TIRE PRES pressure warning message is displayed when the low tire pressure warning light is illuminated and low tire pressure is detected Check and adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label The CHECK TIRE PRES warning message turns off when the low tire pressure warning light turns off The low tire pressure warning light remains illu minated until the tires are inflated to the recom mended COLD tire pressure The CHECK TIRE PRES warning message is displayed each time the ignition switch is placed in the ON position as Instruments and controls 2 5 long as the low tire pressure warning light re mains illuminated For more information see Low tire pressure warning light in the Instruments and controls section Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS
12. C uN CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL 5 Remove the dipstick again and check the oil level It should be bet the H High and 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply evel It should be between the H High an the parking brake L Low marks This is the normal oper ating oil level range If the oil level is below 2 Start the engine and let it idle until it reaches the L Low mark remove the oil filler cap operating temperature and pour recommended oil through the 3 Turn off the engine Wait more than opening Do not overfill 10 minutes for the oil to drain back into 6 Recheck oil level with the dipstick the oil pan i a a It is normal to add some oil between oil 4 Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean Re maintenance intervals or during the insert it all the way break in period depending on the severity of operating conditions Maintenance and do it yourself 8 9 CHANGING ENGINE OIL i Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake Start the engine and let it idle until it reaches operating temperature then turn it off Remove the oil filler cap by turning it counterclockwise Place a large drain pan under the drain plug 8 10 Maintenance and do it yourself 5 Remove the drain plug 8 with a wrench by turning it counterclockwise and completely drain the oil If the oil filter is to be changed remove and replace it at this time See Changin
13. Oe ot g Fan speed control dial Front window defroster button Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster button Air recirculation button Temperature control dial MAX A C button Air flow control buttons Air conditioner button 4 14 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems CONTROLS Fan control dial The fan control dial turns the fan on and off and controls fan speed Air flow control buttons The air flow control buttons allow you to select the air flow outlets MAX A C Air flows from center and side vents with maximum cooling air conditioning rs Air flows from center and side vents spt Air flows from center and side vents and foot outlets Tad Air flows mainly from foot outlets Fi Air flows from defroster out lets and foot outlets GY Air flows mainly from defroster outlets Temperature control dial The temperature control dial allows you to adjust the temperature of the outlet air To lower the temperature turn the dial to the left To increase the temperature turn the dial to the right Air recirculation button ON position Indicator light on Interior air is recirculated inside the vehicle Press the button to the on position when driving on a dusty road to prevent traffic fumes from entering pas senger compartment formaximum cooling when using the air con ditioner OFF position Indicator li
14. and remove the key Starting and driving 5 31 POWER STEERING The power assisted steering uses a hydraulic pump driven by the engine to assist steering If the engine stops or the drive belt breaks you will still have control of the vehicle However much greater steering effort is needed especially in sharp turns and at low speeds AWARNING If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the steering will not work Steering will be harder to operate 5 32 Starting and driving BRAKE SYSTEM The brake system has two separate hydraulic circuits If one circuit malfunctions you will still have braking at 2 wheels BRAKE PRECAUTIONS Vacuum assisted brakes The brake booster aids braking by using engine vacuum If the engine stops you can stop the vehicle by depressing the brake pedal However greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will be required to stop the vehicle and stopping dis tance will be longer Using the brakes Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving This will overheat the brakes wear out the brake pads faster and reduce gas mileage To help reduce brake wear and to prevent the brakes from overheating reduce speed and downshift to a lower gear before going down a slope or long grade Overheated brakes may reduce braking performance and could result in loss of vehicle control AWARNING While driving on a slippery surface be careful
15. later in this section Also the seatback can be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is stopped and the shift lever is in P Park or N Neutral position with the parking brake fully applied Seat lifter if so equipped for driver s seat Turn either dial to adjust the angle and height of the seat cushion to the desired position Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 3 Lumbar support if so equipped for driver s seat The lumbar support feature provides adjustable lower back support to the driver Move the lever forward or backward to adjust the seat lumbar area HEAD RESTRAINTS HEADRESTS AWARNING Head restraints headrests supplement the other vehicle safety systems They may provide additional protection against in jury in certain rear end collisions Adjust able head restraints headrests must be adjusted properly as specified in this sec tion Check the adjustment after someone else uses the seat Do not attach anything to the head restraint headrest stalks or remove the head restraint headrest Do not use the seat if the head restraint headrest has been removed If the head restraint headrest was removed reinstall and properly adjust the head restraint headrest before an occupant uses the seating position Failure to fol low these instructions can reduce the ef fectiveness of the head restraints headrests This may increase the risk of serious injury or death in a
16. 1 Move the vehicle safely off the road apply the parking brake and move the shift lever to N Neutral manual transmission or to P Park automatic transmission Do not stop the engine 2 Turn off the air conditioner Open all the windows move the heater or air conditioner temperature control to maximum hot and fan control to high speed 3 Get out of the vehicle Look and listen for steam or coolant escaping from the radiator before opening the hood If steam or cool ant is escaping turn off the engine Do not open the hood further until no steam or coolant can be seen 4 Open the engine hood AWARNING If steam or water is coming from the en gine stand clear to prevent getting burned 5 Visually check drive belts for damage or looseness Also check if the cooling fan is running The radiator hoses and radiator should not leak water If coolant is leaking the water pump belt is missing or loose or the cooling fan does not run stop the en gine AWARNING Be careful not to allow your hands hair jewelry or clothing to come into contact with or get caught in engine belts or the engine cooling fan The engine cooling fan can start at any time In case of emergency 6 11 6 After the engine cools down check the cool ant level in the engine coolant reservoir tank with the engine running Add coolant to the engine coolant reservoir tank if necessary Have your vehicle repaired at a NISSAN dealer
17. 3 5 L Labels Air conditioner specification label 9 12 C M V S S certification label 9 11 Emission control information label 9 11 Engine serial number 9 10 F M V S S certification label 9 11 Tire and Loading Information label 9 11 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 10 Warning labels for SRS 1 59 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren OVS a ee og aes oe Se bP as 1 28 License plate Installing the license plate 9 12 GOAIE 26 s toes eae es oe ee e eG 3 9 Light Air bag warning light 1 60 2 19 Brake light See stop light 8 30 Bulb check instrument panel 2 15 Bulb replacement 8 30 Charge warning light 2 16 Fog light switch 2 a sms eae ee we 2 31 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 28 Headlight control switch 2 28 Headlights oos saa dasu bee wm Gece a oa 8 28 Interior light sw S28 oe whe ee a 2 50 Light BUDS ao 4 4 8 fe eae ea ow a 8 28 Low tire pressure warning light 2 17 Low windshield washer fluid warning Me a ee e ee 2 19 Off road lamps switch 2 31 Passenger air bag and status light 1 54 Security indicator light aaaea 2 22 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders aaoo 2 14 Lights MIAO IGS ssaa oeae e E aA 2 51 Lock Child safety reardoorlock 3 5 DOOVIOOKS w s s 4 4 4 0 0 5 0 ae de eH 3 3 Power door lo
18. 6 12 Incase of emergency TOWING YOUR VEHICLE When towing your vehicle all State Provincial in Canada and local regulations for towing must be followed Incorrect towing equipment could dam age your vehicle Towing instructions are avail able from a NISSAN dealer Local service opera tors are generally familiar with the applicable laws and procedures for towing To assure proper towing and to prevent accidental damage to your vehicle NISSAN recommends having a service operator tow your vehicle It is advisable to have the service operator carefully read the following precautions AWARNING Never ride in a vehicle that is being towed Never get under your vehicle after it has been lifted by a tow truck A CAUTION When towing make sure that the trans mission axles steering system and powertrain are in working condition If any of these conditions apply dollies or a flatbed tow truck must be used Always attach safety chains before towing For information about towing your vehicle behind a recreational vehicle RV refer to Flat towing in the Technical and consumer information sec tion of this manual WCE0196 A Automatic Transmissions A T Manual Transmissions M T TOWING RECOMMENDED BY NISSAN Two wheel drive models NISSAN recommends that your vehicle be towed with the driving rear wheels off the ground or place the vehicle on a flatbed truck as illustrated A CAUTI
19. Adjust air flow direction for the driver s side vents 4 center vents 2 and passenger s side vents by moving the vent slide and or vent assem Do not use wax on the camera window blies Wipe off the wax with a clean cloth damp ened with mild detergent diluted with water Do not damage the camera as the monitor screen may be adversely affected Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 13 HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER manual AWARNING The air conditioner cooling function op erates only when the engine is running e Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle Pets should also not be left alone They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals Do not use the recirculation mode for long periods as it may cause the interior air to become stale and the windows to fog up NOTE Odors from inside and outside the vehicle can build up in the air conditioner unit Odor can enter the passenger compartment through the vents When parking set the heater and air condi tioner controls to turn off air recirculation to allow fresh air into the passenger compart ment This should help reduce odors inside the vehicle ON gt
20. FOREWORD Welcome to the growing family of new NISSAN owners This vehicle is delivered to you with confidence It was produced using the latest techniques and strict quality control This manual was prepared to help you under stand the operation and maintenance of your vehicle so that you may enjoy many miles kilome ters of driving pleasure Please read through this manual before operating your vehicle A separate Warranty Information Booklet explains details about the warranties cov ering your vehicle The NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide explains details about maintaining and servicing your ve hicle Additionally a separate Customer Care Lemon Law Booklet U S only will explain how to resolve any concerns you may have with your vehicle as well as clarify your rights under your state s lemon law Your NISSAN dealership knows your vehicle best When you require any service or have any questions they will be glad to assist you with the extensive resources available to them In addition to factory installed options your ve hicle may also be equipped with additional ac cessories installed by NISSAN or by your NISSAN dealer prior to delivery It is important that you familiarize yourself with all disclosures warnings cautions and instructions concerning proper use of such accessories prior to operating the vehicle and or accessory See a NISSAN dealer for details concerning the particular ac cessories w
21. MIRRORS REARVIEW MIRROR if so equipped The night position reduces glare from the headlights of vehicles behind you at night Use the day position when driving in daylight hours A WARNING Use the night position only when neces sary because it reduces rear view Clarity t LPD0446 AUTOMATIC ANTI GLARE REARVIEW MIRROR if so equipped The inside mirror is designed so that it automati cally dims according to the intensity of the head lights of the vehicle following you The automatic anti glare feature is activated when the ignition switch is in the ON position NOTE Do not hang any objects over the sensors 1 or apply glass cleaner to the sensors Doing so will reduce the sensitivity of the sensors resulting in improper operation The indicator light will illuminate when the auto matic anti glare feature is operating With the ignition switch in the ON position press the button as described To turn off the anti glare feature press the button The indicator light will turn off To turn on the anti glare feature press the button again The indicator light will turn on For more information about the compass 2 and compass features if so equipped refer to Compass display in the Instruments and con trols section of this manual OUTSIDE MIRRORS AWARNING Do not adjust the mirrors while driving You could lose control of your vehicle and caus
22. e Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs If you do parts of your vehicle can break tire damage could occur or it can change the way your vehicle handles This could result in loss of control and cause per sonal injury Overloading not only can shorten the life of your vehicle and the tire but can also cause unsafe vehicle handling and longer brak ing distances This may cause a premature tire failure which could result in a serious accident and personal injury Failures caused by overloading are not covered by the vehicle s warranty MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS Secure loose items to prevent weight shifts that could affect the balance of your vehicle When the vehicle is loaded drive to a scale and weigh the front and the rear wheels separately to determine axle loads Individual axle loads should not ex ceed either of the gross axle weight rat ings GAWR The total of the axle loads should not exceed the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR These ratings are given on the vehicle certification label If weight ratings are exceeded move or re move items to bring all weights below the ratings TOWING A TRAILER AWARNING Overloading or improper loading of a trailer and its cargo can adversely affect vehicle handling braking and perfor mance and may lead to accidents A CAUTION Do not tow a trailer or haul a heavy load for the first 500 miles 800 km Your
23. mental air bag Roof mounted curtain side impact and roll over supplemental air bag Seat belt with pretensioner Supplemental front impact air bag system The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System can help cushion the impact force to the head and chest of the driver and front passenger in certain frontal collisions Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the chest area of the driver and front passenger in certain side impact collisions The side air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted Roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in front and rear outboard seating positions in certain side impact or rollover collisions In a side impact the curtain air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted In a rollover curtain air bags are designed to inflate and remain inflated for a short time These supplemental restraint systems are de signed to supplement the crash protection pro vided by the seat belts and are not a substitute for them Seat belts should always be correctly worn and the occupant seated a suitable dis tance away from the steering wheel instrument panel and door finishers See Seat belts earlier in this section for instructions and precautions on seat belt usage The suppleme
24. ture is above 194 F 90 C the display will read SC When the outside temperature is between 40 F 40 C and 60 F 51 C the dis play will read 40 F 40 C When the tem perature is below 60 F 51 C the display will read OC The outside temperature sensor is located in front of the radiator The sensor may be affected by road or engine heat wind direc tion and other driving conditions The display may differ from the actual outside tempera ture or the temperature displayed on various signs or billboards t WIC0904 COMPASS DISPLAY Pushthe button for about 1 second when the ignition key is in the ON position to toggle the compass direction display 1 on or off The dis play will indicate the direction of the vehicle s heading N North E East S South W West If the CAL or C icon is illuminated in the compass display calibrate the compass by driv ing the vehicle in three complete circles at less than 5 MPH 8 km h You can also calibrate the compass by driving your vehicle on your everyday route The com pass will be calibrated once it has tracked three complete circles Instruments and controls 2 11 2 12 Instruments and controls Zone variation change procedure The difference between magnetic north and geo graphical north is known as variance In some areas this difference can sometimes be great enough to cause false compass readings Foll
25. 2 28 Headlight control switch 0 cee ee eee 2 28 Daytime running light system if so equipped Canada only 0005 2 30 Instrument brightness control 06 2 30 TU signal SWICK secvaccrcucedvae ue need hoses 2 31 Fog light switch if so equipped 66 2 31 Off road lamps switch if so equipped 2 31 Heated seats if so equipped 0e eee eee 2 32 FIOM ccentuntenademenuserseananvest semana EER 2 33 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off switch 2 33 Hill descent control switch if so equipped 2 34 Electronic locking rear differential E Lock system switch if so EQUIDPEd eee 2 35 Clutch interlock clutch start switch PSO CHUN ed serieari teran a E i 2 36 POWE ollel s terorii Eea a aA 2 37 EEE e E E E E E T TE E E 2 38 Sl rage WANS 4324 exeneonewsa dan nE eA AA 2 38 Console DOK recssnrinrr EAREN ERREN ERER tee eee 2 39 AVE DOK res eE AA ARE 2 39 Sunglasses holder 2 0e eeee eee eee 2 39 IsO0l faChaceaen tense ene essen E 2 45 Map DOCKC IS ctancenteauwsocenceseeeneeceueass 2 40 NVIDG OWS oct E E E EE A TE EE 2 48 Seat pockets if so equipped s 25 60 00 ee 2 40 Power WindowS aaau uere rreren 2 48 Cup holders 0 cece eee cence eee ees 2 41 INLEHOF NOMS ccccsanee ee senten E 2 50 Catge arsa Stage ccasintertestaneasteanren 2 42 Map lights 000 ce eeaeee e eee ee eevee eee 9 51 Luggage NOOKS 6 e eee
26. 3 Place your left foot on the brake pedal and release the parking brake 4 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 5 Press and release the clutch interlock switch The CANCEL light on the switch will illuminate 6 Turn the ignition to the START position to start the engine and at the same time de press the accelerator pedal with your right foot As the vehicle begins to move take your left foot off the brake Once the engine has started the clutch interlock switch CANCEL light shuts off Do not use the interlock switch to start the engine under normal driving conditions POWER OUTLET WIC1420 Front row The power outlets are for powering electrical accessories such as cellular telephones They are rated at 12 volt 120W 10A maximum The power outlets are powered only when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position Open the cap to use a power outlet A CAUTION The outlet and plug may be hot during or immediately after use LICO761 Center console Only certain power outlets are designed for use with a cigarette lighter unit Do not use any other power outlet for an accessory lighter See your NISSAN dealer for additional information Do not use with accessories that exceed a 12 volt 120W 10A power draw Do not use double adapters or more than one electrical accessory Use power outlets with the engine run ning to avoid discharging the vehicle battery Kd r S SANA
27. 4 Change Minute will appear on the screen Turn the TUNE FOLDER knob to adjust the minutes and then press ENTER The display will return to the regular clock display after 10 seconds if no further adjustment is per formed FM AM radio operation AM and FM buttons Press the AM button to change the band to AM If another audio source is playing when the AM button is pressed the audio source playing will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will begin playing Press the FM button to change the band as follows FM1 FM2 FM1 If another audio source is playing when the FM button is pressed the audio source playing will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will begin playing The FM stereo indicator ST illuminates during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio automatically changes from stereo to monaural reception A Vv SEEK and TRACK tuning buttons Press the SEEK button 4 to tune from low to high frequencies and stop at the next broadcast ing station Press the TRACK button Y to tune from high to low frequencies and stop at the next broad casting station Press and hold either button to seek at a faster speed SCAN tuning button Press the SCAN button SCAN illuminates in the display window Scan tuning begins from low to high frequencies Scan tuning stops for 5 sec onds at each broadcasting station t
28. 4 62 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems The system repeats the numbers and prompts you to enter more six two zero zero e Say pound for Say star for avail able when using the Special Number com mand and the Send command during a call See List of voice commands and Special number in this section for more information Example 1 555 1212 123 One five five five one two one two star one two three Say plus for available only when using the Special Number commana Say pause for a 2 second pause available only when storing a phone book number NOTE For best results say phone numbers as single digits The voice command Help is available at any time Please use the Help command to get information on how to use the system Voice Prompt Interrupt In most cases you can interrupt the voice feed back to speak the next command by pressing the i button on the steering wheel After interrupting the system wait for a beep before speaking your command One Shot Call To use the system faster you may speak the second level commands with the main menu command on the main menu For example press the fi button and after the tone say Call Redial CONTROL BUTTONS The control buttons for the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System are located on the steering wheel
29. Drive belt location 9 Radiator cap 10 Power steering fluid reservoir 11 Battery 12 Engine coolant reservoir ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM The engine cooling system is filled at the factory with a pre diluted mixture of 50 Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue and 50 water to provide year round anti freeze and coolant protection The antifreeze solution con tains rust and corrosion inhibitors Additional en gine cooling system additives are not necessary AWARNING Never remove the radiator or coolant reservoir cap when the engine is hot Wait until the engine and radiator cool down Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator See precautions in If your vehicle overheats found in the In case of emergency section of this manual The radiator is equipped with a pres sure type radiator cap To prevent en gine damage use only a genuine NISSAN radiator cap A CAUTION Never use any cooling system additives such as radiator sealer Additives may clog the cooling system and cause dam age to the engine transmission and or cooling system When adding or replacing coolant be sure to use only Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue or equivalent Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue is pre diluted to provide antifreeze protection to 34 F 37 C If additional freeze protection is needed due to weather where you operate yo
30. P 1 28 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details 0 2 Illustrated table of contents EXTERIOR FRONT 12 13 ae eA O 1 Engine hood P 3 9 Windshield wiper and washer switch P 2 26 Windshield P 8 19 Power windows P 2 48 Door locks keyfob keys P 3 3 3 5 3 2 Mirrors P 3 15 Tire pressure P 8 32 Flat tire P 6 3 Tire chains P 5 38 Replacing bulbs P 8 28 Headlight and turn signal switch P 2 28 Fog light switch if so equipped P 2 31 Tow hooks if so equipped P 6 14 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details Illustrated table of contents 0 3 EXTERIOR REAR 1 Roof rack P 2 45 2 Vehicle loading P 9 12 3 Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch P 2 28 4 Rear window washer P 2 27 5 Rear view camera If so equipped P 4 8 Lift gate P 3 9 Spare tire P 6 3 Replacing bulbs P 8 28 9 Fuel filler door P 3 10 10 Child safety rear door lock P 3 5 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details ON D 0 4 Illustrated table of contents PASSENGER COMPARTMENT Noe ON 8 Map lights P 2 51 Sun visors P 3 13 Inside mirror P 3 15 Glove box P 2 39 Console box P 2 39 Front seats P 1 2 Rear seats P 1 10 Storage P 2 38 See the page number indicated in paren theses for
31. Partitioned USB devices may not play cor rectly Some characters used in other languages Chinese Japanese etc may not appear properly in the display Using English lan guage characters with a USB device is rec ommended General notes for USB use Refer to your device manufacturer s owner information regarding the proper use and care of the device Notes for iPod use iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries Improperly plugging in the iPod may cause a checkmark to be displayed on and off flickering Always make sure that the iPod is connected properly AniPod nano 1st Generation may remain in fast forward or rewind mode if it is con nected during a seek operation In this case please manually reset the iPod An iPod nano 2nd Generation will con tinue to fast forward or rewind if it is discon nected during a seek operation An incorrect song title may appear when the Play Mode is changed while using an iPod nano 2nd Generation Audiobooks may not play in the same order as they appear on an iPod Large video files cause slow responses in an iPod The vehicle center display may mo mentarily black out but will soon recover fan iPod automatically selects large video files while in the shuffle mode the vehicle center display may momentarily black out but will soon recover Monitor climate audio phone and voice rec
32. Ta into place under the tab Install the glove box door WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES CLEANING If your windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if a wiper blade chatters when running wax or other material may be on the blade or windshield Clean the outside of the windshield with a washer solution or a mild detergent Your windshield is clean if beads do not form when rinsing with clear water Clean each blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked in a washer solution or a mild detergent Then rinse the blades with clear water If your wind shield is still not clear after cleaning the blades and using the wiper replace the blades A CAUTION Worn windshield wiper blades can dam age the windshield and impair driver vision REPLACING Replace the wiper blades if they are worn 1 Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield 2 Push the release tab then move the wiper blade down the wiper arm to remove 3 Remove the wiper blade 4 Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiper arm until it clicks into place 5 Rotate the wiper blade so the dimple is in the groove Maintenance and do it yourself 8 19 6 Return the wiper to its original position and release it until it has made contact with the windshield A CAUTION After wiper blade replacement return the wiper arm to its original position otherwise it may be damaged when the hood is opened Make sure the wiper blades conta
33. USB port Inserting the USB device tilted or up side down into the port may damage the port Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB port Do not grab the USB port cover if so equipped when pulling the USB device out of the port This could damage the port and the cover Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally Pulling the cable may damage the port Refer to your device manufacturer s owner infor mation regarding the proper use and care of the device To connect an iPod to the vehicle so that the iPod can be controlled with the audio system controls and display screen use the USB jack located in the center console 1 Connect the iPod specific end of the cable to the iPod and the USB end of the cable to the USB jack on the vehicle If your iPod supports charging via a USB connection its battery will be charged while connected to the vehicle with the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position While connected to the vehicle the iPod can only be operated by the vehicle audio controls To disconnect the iPod from the vehicle re move the USB end of the cable from the USB jack on the vehicle then remove the cable from the iPod iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries Compatibility The following models are compatible iPod Classic 5th generation firmware ver sion 1 3 0 or later iP
34. Windows Locking passengers windows 2 49 Power rear windows 2 49 Power windows 2 2 48 Rear power windows 2 49 Windshield washer fluid 8 13 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 26 Wiper Rear window wiper and washer SWICHES 6 soe bv i Oude ee ae a 2 27 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 26 Wiper blades ao 4a Kae a oe oe aw 8 19 10 7 GAS STATION INFORMATION FUEL INFORMATION Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI Anti Knock Index num ber Research octane number 91 A CAUTION Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system and may also affect the warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way catalyst Do not use E 15 or E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 15 or E 85 fuel Using E 15 or E 85 fuel in a vehicle not specifically designed for E 15 or E 85 fuel can ad versely affect the emission control de vices and systems of the vehicle Dam age caused by such fuel is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty e U S government regulations require ethanol dispensing pumps to be identi fied by a small square orange and black label with the common abbrevia tion or the appropriate percentage for that region For additional informa
35. collision 1 4 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system The illustration shows the seating positions equipped with head restraints headrests A Indicates the seating position is equipped with a head restraint E Indicates the seating position is equipped with a headrest Indicates the seating position is not equipped with a head restraint or headrest if applicable Your vehicle is equipped with a head restraint headrest that may be integrated adjustable or non adjustable Adjustable head restraints headrests have multiple notches along the stalk to lock them in a desired adjustment position The non adjustable head restraints headrests have a single locking notch to secure them to the seat frame Proper Adjustment For the adjustable type align the head restraint headrest so the center of your ear IS approximately level with the center of the head restraint headrest lf your ear position is still higher than the recommended alignment place the head restraint headrest at the highest position If the head restraint headrest has been re moved ensure that it is reinstalled and locked in place before riding in that desig nated seating position Adjustable head restraint headrest components 1 Removable head restraint headrest 1 2 Multiple notches 2 3 Lock knob 3 4 Stalks 4 Non adjustable head restraint headrest components Safety Seats seat belts and
36. etc Confirm that the CD is not bent or warped and it is free of scratches PRESS EJECT This is an error due to excessive tem perature inside the player Remove the CD by pressing the EJECT button After a short time reinsert the CD The CD can be played when the temperature of the player returns to normal UNPLAYABLE The file is unplayable in this audio sys tem only MP3 or WMA if so equipped CD Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 23 Compact disc with MP3 or WMA if so equipped Terms Sampling frequency Sampling frequency is the rate at which the samples of a signal are converted from analog to digital A D conversion per second MP3 MP3 is short for Moving Pictures Experts Group Audio Layer 3 MP3 is the most well known compressed digital audio file format This format allows for near CD quality sound but at a fraction of the size of normal audio files MP3 conversion of an audio track from CD ROM can reduce the file size by approximately a 10 1 ratio with virtually no perceptible loss in quality MP3 compression removes the redundant and irrelevant parts of a sound signal that the human ear doesn t hear WMA Windows Media Audio WMA is a compressed audio format created by Micro soft as an alternative to MP3 The WMA codec offers greater file compression than the MP3 codec enabling storage of more digital audio tracks in the same amount of
37. for a long time it will discharge the battery and the engine will not start Reference symbols Example Words marked in quotes refer to a key shown only on the display These keys can be selected by touching the screen HOW TO USE THE TOUCH SCREEN A CAUTION The glass display screen may break if it is hit with a hard or sharp object If the glass screen breaks do not touch it Doing so could result in an injury To clean the display never use a rough cloth alcohol benzine thinner or any kind of solvent or paper towel with a chemical cleaning agent They will scratch or deteriorate the panel e Do not splash any liquid such as water or car fragrance on the display Contact with liquid will cause the system to malfunction To help ensure safe driving some functions can not be operated while driving The on screen functions that are not available while driving will be grayed out or muted Park the vehicle in a safe location and then oper ate the navigation system AWARNING e ALWAYS give your full attention to driving Avoid using vehicle features that could distract you If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 3 X SETTINGS D Audio Tf System oe Traffic A Navigation A Messages Phone amp g Bluetooth one SXM LHA2873 Touch screen operation Selecting t
38. in the Starting and driving and Wheels and tires section in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this Owner s Manual 2 6 Instruments and controls TACHOMETER The tachometer indicates engine speed in revo lutions per minute RPM Do not rev the engine into the red zone 1 A CAUTION When engine speed approaches the red zone shift to a higher gear or reduce en gine speed Operating the engine in the red zone may cause serious engine damage ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE The gauge indicates the engine coolant tempera ture The engine coolant temperature is within the normal range 4 when the gauge needle points within the zone shown in the illustration The engine coolant temperature varies with the outside air temperature and driving conditions A CAUTION If the gauge indicates coolant tempera ture near the hot H end of the normal range reduce vehicle speed to decrease temperature If the gauge is over the nor mal range stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible If the engine is over heated continued operation of the vehicle may seriously damage the engine See If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emergency section for immediate action required FUEL GAUGE The gauge indicates the approximate fuel level in the tank The gauge may move slightly during braking turning acceleration or going up or down hills The gauge needle returns to E
39. it Is necessary for the user to register In order to reg ister visit the NissanConnect website www nissanusa com connect and sign up or cre ate an account through the prompts on the Nissan Connect App Once registered download the NissanConnect App from your compatible phone s application download source and then log into the application If you already have an account created through the App please log in CONNECT PHONE To use this feature a compatible smartphone must be connected via Bluetooth or USB to the vehicle For more information on connecting your phone see Bluetooth Hands Free Phone Sys tem with Navigation System in this section NOTE For Apple iPhones NissanConnect Apps REQUIRES the phone to be plugged in via USB NOTE For Android phones NissanConnect Apps REQUIRES the phone to be paired via Bluetooth APPLICATION DOWNLOAD Once connected the NissanConnect App will search your phone to determine which compat ible applications are currently installed The user will then choose which apps they want to bring into their vehicle from the list of apps within the Manage My Apps section of the NissanCon nect App on their smartphone The vehicle will then download the in vehicle interface for each of these compatible applications Once down loaded the user can access their selected smart phone applications through the vehicle touch screen For more information o
40. lt gt gt I SEEK CAT button Press the SEEK CAT button M4 whileaCDor MP3 WMA CD is playing to return to the begin ning of the current track Press the SEEK CAT button M4 several times to skip backward sev eral tracks Press the SEEK CAT button P while a CD or MP3 WMA CD is playing to advance one track Press the SEEK CAT button gt several times to skip forward several tracks If the last track on a CD is skipped the first track on the disc is played If the last track in a folder of an MP3 WMA CD is skipped the first track of the next folder is played TUNE SCROLL knob MP3 WMA CD only If a MP3 WMA CD with multiple folders is play ing turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to change folders Turn the knob to the left to skip back a folder Turn the knob to the right to skip ahead a folder RPT button When the RPT button is pressed while a com pact disc is playing the play pattern can be changed as follows CD 1 Track Repeat OFF CD with MP3 or WMA 1 Folder Repeat 1 Track Repeat OFF 1 Track Repeat the current track will be re peated 1 Folder Repeat the current folder will be re peated OFF No repeat play pattern is applied The indi cator on the display will turn off The current play pattern of the CD is displayed on the screen unless no pattern is applied RDM button When the RDM button is pressed while a com pact disc is playing the play pattern can be changed as follow
41. may result in increased stopping distances Self test feature The ABS includes electronic sensors electric pumps hydraulic solenoids and a computer The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward or reverse When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction If the computer senses a malfunc tion it switches the ABS off and illuminates the ABS warning light on the instrument panel The brake system then operates normally but without anti lock assistance If the ABS warning light illuminates during the self test or while driving have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer Normal operation The ABS operates at speeds above 3 6 MPH 5 10 km h The speed varies according to road conditions Starting and driving 5 33 ACTIVE BRAKE LIMITED SLIP ABLS SYSTEM When the ABS senses that 1 or more wheels are e ABLS system uses automatic braking to AWARNING close to locking up the actuator rapidly applies and releases hydraulic pressure This action is similar to pumping the brakes very quickly You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise from under the hood or feel a vibration from the actuator when it is operating This is normal and indicates that the ABS is operating properly However the pulsation
42. overload worn suspension or other possible causes of either condition Always secure items in the trailer to prevent load shift while driving Technical and consumer information 9 25 Keep the cargo load as low as possible in the trailer to keep the trailer center of gravity low Load the trailer so approximately 60 of the trailer load is in the front half and 40 is in the back half Also make sure the load is balanced side to side Check your hitch trailer tire pressure ve hicle tire pressure trailer light operation and trailer wheel lug nuts every time you attach a trailer to the vehicle Be certain your rearview mirrors conform to all federal state or local regulations If not install any mirrors required for towing before driving the vehicle Determine the overall height of the vehicle and trailer so the required clearance is known Trailer towing tips In order to gain skill and an understanding of the vehicle s behavior you should practice turning stopping and backing up in an area which Is free from traffic Steering stability and braking perfor mance will be somewhat different than under normal driving conditions Always secure items in the trailer to prevent load shift while driving 9 26 Technical and consumer information Lock the trailer hitch coupler with a pin or lock to prevent the coupler from inadver tently becoming unlatched e Avoid abrupt starts acceleration or sto
43. phonebook from the Bluetooth system and call contacts by name You can record a custom voice tag for contact names that the system has difficulty recognizing For more information see Record name in this section 4 68 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems NOTE Each phone has its own separate phone book You cannot access Phone A s phone book if you are currently connected with Phone B List Names A Use the List Names command to hear all the names and locations in the phone book The system recites the phone book entries but does not include the actual phone numbers When the playback of the list is complete the system goes back to the main menu You can stop the playback of the list at any time by pressing the button on the steering wheel The system ends the VR session See the Record name command in this section for infor mation about recording custom voice tags for list entries that the system has difficulty pronounc ing Record Name The system allows you to record custom voice tags for contact names in the phonebook that the vehicle has difficulty recognizing This feature can also be used to record voice tags to directly dial an entry with multiple numbers Up to 40 voice tags can be recorded to the system Recent Calls Main Menu Recent Calls Outgoing Incoming Missed Call Back Redial U
44. press the amp button Pressing the button again will change the display to the day or the night display If no operation is performed within 5 seconds the display will return to the previous display Press and hold the 2 button for more than two seconds to turn the display off Press the button again to turn the display on HOW TO USE THE ON OFF BUTTON VOL volume CONTROL KNOB Press the ON OFF button to turn audio function on and off Turn the volume control knob to adjust audio volume HOW TO USE THE CAMERA BUTTON For more information regarding the CAMERA button see REARVIEW MONITOR in this sec tion Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 7 REARVIEW MONITOR if so equipped When the shift lever is shifted into the R Re verse position the monitor display shows a rear ward view from the vehicle AWARNING The system is designed as an aid to the driver in detecting large stationary ob jects to help avoid damaging the ve hicle The system will not detect small objects below the bumper and may not detect objects close to the bumper or on the ground The RearView Monitor is a convenience but it is not a substitute for proper back ing Always turn and check that it is safe to do so before backing up Always back up slowly Objects viewed in the RearView Moni tor differ from actual distance because a wide angle lens is used e Do not put anything on the
45. step 3 Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully extended At this time the seat belt retractor is in the Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode child restraint mode It reverts to the Emergency Locking Retractor ELR mode when the seat belt is fully retracted 1 34 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRS0670 Rear facing step 4 4 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt WRS0762 Rear facing step 5 5 Remove any additional slack from the seat belt press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt WRS0763 Rear facing step 6 After attaching the child restraint test it be fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the seat belt path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the seat belt as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 7 Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps 1 through
46. tion of child restraints could result in serious injury or death of a child or other passengers in a sudden stop or collision The child restraint must be used and installed properly Always follow all of the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for installation and use 1 26 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Infants and children should never be held on anyone s lap Even the stron gest adult cannot resist the forces of a collision Do not put a seat belt around both a child and another passenger NISSAN recommends that all child restraints be installed in the rear seat Studies show that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat If you must install a forward facing child restraint in the front seat see Forward facing child restraint in stallation using the seat belts later in this section Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An inflating air bag could seriously injure or kill a child A rear facing child restraint must only be used in the rear seat Be sure to purchase a child restraint that will fit the child and vehicle Some child restraints may not fit properly in your vehicle Child restraint anchor points are de signed to withstand loads from child restraints that are properly fitted Never use the anchor points for adult seat belts
47. you could be injured Whenever you drive off road through sand mud or water as deep as the wheel hub more frequent maintenance may be required See Periodic mainte nance in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide IGNITION SWITCH AWARNING Never remove the ignition key or place the ignition switch in the LOCK position while driving The steering wheel will lock for models with a steering lock mechanism This may cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle and could result in serious vehicle damage or per sonal injury Starting and driving 5 9 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION if so equipped The ignition lock is designed so the ignition switch cannot be placed in the LOCK position and the key removed until the shift lever is moved to the P Park position When removing the key from the ignition make sure the shift lever is in the P Park position If the shift lever is not returned to P Park posi tion the ignition switch cannot be moved to the LOCK position 5 10 Starting and driving To remove the key from the ignition switch 1 Shift the shift lever to the P Park position with the ignition switch in the ON position 2 Place the ignition switch to the LOCK posi tion 3 Remove the key from the ignition If the shift lever is shifted to the P Park position after the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position or when the ignition switch cannot be turned to the LOCK positi
48. 2 19 Brake warning light Illustrated table of contents 0 9 AWD shift indicator light ES model Front passenger air bag status light Hill descent control system on indicator light if so equipped Malfunction Indica tor Light MIL Overdrive off indica tor light A T models only Security indicator light Illustrated table of contents Transfer 4LO posi tion indicator light CJJ model Turn signal hazard indicator lights Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF indicator light 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Se i a E E E E E ae eee ke ckeeeeehanweene 1 2 Front manual seat adjustment 1 2 Head restraints Headrests nannan anaana 1 4 Flexible SCAUNG sec cv senncn de Beep ce maces exe 1 8 Seat belts pe sehatasesscecenepeceeseerascsancesene 1 13 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 13 Pregnant WOMEN 645400 vi owen i anan nE ENER 1 16 Injured persons e2 c2seeuasaeceeeucecenesoeessac 1 16 Three point type seat belt with retractor 1 16 Seat belt extenders 0 cece eee ee eee 1 23 Seat belt maintenance 0 cece eee ees 1 23 Child Saloy einni e ri frk ae EARRANN ee nerene ECERAN NENN 1 24 U o E E E E EA E 1 25 Smal oN eNi aveuececnendcedveseeweeaesakeees 1 25 Larger children accccuveteessedn sence xeeree ea os 1 25 Child TeStrainiSs 4 c0402 nccteedacweuemtecdutacaaes 1 26 Precautions on child restrain
49. 2nd group and three three five four as the 3rd group For dialing more than 10 digits or any special characters say Special Number See How to say num bers in this section for more information 5 When you have finished speaking the phone number the system repeats it back and an nounces the available commands 6 Say Dial The system acknowledges the command and makes the call For additional command options see List of voice commands in this section Receiving a call When you hear the ring tone press the OS button on the steering wheel Once the call has ended press the button on the steering wheel NOTE If you do not wish to take the call when you hear the ring tone press the button on the steering wheel For additional command options see List of voice commands later in this section LIST OF VOICE COMMANDS Main Menu Call Phonebook Recent Calls Connect Phone Help When you press and release the amp 4 button on the steering wheel you can choose from the commands on the Main Menu The following pages describe these commands and the com mands in each sub menu Remember to wait for the tone before speaking After the main menu you can say Help to hear the list of commands currently available any time the system is waiting for a response If you want to end an action without completing it you
50. 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Heating and defogging This mode heats the interior and defogs the wind shield P 1 Press the air flow control button 2 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 3 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position 4 16 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Pe a l Whenthe position is selected the air conditioner automatically turns on however the indicator light on the e button will not come on if the outside temperature is more than 36 F 2 C If the air flow control button is selected for more than one minute the air conditioning system will con tinue to operate until the fan control dial is turned to OFF the vehicle is shut off or the A C button is used to turn off the compres sor even if the air flow control dial is turned to as P a position other than the position This dehumidifies the air which helps defog the windshield The 2 mode automati cally turns off allowing outside air to be drawn into the passenger compartment to further improve the defogging performance Operating tips Clear snow and ice from the wiper blades and air inlet in front of the windshield This improves heater operation AIR CONDITIONER OPERATION Start the engine turn the fan control dial to the desired position and press the A C button to acti
51. 40 MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS Your NISSAN has been designed to have mini mum maintenance requirements with long ser vice intervals to save you both time and money However some day to day and regular mainte nance is essential to maintain your NISSAN s good mechanical condition as well as its emis sions and engine performance It is the owner s responsibility to make sure that the scheduled maintenance as well as general maintenance Is performed As the vehicle owner you are the only one who can ensure that your vehicle receives proper maintenance You are a vital link in the mainte nance chain Scheduled maintenance For your convenience both required and optional scheduled maintenance items are described and listed in your NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide You must refer to that guide to ensure that necessary maintenance is performed on your NISSAN at regular intervals General maintenance General maintenance includes those items which should be checked during normal day to day op eration They are essential for proper vehicle op eration It is your responsibility to perform these maintenance procedures regularly as prescribed 8 2 Maintenance and do it yourself Performing general maintenance checks requires minimal mechanical skill and only a few general automotive tools These checks or inspections can be done by you a qualified technician or if you prefer a NISSAN dealer Where to go fo
52. 4WD if SO equipped 6 eee eee eee eens 5 23 Transfer case shifting procedures 5 24 Electronic locking rear differential E Lock system if so equipped ntcaccuccencasansemedeeenesense re 5 29 Parking parking on hills aaan 5 31 Power steering sssssssssssrasnnurrrrrrrrrenrnn 5 32 Brake SYSICMacod reanieroreiei naasen an a E 5 32 Brake precautions 0 0 cece eee eee eee 5 32 Anti lock Braking System ABS 0065 5 33 Active brake limited slip ABLS system 5 34 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system 5 35 Hill descent control system if so equipped 5 36 Hill start assist system if so equipped 5 37 Cold weather riving 2c lt s 0ne ss aceon yak ne awes eae 5 38 Freeing a frozen door lock 0e eee nnn 5 38 PIMIPICC ZO a teececduwennneeeemieweer kee wnnks 5 38 DAUely sa ceuereneoneen save wen eeans se A E 5 38 Draining of coolant Water sc2ecvacstctewerereusn 5 38 Driving On SNOW OF CE c ceenuecee teers neneensy 5 38 Tire equipment ace ccsreesssetesussri erener as 5 38 Engine block heater if so equipped 5 39 Special winter equipment aasa saaana 5 38 PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING AWARNING e Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle Pets should also not be left alone They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent ope
53. 6 After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt fully retracted the ALR mode child restraint mode is canceled FORWARD FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child Safety and Child Restraints sections before installing a child restraint Follow these steps to install a forward facing child restraint in the 2nd row seats using the LATCH system 1 Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 35 WRS0799 Forward facing web mounted step 2 2 Secure the child restraint anchor attach ments to the LATCH lower anchors Check to make sure the LATCH attachment is prop erly attached to the lower anchors If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point See Installing top tether strap in this section Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seat ing positions that do not have a top tether anchor WRS0800 Forward facing rigid mounted step 2 3 The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seatback If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint headrest to obtain the correct child restraint fit If the head restraint headrest is removed store it i
54. Check the fluid level in each cell It should be between the MAX and MIN lines Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level NOTE Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery discharge and potential no start conditions such as 1 Installation or extended use of electronic accessories that consume battery power when the engine is not running Phone char gers GPS DVD players etc 8 4 Maintenance and do it yourself 2 Vehicle is not driven regularly and or only driven short distances In these cases the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health Brake and clutch if so equipped fluid lev els Make sure that the brake and clutch fluid level is between the MIN and MAX lines on the reservoir Engine coolant level Check the coolant level when the engine is cold Engine drive belts Make sure the drive belts are not frayed worn cracked or oily Engine oil level Check the level after parking the vehicle on a level surface with the engine off Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan Exhaust system Make sure there are no loose supports cracks or holes If the sound of the exhaust seems unusual or there is a smell of exhaust fumes immediately have the exhaust system inspected by a NISSAN dealer See the carbon monoxide warning in the Starting and driving section
55. Depress the clutch pedal to the floor while cranking the engine The starter is designed not to operate unless the clutch pedal is fully de pressed Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by placing the ignition switch in the START position Release the key when the engine starts If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure f the engine is very hard to start in ex tremely cold weather or when restarting depress the accelerator pedal a little ap proximately 1 3 to the floor and hold it and then crank the engine Release the key and the accelerator pedal when the engine starts Ifthe engine is very hard to start because it is flooded depress the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and hold it Crank the engine for 5 6 seconds After cranking the engine release the accel erator pedal Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by plac ing the ignition in the START position Release the key when the engine starts If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure A CAUTION Do not operate the starter for more than 15 seconds at a time If the engine does not start turn the key off and wait 10 sec onds before cranking again otherwise the starter could be damaged 4 Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 sec onds after starting Do not race the engine while warming it up Drive at moderate speed for a short distance first
56. FM AM button W4 SEEK CAT PH CD AUX DISP No satellite radio reception is available when the XM button is pressed to access satellite radio stations unless optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and an SiriusXM Satellite Radio service subscription is active Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam CD eject button 7 gt gt CAT button XM button 8 BACK button CD insert slot 9 iPod MENU button Display screen 10 TUNE SCROLL knob ENTER SETTING Ma SEEK button button SCAN button 11 AUX IN jack Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 33 FM AM SAT RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER Type A if so equipped For all operation precautions see Audio opera tion precautions in this section Audio main operation VOL volume knob PWR power button Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and press the VOL volume knob PWR power button while the system is off to call up the mode that was playing immediately before the system was turned off To turn the system off press the VOL volume knob PWR power button Turn the VOL volume knob PWR power button to adjust the volume Bluetooth Bass Treble Balance Fade ENTER SETTING button Press the ENTER SETTING button to show the Settings screen on the display Turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to navigate the options and then press the ENTER SETTING button to make a selection
57. Matic J ATF may also be used Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF or Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and automatic transmission durability and may damage the automatic transmission which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty 4 DEXRON VI type ATF may also be used 5 Available in mainland USA through a NISSAN dealer 6 For further details see Air conditioner specification label in this section 7 Using fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic D ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and transfer durability and may damage the transfer which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty Capacity Approximate Imp measure 1 3 4 qt 1 1 2 pt 2 7 8 pt 3 1 2 pt 1 gal 8 For further details see Changing engine oil in the Maintenance and do it yourself section 9 For hot climates viscosity SAE 90 is suitable for ambient temperatures above 0 C 32 F 10 See a NISSAN dealer for service for synthetic oil 11 NISSAN recommends Genuine NISSAN Ester Oil available at a NISSAN dealer Liter 2 0 0 85 N Oo 4 5 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants HFC 134a R 134a 6 Genuine NISSAN A C System Oil Type R or equivalent 6 Genuine NISSAN Matic D ATF recommended 7 Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL 5 80W 90 or API GL 5 Viscosity 80W 90 9 API GL 5 synthetic gear oi
58. Navigation Information Play Song name My Apps Play Artist name ra Say Command E Phonebook Exit SYSTEM FEATURES NISSAN Voice Recognition can activate the fol lowing systems Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Navigation Audio Information My Apps For additional information on the navigation sys tem see the separate Navigation System Own er s Manual How to say numbers NISSAN Voice Recognition requires a certain way to speak numbers in voice commands Refer to the following examples General rule Either zero or oh can be used for o Phone numbers Speak phone numbers according to the following example For 1 800 662 6200 say dial number and then speak the phone number in any of the following formats one eight oh oh six six two six two oh oh one eight hundred six six two six two oh oh one eight zero zero six six two six two oh oh For the best voice recognition phone dialing re sults say phone numbers as single digits Also full numbers can only be spoken for 800 For example you cannot say 555 6000 as five five five six thousand BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM VOICE COMMANDS To access the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System voice commands 1 Press the 4 button 2 Say Call and then a name in the vehicle phonebook to call that entry Otherwise say Phone to access various phone commands If
59. P 2 31 Clutch interlock clutch start switch if so equipped P 2 36 Power outside mirror controls if so equipped P 3 16 theses for operating details METERS AND GAUGES ae ee Warning indicator lights Tachometer Speedometer Fuel gauge Voltmeter Odometer Twin trip odometer Trip com puter if so equipped Engine oil pressure gauge Engine coolant temperature gauge Instruments and controls 2 3 1 Speedometer 2 Odometer Twin trip odometer Trip com puter if so equipped 3 Change Loose fuel cap indicator reset Low tire pressure indicator reset button 2 4 Instruments and controls SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER Speedometer The speedometer indicates vehicle speed Odometer Twin trip odometer The odometer twin trip odometer is displayed when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position The odometer records the total distance the ve hicle has been driven The twin trip odometer records the distance of individual trips 123 129 129 Rh ae LICO780 With twin trip odometer Changing the display For vehicles equipped with twin trip odometer pressing the change button changes the display as follows Tip A Trip B_ Trip A_ ET 123 129 ee WIC0922 With trip computer For vehicles equipped with trip computer press ing the change button changes the display as follows Trip A Trip B_ Distance to Empty Average speed Average fuel consumption
60. S government regulations require fuel ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified by a small square orange and black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region Aftermarket fuel additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of any aftermarket fuel additives for example fuel injec tor cleaner octane booster intake valve deposit removers etc which are sold commercially Many of these additives intended for gum varnish or deposit removal may contain active solvents or similar ingredients that can be harmful to the fuel system and engine Octane rating tips Using unleaded gasoline with an octane rating lower than recommended can cause persistent heavy spark knock Spark knock is a metallic rapping noise If se vere this can lead to engine damage If you detect a persistent heavy spark knock even when using gasoline of the stated octane rating or if you hear steady spark knock while holding a steady speed on level roads have a NISSAN dealer correct the condition Failure to correct the condition is misuse of the vehicle for which NISSAN is not responsible Incorrect ignition timing may result in spark knock after run and or overheating which may cause excessive fuel consumption or engine damage If any of the above symptoms are en countered have your vehicle checked at a NISSAN dealer However now and then you may notice light spark knock for a short time while
61. Self adjusting brakes ooa 8 22 Service manual order form 9 32 Servicing air conditioner 4 21 OCtiING DUHOM 5 2266205640 ba ain ee 4 5 Shifting Automatic transmission 5 14 Manual transmission 5 18 Shift lock release 2 2 ee eee 5 16 Shoulder belt height adjustment 1 22 Side air bag system See supplemental side air bag curtain and rollover air bag systems 1 57 Spark plug replacement aaoo aaa 8 16 Speedometer aaao aaa 000 ee eee 2 4 SRS warning label onoo aaa aa 1 59 Starting Before starting the engine 5 12 Jump starting aaa 2 ae A Ke ee 6 9 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Push starting 204 6 11 Starting the engine 5 12 Steering Power steering fluid 8 12 Power steering system 5 32 Tilting steering wheel 3 12 Steering wheel audio control switch 4 56 SOD igle 2m 4 a 28c eae eee Rew a 8 30 SOAGE e 4 cae 2 ire ee Ae ede oe a 2 38 Storage D N s a s a aa ty ww OO ew 2 42 Storage tray 2 38 Sunglasses case oaoa 2 39 SUR VISONS 2 4 24 sais ee e a ole do ao 3 13 Supplemental air bag warning labels 1 59 Supplemental air bag warning light 1 60 2 19 Supplemental front impact air bag system 1 52 Supplemental restraint system Information and warning labels 1 59 Precautions on supplemental restraint SY
62. So OS AS 4 57 Anti lock brake warning light 2 15 Anti lock Braking System ABS 5 33 Audible reminders 4 2 23 Audio system 2 2 ee ee es 4 21 Bluetooth audio 4 53 Compact disc CD player 4 31 4 36 4 42 FM AM radio with compact disc CD PIa o2 4 60 4 2 0 8 a 2 3 8u Ree 4 29 FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD players 6 464 de 4 ee eb whee ed 4 34 4 39 Audio System iPod Player 4 48 4 50 Audio system RadiO s aos Go be oe ee ee ee eS 4 21 Steering wheel audio control switch 4 56 USB interface 4 44 4 46 Autolight switch 2 29 Automatic Automatic power window switch 2 49 Automatic transmission position indicator NOME bara we Ge Gel ee oe ee 2 20 Driving with automatic transmission 5 13 Automatic anti glare inside mirror 3 15 Automatic door locks 3 4 PUK JaCk e o se See ane he G 4 32 4 37 4 44 B Balle w eta PAGS wo aot ale ee oh eS 8 14 Charge warning light 2 16 Before starting the engine 5 12 Belt See drive belt 8 16 Block heater ENQING ie ace oa bt oe Bae oe 5 39 Bluetooth audio 266s ee ae eek ald 4 53 Bluetooth hands free phone SYSTE oa eS oe oe ee ee a a 4 59 4 73 Boosterseats 2 5005 1 41 Brake Anti lock Braking System ABS 5 33 Brake tlid 22 os re ae eee 34 8 12 Brake light See sto
63. Starting and driving section of this manual ELECTRONIC LOCKING REAR DIFFERENTIAL E Lock SYSTEM SWITCH if so equipped The Electronic Locking Rear Differential E Lock system can help provide added traction if the vehicle is stuck or becoming stuck To activate the E Lock system the 4WD switch must be in the 4LO position 4 wheel drive vehicles the vehicle must be stopped or moving at 4 MPH 7 km h or less and the E Lock system switch must be turned ON When the E Lock switch is turned ON the indi cator light will flash until the system engages However if all operation conditions listed above are not met or the system becomes disengaged the indicator light will continue to flash The Anti Lock Brake ABS system is disabled and the ABS light illuminates when the E Lock system is ON Also the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system is disabled and the VDC light illuminates when the E Lock system is ON See Electronic locking rear differential E Lock system in the Starting and Driving section for further explanation and system limitations AWARNING Never leave the E Lock system ON when driving on paved or hard surfaced roads Turning the vehicle may result in the rear wheels slipping and result in an accident and personal injury After us ing the E Lock system to free the ve hicle turn the system OFF Instruments and controls 2 35 Use the E Lock system only when free i
64. THE SCREEN The procedure for adjusting the quality of the screen differs depending on the type of screen present on the vehicle For vehicles without Navigation System 1 Press the ENTER SETTING button 2 Turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to highlight The position is shown farther than the position the Brightness or Contrast key in the display However the position is 3 Press the ENTER SETTING button actually at the same distance as the position The vehicle may hit the object when backing up to Backing up behind a projecting object Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 11 4 Adjust the level using the TUNE SCROLL knob and then press the ENTER SETTING button to apply the adjustment Do not adjust the Brightness or Contrast of the RearView Monitor while the vehicle is moving DISPLAY SETUP Brightness Display Mode Scroll Direction LHA2892 With Navigation System For vehicles with Navigation System h O A W N Press the ars m button Select the Settings key Select the System key Select the Display key Touch the Brightness key and adjust the level to the desired setting Do not adjust the display of the RearView Monitor while the vehicle is moving 4 12 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems OPERATING TIPS When the shift lever is shifted to R Re verse the monitor scre
65. THE SHIFT LEVER TO NEUTRAL 3 Neutral Neutral disengages Stop the vehicle the automatic trans For automatic transmission vehicles Shift the shift lever to the mission mechanical N position with the brake pedal depressed 4 parking lock which will For manual transmission vehicles Shift the shift lever to the N May blink allow the vehicle to position with the clutch depressed roll Do not leave the For automatic transmission vehicles Depress and turn the 4WD transfer shift position shift switch to 4LO or 4H with the brake pedal depressed 5 24 Starting and driving a be 2 3 Before moving the shift lever from N Neutral position wait until the 4LO indicator light stays on steady This indicates that the 4WD shift procedure is completed and the transfer gear is correctly set in the 4LO position If the vehicle is shifted into gear before the indicator is on steady the transfer gear may grind not engage correctly or stay in the N Neutral position If the 4WD warning light illuminates perform the following procedure to return the transfer case to correct operating condition 1 Turn off the engine by turning the ignition switch OFF 2 Start the engine Check that the 4WD warning light turns off If the 4WD warning light illuminates have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer 3 Apply the parking brake for automatic transmission vehicles depress the brake pedal and move the shift lever to N Neutral p
66. The air cleaner not only cleans the air it stops the flame if the engine backfires If it isn t there and the engine backfires you could be burned Do not drive with the air cleaner removed and be careful when working on the engine with the air cleaner removed Never pour fuel into the throttle body or attempt to start the engine with the air cleaner removed Doing so could result in serious injury IN CABIN MICROFILTER if so equipped The in cabin microfilter restricts the entry of air borne dust and pollen particles and reduces some objectionable outside odors The filter is located behind the glove box Refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for change intervals Maintenance and do it yourself 8 17 To replace the filter perform the following proce dure 8 18 Maintenance and do it yourself Open the glove box and press in on the sides so that it will open completely allowing it to hang by the cord at iS erate Se 2 Gently lift up on the tab 3 Pull the filter cover toward you and then down 4 Remove the old filters NOTE The filters are marked with air flow arrows The end of the filter with the arrow should face the rear of the vehicle The arrows should face downward 5 Insert the first new filter into the housing and slide it over to the right Insert the second new filter into the housing 6 Replace the filter cover The cover will click
67. The system then ends the VR ses sion and returns to the call Say star for Say pound for Transfer call Use the Transfer Call com mand to transfer the call from the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System to the cellular phone when privacy is desired The system announces Transfer call Call transferred to privacy mode The system then ends the VR session To reconnect the call from the cellular phone to the Bluetooth Hands Free System press the 44 button Mute Use the Mute command to mute your voice so the other party cannot hear it Use the mute command again to unmute your voice NOTE If a call is ended or the cellular phone network connection is lost while the Mute feature is on the Mute feature will be reset to off for the next call so the other party can hear your voice Phonebook phones without automatic phonebook download function NOTE The Transfer Entry command is not avail able when the vehicle is moving Main Menu Phonebook Transfer Entry Delete Entry List Names For phones that do not support automatic down load of the phonebook PBAP Bluetooth pro file the Phonebook command is used to manu ally add entries to the vehicle phonebook The phonebook stores up to 40 names for each phone connected to the system NOTE Each phone has its own separate phone book
68. The tracks in the current folder will be repeated FOLDER RANDOM The order of the tracks in the folder will be mixed during play SCAN CDs button Press the SCAN button for less than 1 5 seconds to scan all tracks of the current disc for 10 sec onds per track The SCAN icon is flashed during scan mode The scan mode is canceled once it scans through all tracks on the disc or if the SCAN button is pressed during scan mode CD EJECT When the amp button is pressed with a com pact disc loaded the compact disc will be ejected When the amp button is pressed while the compact disc is playing the compact disc will eject and the system will turn off AUX Auxiliary button The AUX IN jack is located on the CD player The AUX IN audio input jack accepts any standard analog audio input such as from a portable cas sette tape CD player MPS player or laptop com puters Press the AUX button to play a compatible device when it is plugged into the AUX IN jack 4 32 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Press the MENU button repeatedly until AUX IN Volume appears on the screen to control the incoming volume level of the auxiliary input de vice Turn the TUNE FOLDER knob to adjust the level between O and 3 oA Oh 12 Station select 1 6 buttons 13 RDM button 14 RPT button 15 DISP button 16 VOL volume knob PWR power scan button 17 CD AUX button 18
69. Turn the TUNE knob to choose the number or letter to jump to in the list and then press the 3 Select the Phone amp Bluetooth key ENTER button If no character is selected after two seconds the display returns to normal 2 Select the Settings key Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 53 PHONE amp BLUETOOTH SETTINGS 4 Select the Connect New Device key 5 The system acknowledges the command and asks you to initiate connecting from the phone handset The connecting procedure of the cellular phone varies according to each cellular phone model See the cellular phone Owner s Manual for details You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for instructions on connecting NISSAN recom mended cellular phones Audio main operation To switch to the Bluetooth audio mode press the AUX button repeatedly until the Bluetooth audio mode is displayed on the screen The controls for the Bluetooth audio are dis played on the screen PANDORA AUDIO United States only if so equipped The vehicle s audio system is capable of playing audio streaming through a compatible USB connected audio device using the Pandora mu sic service Connecting a device for use with Pandora audio Devices capable of streaming Pandora audio can be connected to the vehicle s audio system via the USB input jack The USB input jack is located on the center console beneath the
70. Use the Delete Phone command to delete a phone that is connected to the vehicle The sys tem will list the names assigned to each phone and then prompt you for the phone you wish to delete Deleting a phone from the vehicle will also delete that phonebook for that phone Replace Phone Use the Replace Phone command to replace an existing phone pairing with a new phone The system will keep all voice tags assigned to your phonebook Bluetooth OFF Use the Bluetooth OFF command to prevent a wireless connection to your phone Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 69 VOICE ADAPTATION VA MODE Voice Adaptation allows up to two out of dialect users to train the system to improve recognition accuracy By repeating a number of commands the users can create a voice model of their own voice that is stored in the system The system is capable of storing a different voice adaptation model for each connected phone Training procedure The procedure for training a voice is as follows 1 Position the vehicle in a reasonably quiet outdoor location 2 Sit in the driver s seat with the engine run ning the parking brake on and the transmis sion in P Park 3 Press and hold the C6 than 5 seconds 4 The system announces Press the PHONE SEND 46 button for the hands free phone system to enter the voice adapta tion mode or press the PHONE END _ button to select a di
71. accelerating or driving up hills This is nota cause for concern because you get the greatest fuel benefit when there is light spark knock for a short time under heavy engine load Technical and consumer information 9 5 API certification mark ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RECOMMENDATIONS Selecting the correct oil It is essential to choose the correct grade quality and viscosity engine oil to ensure satisfactory engine life and performance See Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants earlier in this section NISSAN recommends the use of an energy conserving oil in order to improve fuel economy Select only engine oils that meet the American Petroleum Institute API certification or Interna tional Lubricant Standardization and Approval 9 6 Technical and consumer information API service symbol Committee ILSAC certification and SAE vis cosity standard These oils have the API certifica tion mark on the front of the container Oils which do not have the specified quality label should not be used as they could cause engine damage Oil additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of oil additives The use of an oil additive is not neces sary when the proper oil type is used and main tenance intervals are followed Oil which may contain foreign matter or has been previously used should not be used Oil viscosity The engine oil viscosity or thickness changes with temperature Because of this it is impor
72. and affect the vehi cle s stopping ability Clean the filler cap before removing Brake and clutch fluid is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of reach of children A CAUTION Do not spill the fluid on any painted sur faces This will damage the paint If fluid is spilled immediately wash the surface with water BRAKE FLUID Check the brake fluid level in the reservoir If the fluid level is below the MIN line or the brake warning light comes on add Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line If fluid must be added frequently the system should be checked by a NISSAN dealer CLUTCH FLUID if so equipped Check the clutch fluid level in the reservoir manual transmissions only If the fluid level is below the MIN line add Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line If fluid must be added fre quently the system should be checked by a NISSAN dealer For further brake and clutch fluid specification information refer to Capacities and recom mended fuel lubricants in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual WINDSHIELD WASHER FLUID WINDSHIELD WASHER FLUID RESERVOIR Fill the windshield washer fluid reservoir periodi cally Add windshield washer fluid when the low windshield washer fluid warning light if so equipped comes on To fill the w
73. and rear passenger windows To open a window push the switch and hold it down To close a window pull the switch and hold it up To stop the opening or closing function at any time simply release the switch Front passenger s power window switch The passenger s window switch operates only the corresponding passenger s window To open the window push the switch and hold it down To close the window pull the switch up Rear power window switch The rear power window switches open or close only the corresponding windows To open the window push the switch and hold it down Q To close the window pull the switch up 2 Locking passengers windows When the window lock button is depressed only the driver s side window can be opened or closed Push it again to cancel the window lock function LICO410 Automatic operation To fully open a window equipped with automatic operation press the window switch down to the second detent and release it it need not be held The window automatically opens all the way To stop the window lift the switch up while the window Is opening Instruments and controls 2 49 INTERIOR LIGHTS LICO792 Type A The interior lights have a three position switch and operate regardless of ignition switch position When the switch is in the ON position the interior lights illuminate regardless of door posi tion The lights will go off after a period of time unless the ig
74. and supplemental restraint system 1 11 Removing the 2nd row bench seat cushions The rear seat cushion can be removed to provide additional space when folding the 2nd row seat backs flat To remove the 2nd row bench seat cushions 1 Pull the straps forward located in the center of each seat cushion to fold the seat cush ions forward 2 Lift up and fold each of the red release handles on the seat base toward the front of the vehicle This will release the seat cushion from the seat base 3 Then lift up on the seat cushion to remove it from the seat base Be sure to store it ina secure place To return the rear seatback to a seating position 1 Push the anchor bars on the bottom of the seat cushions down into the seat base 2 Rotate the seat cushion toward the rear of the vehicle and push down until they are folded flat to secure each seat cushion to the seat base Make sure to hold the seat belts above the seat cushion and prop erly push the seat cushion down into place AWARNING e Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area or on the rear seat when it is in the fold down position Use of these areas by passengers without proper restraints could result in serious injury in an acci dent or sudden stop e Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly Never ride in the rea
75. areas Summer tires NISSAN specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior performance on dry roads Summer tire performance is substantially re duced in snow and ice Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating M amp S on the tire sidewall If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions NISSAN recommends the use of SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels Snow tires If snow tires are needed it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size and load rating to the original equipment tires If you do not it can adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle Generally snow tires have lower speed ratings than factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never ex ceed the maximum speed rating of the tire If you install snow tires they must be the same size brand construction and tread pattern on all four wheels For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing Maintenance and do it yourself 8 39 studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires TIRE CHAINS Use of tire chains may be prohibited according to location Check the local laws before installing tire chains When installing tire chai
76. battery as a direct power source for all trailer lights while using the vehicle tail light stoplight and turn signal circuits as a signal source The module converter must draw no more that 15 milliamps from the stop and tail lamp circuits Using a module converter that exceeds these power requirements may damage the vehicle s electrical system See a reputable trailer dealer to obtain the proper equipment and to have it installed Trailer lights should comply with federal and or local regulations For assistance in hooking up trailer lights contact a NISSAN dealer or repu table trailer dealer Vehicles equipped with the optional trailer tow package are equipped with a 7 pin trailer harness connector A NISSAN 7 pin tow harness kit is available from your dealer If your trailer is equipped with a flat 4 pin connec tor an adapter will be needed to connect the trailer lights to the vehicle Adapters are available at auto parts stores and hitch retailers Trailer brakes When towing a trailer load of 3 500 Ibs 1 587 kg or more trailers with a brake system MUST be used However most states require a separate braking system on trailers with a loaded weight above a specific amount Make sure the trailer meets the local regulations and the regulations where you plan to tow Several types of braking systems are available Surge Brakes The surge brake actuator is mounted on the trailer tongue with a hydraulic line running to each
77. booster seat installation in the rear seats or the front passenger seat Booster seat installation A CAUTION Do not use the lap shoulder belt in the Automatic Locking Retractor mode when using a booster seat with the seat belts Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child Safety Child Restraint and Booster Seats sections before installing a child restraint Follow these steps to install a booster seat in the rear seat or in the front passenger seat WRS0699 If you must install a booster seat in the front seat move the seat to the rear most position Position the booster seat on the seat Only place it in a front facing direction Always follow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 43 LRS0454 Front passenger position 3 The booster seat should be positioned on the vehicle seat so that it is stable If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint headrest to obtain the correct booster seat fit If the head restraint headrest is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint headrest when the booster seat is removed See Head restraints headrests in this section for head restraint headrest adjustment removal and installation information If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint headrest and it is interfering with the proper booster
78. brake pedal must be depressed to move the shift lever from P Park N Neutral or any drive position to R Reverse N Neutral Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged The engine can be started in this position You may shift to N Neutral and restart a stalled engine while the vehicle is moving D Drive Use this position for all normal forward driving 3 Third gear Use this position for driving up and down long slopes where engine braking would be advanta geous Do not downshift into the 3 position at speeds over the following and do not exceed the follow ing speeds in the 3 position 2WD 99 MPH 160 km h 4H 93 MPH 150 km h 4LO 34 MPH 55 km h 2 Second gear Use this position for hill climbing or engine brak ing on downhill grades Do not downshift into the 2 position at speeds over the following and do not exceed the follow ing speeds in the 2 position 2WD 62 MPH 100 km h 4H 59 MPH 95 km h 4LO 21 MPH 35 km h 1 Low gear Use this position when climbing steep hills slowly or slow driving through deep snow sand or mud or for maximum engine braking on steep downhill grades Do not downshift into the 1 position at speeds over the following and do not exceed the follow ing speeds in the 1 position 2WD 37 MPH 60 km h 4H 37 MPH 60 km h 4LO 12 MPH 20 km h Starting and driving 5 15 Shift lock release If the battery is discharged
79. cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause unde sired operation of the device IC Regulatory information Operation is subject to the following two con ditions 1 this device may not cause interfer ence and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This Class B digital apparatus meets all re quirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regulations BLUETOOTH is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and licensed to Visteon amp Bluetooth USING THE SYSTEM The NISSAN Voice Recognition system allows hands free operation of the Bluetooth Phone System If the vehicle is in motion some commands may not be available so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Initialization When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position NISSAN Voice Recognition is initialized which takes a few seconds Ifthe fi button is pressed before the initialization completes the system will announce Hands free phone system not ready and will not react to voice commands Operating tips To get the best performance out of the NISSAN Voice Recognition system observe the following Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate surrounding noises traffic noises vibration sounds etc which may prevent
80. component is repaired or the battery is disconnected the vehicle may be reset to a not ready condition Before taking the I M test check the vehicle s inspection maintenance test readiness condi tion Place the ignition switch in the ON position without starting the engine If the Malfunction Indicator Light MIL comes on steady for 20 sec onds and then blinks for 10 seconds the I M test condition is not ready If the MIL does not blink after 20 seconds the I M test condition is ready Contact a NISSAN dealer to set the ready condition or to prepare the vehicle for testing Technical and consumer information 9 31 EVENT DATA RECORDERS EDR This vehicle is equipped with an Event Data Re corder EDR The main purpose of an EDR is to record in certain crash or near crash like situa tions such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle data that will assist in understand ing how a vehicle s systems performed The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as How various systems in your vehicle were operating Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled fastened How far if at all the driver was depressing the accelerator and or brake pedal and How fast the vehicle was traveling Sounds are not recor
81. condition should get fresh air promptly After pretensioner activation load limiters allow the seat belt to release webbing if necessary to reduce forces against the chest The supplemental air bag warning light R is used to indicate malfunctions in the pretensioner system See SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LIGHT in this section for more de tails If the operation of the supplemental air bag warning light indicates there is a malfunction have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the pretensioner system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual f 1 l t i I i i I t i t i 1 SRS Air Bag Warning Labels The warning labels are located on the sur face of the sun visor SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LABELS Warning labels about the supplemental front impact air bag system are placed in the vehicle as shown in the illustration Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 59 Oe S LRS0100 SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LIGHT The supplemental air bag warning light displaying AF in the instrument panel moni tors the circuits for the air bag systems preten sioners and all related wiring When the ignition switch is placed in the ON or START position the supplemental air bag warn ing light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off This means the sy
82. dealer as soon as possible KJ Low fuel warning light This light comes on when the fuel level in the fuel tank is getting low Refuel as soon as it is conve nient preferably before the fuel gauge reaches E Empty There will be a small reserve of fuel in the tank when the fuel gauge needle reaches E Empty KOJ Low tire pressure warning light Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that monitors the tire pressure of all tires except the spare The low tire pressure warning light warns of low tire pressure or indicates that the TPMS is not functioning properly After the ignition switch is placed in the ON position this light illuminates for about 1 second and turns off instruments and controls 2 17 Low tire pressure warning If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the warning light will illuminate A CHECK TIRE PRES pressure warning message is also displayed in the odometer When the low tire pressure warning light illuminates you should stop and adjust the tire pressure of all 4 tires to the recom mended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label located in the driver s door opening The low tire pressure warning light does not automati cally turn off when the tire pressure is ad justed After the tire is inflated to the rec ommended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off
83. eee eee eee eens 2 42 Cargo light sericea ene ct decwewndudrsermcimesen te 9 51 Cargo nets if so equipped 00 cee 2 44 INSTRUMENT PANEL 24 2322 2 2 Instruments and controls Vents P 4 13 Headlight fog light if so equipped turn signal switch P 2 28 Steering wheel switch for audio control if so equipped Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System if so equipped P 4 56 P 4 59 4 73 Driver supplemental air bag horn P 1 45 P 2 33 Meters gauges and warning indicator lights P 2 3 2 14 Cruise control main set switches P 5 20 Windshield wiper washer switch and rear window wiper washer switch P 2 26 P 2 27 Storage P 2 38 Audio system controls P 4 21 Front passenger supplemental air bag P 1 45 Upper and lower glove box P 2 39 Passenger air bag status light P 1 54 Power outlet P 2 37 Power outlet P 2 37 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 See the page number indicated in paren Electronic locking rear differential E Lock system switch if so equipped P 2 35 Hill descent control switch if so equipped P 2 34 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF switch P 2 33 Shift lever P 5 13 AWD shift switch P 5 27 Climate controls P 4 14 Hazard warning flasher switch P 6 2 Ignition switch P 5 9 Tilt steering wheel control P 3 12 Off road lamps switch if so equipped
84. engine axle or other parts could be damaged For the first 500 miles 800 km that you tow a trailer do not drive over 50 mph 80 km h and do not make starts at full throttle This helps the engine and other parts of your vehicle wear in at the heavier loads Your new vehicle was designed to be used pri marily to carry passengers and cargo Remember that towing a trailer places additional loads on your vehicle s engine drive train steering brak ing and other systems A NISSAN Towing Guide U S only is available on the website at www nissanusa com This guide includes information on trailer towing ca pability and the special equipment required for proper towing MAXIMUM LOAD LIMITS Maximum trailer loads Never allow the total trailer load to exceed the value specified in the Towing Load Specification chart found later in this sec tion The total trailer load equals trailer weight plus its cargo weight When towing a trailer load of 3 500 Ibs 1 587 kg or more trailers with a brake system MUST be used The maximum Gross Combined Weight Rating GCWR should not exceed the value specified in the following Towing Load Specification chart The GCWR equals the combined weight of the towing vehicle including passengers and cargo plus the total trailer load Towing loads greater than these or using improper towing equipment could adversely affect vehicle handling braking and performance Th
85. especially in cold weather NOTE Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery discharge and potential no start conditions such as 1 Installation or extended use of electronic accessories that consume battery power when the engine is not running Phone char gers GPS DVD players etc 2 Vehicle is not driven regularly and or only driven short distances In these cases the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health DRIVING THE VEHICLE AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION if so equipped AWARNING e Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting from P Park or N Neu tral to R Reverse D Drive 3 2 or 1 Always depress the brake pedal until shifting is completed Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident Cold engine idle speed is high so use caution when shifting into a forward or reverse gear before the engine has warmed up Never shift to P Park or R Reverse while the vehicle is moving This could cause an accident Except in an emergency do not shift to the N Neutral position while driving Coasting with the transmission in the N Neutral position may cause serious damage to the transmission Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads This may cause a loss of control A CAUTION Except in an emergency do not shift to the N Neutral position while driving Coasting with the transmission in the N N
86. further for easier CD removal If the disc is not removed within 20 seconds the disc will reload Additional features For more information about the iPod player available with this system see iPod player operation without Navigation System in this sec tion For more information about the USB interface available with this system see USB interface models without Navigation System in this sec tion For more information about the Pandora audio feature available with this system see Pan dora audio in this section 10 amp CD eject button FM AM button AUX button CD insert slot a SS Puei TUNE AUDIO 3 9 W4 Backward seek button and PP Forward seek button 6 BACK button 7 TUNE knob AUDIO button 8 Display screen 4 38 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 9 ON OFF button VOL volume control knob 10 CD button 11 SXM button asm button is a button to launch the Smartphone Integration Mode See Nis sanConnect APP Smartphone Integra tion in this section No satellite radio reception is available when the SXM button is pressed to ac cess satellite radio stations unless op tional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and an SiriusXM Satellite Radio service subscription is active Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam FM AM SAT RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER Type B if so e
87. gap Nominal in mm 0 043 1 1 Camshaft operation Timing chain This spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES 002 9 8 Technical and consumer information WHEELS AND TIRES Wheels steel alloy alloy Tires Spare tire 16 x 7 0JJ 16 x 7 0JJ 17 x 7 5JJ P265 70R16 P265 75R16 P265 65R17 Full size DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Overall length Overall width Overall height Front Track Rear Track Wheelbase Gross vehicle weight rating Gross axle weight rating Front Rear in mm 178 7 4 539 in mm 72 8 1 849 in mm 74 9 1 902 in mm 61 8 1 570 in mm 61 8 1 570 in mm 106 3 2 700 Ib kg See the F M V S S C M V S S certification label on the cen lb kg ter pillar between the driver s Ib kg side front and rear doors Technical and consumer information 9 9 WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING YOUR VEHICLE IN ANOTHER COUNTRY When planning to drive your NISSAN ve hicle in another country you should first find out if the fuel available is suitable for your vehi cle s engine Using fuel with an octane rating that is too low may cause engine damage All gasoline vehicles must be operated with unleaded gasoline There fore avoid taking your vehicle to areas where appropriate fuel is not available When transferring the registration of your vehicle to another country state province or district it may be necessary to modify the vehicle to meet local laws an
88. heater and air conditioner controls Launch the Pandora application on the phone and then connect with the USB jack Once con nected the Pandora controls will be displayed on the control panel display screen 4 54 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Compatibility The following iPhone models are compatible with the system iPhone 3GS iPhone 4 iPhone 4S iPhone 5 The latest Pandora application should be in stalled on the phone NOTE There is a limit of six skips per station per hour If a thumbs down is given aier die Kip limit has beet leached ihre Album XXXXXXXX current track will continue to play but the feedback will be saved i Song XXXXXXXX Artist XXXXXXXX Presets 3 3 57 LHA2283 Models without Navigation System CD CARE AND CLEANING Audio main operation Handle a CD by its edges Do not bend the Models without Navigation System disc Never touch the surface of the disc To switch to the Pandora audio mode press Always place the discs in the storage case the CD AUX button repeatedly until the Pan when they are not being used dora audio mode is displayed on the screen e To clean a disc wipe the surface from the The controls for the Pandora audio are dis center to the outer edge using a clean soft played on the screen Press the audio preset 3 cloth Do not wipe the disc using a circular button to pause or play th
89. in the Instruments and Controls section in this manual If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body flush it away with water to avoid paint damage Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 11 FUEL Leap _ STEERING WHEEL To remove the fuel filler cap 1 Turn the fuel filler cap counterclockwise to remove 2 Put the fuel filler cap on the cap holder while refueling To install the fuel filler cap 1 Insert the fuel filler cap straight into the fuel filler tube 2 Turn the fuel filler cap clockwise until a single click is heard 3 12 Pre driving checks and adjustments Loose Fuel Cap warning message The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning message dis plays in the odometer when the fuel filler cap is not tightened correctly after the vehicle has been refueled It may take a few driving trips for the message to be displayed To turn off the warning message perform the following 1 Remove and install the fuel filler cap as pre viously described as soon as possible 2 Tighten the fuel filler cap until it clicks 3 Press the loose fuel cap warning reset but ton A in the meter for about 1 second to turn off the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning message after tightening the fuel filler cap TILT OPERATION AWARNING Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident Pull the lock lever forward and hold it to adjust the steering wheel up or down to the des
90. in the channel under the 2nd row driv ers side seating position head restraint headrest and attach the guide in the clip 1 22 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRS0242 Front and 2nd row outboard seats Shoulder belt height adjustment front and 2nd row outboard seats The shoulder belt anchor height should be ad justed to the position best for you See Precau tions on seat belt usage earlier in this section To adjust pull out the adjustment button and move the shoulder belt anchor 2 to the desired position so the belt passes over the center of the shoulder The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Re lease the adjustment button to lock the shoulder belt anchor into position AWARNING e After adjustment release the adjust ment button and try to move the shoul der belt anchor up and down to make sure it is securely fixed in position The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position best for you Failure to do so may reduce the effec tiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an accident LRS0583 Seat belt hook When the seat belt is not in use and when folding down the rear seats hook the rear seat belts on the seat belt hooks SEAT BELT EXTENDERS If because of body size or driving position it is not possible to properly fit the lap shoulder belt and faste
91. ings bridges mountains and other external influ ences Intermittent changes in reception quality normally are caused by these external influences Using a cellular phone in or near the vehicle may influence radio reception quality Radio reception Your NISSAN radio system is equipped with state of the art electronic circuits to enhance ra dio reception These circuits are designed to extend reception range and to enhance the qual ity of that reception However there are some general characteristics of both FM and AM radio signals that can affect radio reception quality in a moving vehicle even when the finest equipment is used These char acteristics are completely normal in a given re ception area and do not indicate any malfunction in your NISSAN radio system Reception conditions will constantly change be cause of vehicle movement Buildings terrain signal distance and interference from other ve hicles can work against ideal reception De scribed below are some of the factors that can affect your radio reception Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Storing the de vice in a different location may reduce or elimi nate the noise FM RADIO RECEPTION Range FM range is normally limited to 25 30 mi 40 48 km with monaural single channel FM having slightly more range than stereo FM Exter nal influences may sometimes i
92. inside the engine compartment without removing the headlight as sembly A CAUTION High pressure halogen gas is sealed inside the halogen bulb The bulb may break if the glass envelope is scratched or the bulb is dropped When handling the bulb do not touch the glass envelope e DO NOT TOUCH THE BULB WITH BARE HANDS e Use the same number and wattage as shown in the chart Do not leave the bulb out of the head light reflector for a long period of time as dust moisture and smoke may enter the headlight body and affect the per formance of the headlight Aiming is not necessary after replacing the bulb When aiming adjustment is necessary contact a NISSAN dealer Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of the exterior lights in the rain or in a car wash A temperature difference between the inside and the outside of the lens causes the fog This is not a malfunction If large drops of water collect inside the lens contact a NISSAN dealer 4 Turn the bulb retaining ring counterclock wise until it is free from the headlight reflec tor and then remove it 5 Carefully remove the headlight bulb Do not shake or rotate the bulb when removing it Replacing the headlight bulb 1 Insert the bulb DO NOT TOUCH THE BULB WITH BARE HANDS 2 Install and tighten the bulb retainer Be sure the lip of the bulb socket con tacts the headlight body 3 Push the electrical connector into the bulb plas
93. into the USB port Inserting the USB device tilted or up side down into the port may damage the port Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB port Do not grab the USB port cover if so equipped when pulling the USB device out of the port This could damage the port and the cover Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally Pulling the cable may damage the port Refer to your device manufacturer s owner infor mation regarding the proper use and care of the device The USB input jack is located in the center con sole Insert the USB device into the jack 4 When a compatible storage device is plugged into the jack compatible audio files on the stor age device can be played through the vehicle s audio system Audio file operation CD AUX button Place the ignition switch in the ON or ACC position and press the CD AUX button to switch to the USB input mode If a CD is playing or another audio source is plugged in through the AUX IN jack the CD AUX button toggles be tween the three sources Play information Information about the audio files being played can be displayed on the display screen of the vehicle s audio system Depending on how the audio files are encoded information such as Folder Song and Artist will be displayed The track number and number of total tracks in the folder are displayed on the screen as well dq gt I SEEK C
94. is standing on the seat or if two children are on the seat contrary to the instructions in this manual Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and restrained properly Using the passenger air bag status light you can monitor when the front passenger air bag Is au tomatically turned OFF with the seat occupied The light will not illuminate when the front pas senger seat is unoccupied If an adult occupant is in the seat but the passen ger air bag status light is illuminated indicating that the air bag is OFF it could be that the person is a small adult or is not sitting on the seat properly or not using the seat belt properly If a child restraint must be used in the front seat the passenger air bag status light may or may not be illuminated depending on the size of the child and the type of child restraint being used If the air bag status light is not illuminated indicating that the air bag might inflate in a crash it could be that the child restraint or seat belt is not being used properly Make sure that the child restraint is installed properly the seat belt is used properly and the occupant is positioned properly If the air bag status light is not illuminated reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat If the passenger air bag status light will not illu minate even though you believe that the child restraint the seat belts and the occupant are properly positioned the system
95. is 650 Ibs 1 400 750 5 X 150 650 Ibs or 640 340 5 X 70 300 kg 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer load from your trailer will be trans ferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this re duces the available cargo and lug gage load capacity of your vehicle Before driving a loaded vehicle confirm that you do not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for your vehicle See Measurement of weights later in this section Also check tires for proper inflation pres sures See the Tire and Loading Informa tion label a a O t A LT10140 Cargo area ceiling tie down hooks SECURING THE LOAD There are tie down hooks located in both the ceiling and floor of the cargo area as shown The tie down hooks can be used to secure cargo with ropes or other types of straps See Channel tie down hooks in this section Do not apply a total load of more than 110 Ibs 490 N to a single metal ceiling tie down hook when securing cargo Do not apply a total load of more than 110 Ibs 490 N to a single plastic floor tie down hook when securing cargo o o I W wA LTI0141 Adjustable cargo area floor tie down hooks A WARNING Properly secu
96. is in the bottom of the front passenger seat cushion and Is designed to detect an occupant and objects on the seat by weight It works together with seat belt sensors described later For example if a child is in the front passenger seat the Advanced Air Bag Sys tem is designed to turn the passenger air bag OFF in accordance with the regulations Also if a child restraint of the type specified in the regula tions is on the seat its weight and the child s weight can be detected and cause the air bag to turn OFF Occupant classification sensor opera tion can vary depending on the front passenger seat belt sensors The front passenger seat belt sensors are de signed to detect if the seat belt is buckled and the amount of tension on the seat belt such as when it is in the Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode child restraint mode Based on the weight on the seat detected by the occupant classification sensor and the belt tension de tected on the seat belt the Advanced Air Bag System determines whether the front passenger air bag should be automatically turned OFF as required by the regulations Front passenger seat adult occupants who are properly seated and using the seat belt as out lined in this manual should not cause the passen ger air bag to be automatically turned OFF For small adults it may be turned OFF however if the occupant takes his her weight off the seat cush ion for example by not sitting upright by sit
97. is the order in which the files were written by the writing software Therefore the files might not play in the desired order the desired order 4 26 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems USB Universal Serial Bus memory if so equipped AWARNING Do not connect disconnect or operate the USB device while driving Doing so can be a distraction If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an acci dent or serious injury A CAUTION e Do not force the USB device into the USB port Inserting the USB device tilted or up side down into the port may damage the port Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB port Do not grab the USB port cover if so equipped when pulling the USB device out of the port This could damage the port and the cover e Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally Pulling the cable may damage the port The vehicle is not equipped with a USB device USB devices should be purchased separately as necessary This system cannot be used to format USB de vices To format a USB device use a personal computer In some states area the USB device for the front seats plays only sound without images for regu latory reasons even when the vehicle is parked This system supports various USB memory de vices USB hard drives and iPod players Some USB devices may not be supported by this sys tem
98. labeling later in this section 6 Spare tire size 4 Read the tire pressure on the gauge AWD model stem and compare to the specifica tion shown on the Tire and Loading Cold Tire Infla Information label tion Pressure 5 Add air to the tire as needed If too ront Origina Tite P265 65R17 much air is added press the core of 240 kPa 35 PSI P265 70R16 the valve stem briefly with the tip of P265 75R16 the gauge stem to release pressure Recheck the pressure and add or Rear Original Tire release air as needed ai 240 kPa 35 PSI 6 Install the valve stem cap P265 75R16 7 Check the pressure of all other tires Spare Tire Checking tire pressure including the spare apra darain m r2E5 05R17 240 kPa a5 PS l t t t emove the valve stem cap from the o tire 2 Press the pressure gauge squarely onto the valve stem Do not press too hard or force the valve stem side ways or air will escape If the hissing sound of air escaping from the tire is heard while checking the pressure reposition the gauge to eliminate this leakage 3 Remove the gauge Maintenance and do it yourself 8 35 2W D model Size Cold Tire Infla tion Pressure Front Original Tire P965 70R16 250 kPa 36 PSI Rear Original Tire Spare Tire 8 36 Maintenance and do it yourself WDI0394 Example TIRE LABELING Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This info
99. luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment This information is lo cated on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating maximum weight load limit specified for the front or rear axle This informa tion Is located on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label GCWR Gross Combined Weight rating The maximum total weight rating of the vehicle passengers cargo and trailer Vehicle Capacity Weight Load limit Total load capacity maximum total weight limit specified of the load passengers and cargo for the ve hicle This is the maximum combined weight of occupants and cargo that can be loaded into the vehicle If the vehicle is used to tow a trailer the trailer tongue weight must be in cluded as part of the cargo load This information is located on the Tire and Loading Information label Cargo capacity permissible weight of cargo the subtracted weight of occupants from the load limit VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY Do not exceed the load limit of your ve hicle shown as The combined weight of occupants and cargo on the Tire and Loading Information label Do not exceed the number of occupants shown as Seating Capacity on the Tire and Load ing Information label To get the combined weight of occu pants and cargo add the weight of all occupants then add the total luggage weight Examples are shown in the follow ing illustr
100. manual A CAUTION Running the engine with the engine oil pressure warning light on could cause se rious damage to the engine almost imme diately Such damage is not covered by warranty Turn off the engine as soon as it is safe to do so AND 4WD warning light g3zq model The 4WD warning light comes on when the igni tion switch is turned to ON It turns off soon after the engine Is started If the engine or vehicle is not functioning properly the warning light will either remain illuminated or blink See 4WD warning light in the Starting and driving section A CAUTION If the warning light comes on or blinks during operation have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible Do not drive on dry hard surface roads in the 4H or 4LO position If the 4WD warning light turns on when you are driving on dry hard surface roads inthe 4H position shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD in the 4LO position for automatic transmission models stop the ve hicle and shift the shift lever to the N Neutral position with the brake pedal depressed and shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD in the 4LO position for manual trans mission models stop the vehicle and shift the shift lever to the N Neutral position with the clutch pedal de pressed and shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD If the warning light is still on after the above operation have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN
101. may be sensing an unoccupied seat in which case the air bag is OFF Your NISSAN dealer can check that the system is OFF by using a special tool However until you have confirmed with your dealer that your air bag is working properly reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat The air bag system and passenger air bag status light will take a few seconds to register a change in the passenger seat status For example if a large adult who is sitting in the front passenger seat exits the vehicle the passenger air bag status light will go from OFF to ON for a few seconds and then to OFF This is normal system operation and does not indicate a malfunction Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 55 If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger air bag system the supplemental air bag warning light AF located in the meters and gauges area of the instrument panel will blink Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Other supplemental front impact air bag precautions AWARNING Do not place any objects on the steering wheel pad or on the instrument panel Also do not place any objects between any occupant and the steering wheel or instrument panel Such objects may be come dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the front air bags inflate Immediately after inflation several front air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may se verely burn yourself e
102. may indicate that road conditions are hazardous and extra care is re quired while driving 5 34 Starting and driving transfer power from a slipping drive wheel to the wheel on the same axle with more trac tion The ABLS system applies braking to the slipping wheel which helps redirect power to the other wheel On 4WD models the ABLS system operates in both 4H and 4LO modes If 4WD mode is engaged the ABLS system operates for both drive axles On 2WD vehicles the ABLS system operates on the drive axle only The ABLS system is always ON In some conditions the system may automatically turn the ABLS system off If the system is automatically turned off normal brake func tion will continue ABLS will function even when the VDC system is turned OFF The ABLS does not operate if both wheels on a drive axle are slipping The ABLS system helps provide in creased traction but will not prevent accidents due to abrupt steering opera tion or by careless driving or dangerous driving practices Reduce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driving and cornering on slippery surfaces Al ways drive carefully Do not modify the vehicle s suspension If suspension parts such as shock absorb ers struts springs stabilizer bars bush ings and wheels are not NISSAN ap proved for your vehicle or are extremely deteriorated the ABLS system may not operate properly This could adversely af fect vehicle handling performanc
103. no circumstances are those supplied with the child restraint they to be used to attach adult seat 2 Anchor points belts or other items or equipment to Tonteth T iari ti the vehicle Doing so could damage the OP Tener ANCNOF POINT IOCAUONS child restraint anchorages The child re Anchor points are located in the following loca straint will not be properly installed us tions ing the damaged anchorages and a child could be seriously injured or killed 2nd row bench on the floor behind the out in a collision board seating positions as shown 2nd row bench center seatback as shown If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap consult your NISSAN dealer for details 1 30 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system REAR FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child Safety and Child Restraint sections before in stalling a child restraint Follow these steps to install a rear facing child restraint in the 2nd row seats using the LATCH system 1 Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions WRS0801 WRS0802 Rear facing web mounted step 2 Rear facing rigid mounted step 2 Secure the child restraint anchor attach ments to the LATCH lower anchors Check to make sure the LATCH attachment is prop erly attached to the lower anchors Safety S
104. o W Start the vehicle Apply and hold the brake pedal Shift the transmission into gear Release the parking brake Drive slowly until the vehicle and trailer are clear from the blocks Apply and hold the brake pedal 7 Have someone retrieve and store the blocks While going downhill the weight of the trailer pushing on the tow vehicle may de crease overall stability Therefore to main tain adequate control reduce your speed and shift to a lower gear Avoid long or repeated use of the brakes when descend ing a hill as this reduces their effectiveness and could cause overheating Shifting to a lower gear instead provides engine brak ing and reduces the need to brake as fre quently If the engine coolant temperature rises to a high temperature refer to If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emergency section of this owner s manual Trailer towing requires more fuel than normal circumstances Avoid towing a trailer for your vehicle s first 500 miles 805 km For the first 500 miles 805 km that you do tow do not drive over 50 MPH 80 km h Have your vehicle serviced more often than at intervals specified in the recommended Maintenance Schedule in the NISSAN Ser vice and Maintenance Guide When making a turn your trailer wheels will be closer to the inside of the turn than your vehicle wheels To compensate for this make a larger than normal turning radius duri
105. of the frequency you wish to tune and the station will change to that frequency To return to the regular radio display screen touch the OK key Tuning with the TUNE SCROLL knob The radio can also be manually tuned using the TUNE SCROLL knob When in FM or AM mode turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to the left for lower frequencies or to the right for higher frequencies When in SXM mode turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to change the channel Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 41 lt lt gt Pi SEEK tuning When in FM or AM mode press the seek buttons M4 or PPI to tune from low to high or high to low frequencies and to stop at the next broadcasting station When in SXM mode buttons M4 or PP press the seek to change the category 1 to 6 Station memory operations Twelve stations can be set for the FM band 6 for FM1 6 for FM2 and six stations can be set for the AM band Twelve stations can be set for the SXM band 6 for SXM1 6 for SXM2 1 Choose the radio band AM FM1 or FM2 using the FM AM select button or choose the radio band SXM1 SXM2 using the SXM button 2 Tune to the desired station using manual or seek tuning Press and hold any of the de sired station memory buttons 1 6 until a beep sound is heard 4 42 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 3 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Programming is now comp
106. oil See Engine oil and oil filter recommenda tions in Technical and consumer informa tion later in this manual USING FOUR WHEEL DRIVE 4WD if so equipped AWARNING For 4WD equipped vehicles do not at tempt to raise two wheels off the ground and shift the transmission to any drive or reverse position with the engine running Doing so may result in drivetrain damage or unexpected ve hicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury Do not attempt to test a 4WD equipped vehicle on a 2 wheel dynamometer or similar equipment even if the other two wheels are raised off the ground Make sure you inform test facility personnel that your vehicle is equipped with 4WD before it is placed on a dynamometer Using the wrong test equipment may result in drivetrain damage or unex pected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or per sonal injury A CAUTION Do not drive the vehicle in the 4H or 4LO position on dry hard surface roads Driv ing on dry hard surfaces in 4H or 4LO may cause unnecessary noise tire wear and increased fuel consumption If the 4WD warning light turns on when you are driving on dry hard surface roads in the 4H position shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD in the 4LO position for automatic transmission vehicles stop the ve hicle and shift the shift lever to the N Neutral position with the brake pedal depress
107. on a level surface and apply the parking brake 2 Turn the engine off 3 Place a large drain pan under the oil filter Unscrew the plate covering the oil filter ex posing the filter Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter wrench by turning it counterclockwise Then remove the oil filter by turning it by hand A CAUTION Be careful not to burn yourself The engine oil may be hot 6 Wipe the engine oil filter sealing surface with a clean rag A CAUTION Be sure to remove any old gasket material remaining on the sealing surface of the engine Failure to do so could lead to engine damage 7 Coat the gasket on the new filter with clean engine oll 8 Screw on the oil filter until a slight resistance is felt then tighten an additional 2 3 turn 9 Start the engine and check for leakage around the oil filter Correct as required 10 Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes Check the oil level Add engine oil if necessary 5 SPEED AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID if so equipped When checking or replacement is required we recommend your NISSAN dealer for servicing A CAUTION e Use Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF If Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF is not available Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF may also be used Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF or Matic J ATF will cause deteriora tion in driveability and automatic trans mission durability and may d
108. on rough gravel or snow covered roads or if you are using tire chains Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you Ultimately the driver is respon sible for safety Tire type and condition may also affect braking effectiveness When replacing tires install the specified size of tires on all four wheels When installing a spare tire make sure that it is the proper size and type as specified on the Tire and Loading Information label See Tire and Loading Information label in the Technical and consumer informa tion section of this manual For detailed information see Wheels and tires in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section of this manual The Anti lock Braking System ABS controls the brakes so the wheels do not lock during hard braking or when braking on slippery surfaces The system detects the rotation speed at each wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to pre vent each wheel from locking and sliding By preventing each wheel from locking the system helps the driver maintain steering control and helps to minimize swerving and spinning on slip pery surfaces Using the system Depress the brake pedal and hold it down De press the brake pedal with firm steady pressure but do not pump the brakes The ABS will oper ate to prevent the wheels from locking up Steer the vehicle to avoid obstacles A WARNING Do not pump the brake pedal Doing so
109. operating details Illustrated table of contents 0 5 INSTRUMENT PANEL 24 2322 0 6 Illustrated table of contents Vents P 4 13 Headlight fog light if so equipped turn signal switch P 2 28 Steering wheel switch for audio control if so equipped Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System if so equipped P 4 56 P 4 59 4 73 Driver supplemental air bag horn P 1 45 P 2 33 Meters gauges and warning indicator lights P 2 3 2 14 Cruise control main set switches P 5 20 Windshield wiper washer switch and rear window wiper washer switch P 2 26 P 2 27 Storage P 2 38 Audio system controls P 4 21 Front passenger supplemental air bag P 1 45 Upper and lower glove box P 2 39 Passenger air bag status light P 1 54 Power outlet P 2 37 Power outlet P 2 37 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Electronic locking rear differential E Lock system switch if so equipped P 2 35 Hill descent control switch if so equipped P 2 34 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF switch P 2 33 Shift lever P 5 13 AWD shift switch P 5 27 Climate controls P 4 1 4 Hazard warning flasher switch P 6 2 Ignition switch P 5 9 Tilt steering wheel control P 3 12 Off road lamps switch if so equipped P 2 31 Clutch interlock clutch start switch if so equipped P 2 36 Power outside mirror controls if
110. or harnesses A child restraint with a top tether strap should not be used in the front passenger seat Keep seatbacks as upright as pos sible after fitting the child restraint Infants and children should always be placed in an appropriate child re straint while in the vehicle When the child restraint is not in use keep it secured with the LATCH system or a seat belt In a sudden stop or colli sion loose objects can injure occupants or damage the vehicle A CAUTION A child restraint in a closed vehicle can become very hot Check the seating sur face and buckles before placing a child in the child restraint This vehicle is equipped with a universal child restraint anchor system referred to as the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren sys tem Some child restraints include rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be con nected to these anchors For details see LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren sys tem later in this section If you do not have a LATCH compatible child restraint the vehicle seat belts can be used Several manufacturers offer child restraints for infants and children of various sizes When se lecting any child restraint keep the following points in mind Choose only a restraint with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 Check the child restraint in
111. out with a hose Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner or broom Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electronic compo nents inside the vehicle as this may damage them Chemicals used for road surface de icing are extremely corrosive They accelerate corrosion and deterioration of underbody components such as the exhaust system fuel and brake lines brake cables floor pan and fenders In winter the underbody must be cleaned periodically For additional protection against rust and corro sion which may be required in some areas con sult a NISSAN dealer 8 Maintenance and do it yourself Maintenance requirements 2 22 0eeee 8 2 SOAK DIGGS nt srera e een ree e ster ee eR wa eRe 8 16 General maintenance 20eee eee eee ees 8 2 Replacing spark plugs 26 cuceescccexnsey deeeeue 8 16 Explanation of general maintenance items 8 2 h E siecrecacececaheaneauwreseadeetonencaed 8 17 Maintenance precautionS uessur 8 5 In cabin microfilter if so equipped 8 17 Engine compartment check locations 8 6 Windshield wiper blades 02 002 eee eee 8 19 Engine cooling system 220eee eee eee ee 8 7 Cleaning nnen unnin e cece eeeeeeeeeeeeevennes 8 19 Checking engine coolant level 6 6 6 essere ees 8 8 REDIACING a K a0eeceee soaks sareari neah dean aes 8 19 Changing engine coolant s sees ee 8 8 E Eel ee ae E ee ee ee
112. prevent it from entering the tire tread grooves where it would be difficult to remove Wipe off excess tire dressing using a dry towel Make sure the tire dressing is com pletely removed from the tire tread grooves Allow the tire dressing to dry as recom mended by the tire dressing manufacturer Appearance and care 7 3 CLEANING INTERIOR Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior trim plastic parts and seats using a vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces with a clean soft cloth damp ened in mild soap solution then wipe clean witha dry soft cloth Regular care and cleaning is required in order to maintain the appearance of the leather Before using any fabric protector read the manu facturer s recommendations Some fabric pro tectors contain chemicals that may stain or bleach the seat material Use a cloth dampened only with water to clean the meter and gauge lens AWARNING Do not use water or acidic cleaners hot steam cleaners on the seat This can dam age the seat or occupant classification sensor This can also affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury 7 4 Appearance and care A CAUTION Never use benzine thinner or any simi lar material Small dirt particles can be abrasive and damaging to leather surfaces and should be removed promptly Do not use saddle soap car waxes polishes oils cleaning fl
113. reference height when the trailer is attached If the rear bumper is higher than the measured reference height when loaded the vehicle may handle unpredictably which could cause a loss of vehicle control and cause serious personal injury or property damage Sway control device Sudden maneuvers wind gusts and buffeting caused by other vehicles can affect trailer han dling Sway control devices may be used to help control these affects If you choose to use one contact a reputable trailer hitch supplier to make sure the sway control device will work with the vehicle hitch trailer and the trailer s brake sys tem Follow the instructions provided by the manufacturer for installing and using the sway control device Class hitch Class trailer hitch equipment receiver ball mount and hitch ball can be used to tow trailers of a maximum weight of 2 000 Ib 907 kg 9 24 Technical and consumer information Class Il hitch Class Il trailer hitch equipment receiver ball mount and hitch ball can be used to tow trailers of a maximum weight of 3 500 Ib 1 587 kg Class Ill hitch Class Ill trailer hitch equipment receiver ball mount and hitch ball can be used to tow trailers of a maximum weight of 5 000 Ib 2 268 kg A CAUTION Special hitches which include frame re inforcements are required for towing above 2 000 Ib 907 kg Suitable genu ine NISSAN hitches ball mounts and hitch balls for pickup trucks a
114. replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting In case of emergency 6 3 Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors CHANGING A FLAT TIRE If you have a flat tire follow the instructions be low Stopping the vehicle 1 Safely move the vehicle off the road and away from traffic 2 Turn on the hazard warning flashers 3 Park on a level surface and apply the parking brake Shift the manual transmission into R Reverse or the automatic transmission into P Park 4 Turn off the engine 5 Raise the hood to warn other traffic and to signal professional road assistance person nel that you need assistance 6 Have all passengers get out of the vehicle and stand in a safe place away from traffic and clear of the vehicle 6 4 Incase of emergency AWARNING Make sure the parking brake is securely applied and the manual transmission is shifted into R Reverse or the auto matic transmission into P Park Never change tires when the vehicle is on a slope ice or slippery areas This is hazardous Ne
115. se rious injury Your vehicle has an automatic engine cooling fan It could come on at any time Keep hands and other objects away from it In case of emergency 6 9 AWARNING Always follow the instructions below Fail ure to do so could result in damage to the charging system and cause personal injury 1 If the booster battery is in another vehicle position the two vehicles to bring their bat teries near each other Do not allow the two vehicles to touch 6 10 Incase of emergency WCE0066 Apply the parking brake Move the shift lever to N Neutral manual transmission or to P Park automatic transmission Switch off all unnecessary electrical systems lights heater air conditioner etc Remove vent caps on the battery if so equipped Cover the battery with an old cloth to reduce explosion hazard 4 Connect jumper cables in the sequence il lustrated A A CAUTION e Always connect positive to positive and negative to body ground for example strut mounting bolt engine lift bracket etc not to the battery Make sure the jumper cables do not touch moving parts in the engine com partment and that the cable clamps do not contact any other metal 5 Start the engine of the booster vehicle and let it run for a few minutes 6 Keep the engine speed of the booster ve hicle at about 2 000 rpm and start the en gine of the vehicle being jum
116. seat cushion near the seatback A label is attached to the seatback to help you locate the LATCH lower anchors LRS0661 LATCH webbing mounted attachment Installing child restraint LATCH lower anchor attachments LATCH compatible child restraints include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be connected to two anchors located at certain seating positions in your vehicle With this sys tem you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint Check your child re straint for a label stating that it is compatible with LATCH This information may also be in the in structions provided by the child restraint manu facturer Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 29 Top tether anchor AWARNING e Do not allow cargo to contact the top tether strap when it is attached to the top tether anchor Properly secure the cargo so it does not contact the top tether strap Cargo that is not properly secured or cargo that contacts the top tether strap may damage it during a collision A child could be seriously in jured or killed in a collision if the top tether strap is damaged LRS0662 Child restraint anchorages are de LRS2236 LATCH rigid mounted attachment signed to withstand only those loads 2nd row bench seat When installing a child restraint carefully read imposed by correctly fitted child re 1 Top tether straps and follow the instructions in this manual and straints Under
117. selected by the 4WD shift switch The 4WD shift indicator light may blink while shifting from one drive mode to the other OFF Zg Front passenger air bag status 2 light The front passenger air bag status light will be lit and the passenger front air bag will be OFF depending on how the front passenger seat is being used For front passenger air bag status light operation see Front passenger air bag and status light in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual HO High beam indicator light blue This blue light comes on when the headlight high beams are on and goes out when the low beams are selected The high beam indicator light also comes on when the passing signal is activated Hill descent control system on indicator light if so equipped When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position this light comes on briefly and then turns off The light comes on when the hill descent control system Is activated If the hill descent control switch is on and the indicator light blinks the system is not engaged If the indicator light does not come on when the hill descent switch is on the system may not be functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer For additional information see Hill descent con trol switch later in this section and Hill descent control system in the Starting and driving sec t
118. senger seated upright as far as practical away from the steering wheel or instrument panel The front air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the front occupants Because of this the force of the front air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against the front air bag module during inflation The front air bags deflate quickly after a collision The front air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON or START posi tion After placing the ignition switch in the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 sec onds if the system is operational Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 53 Front passenger air bag and status light AWARNING The front passenger air bag is designed to automatically turn OFF under some condi tions Read this section carefully to learn how it operates Proper use of the seat seat belt and child restraints is necessary for most effective protection Failure to follow all instructions in this manual con cerning the use of seats seat belts and child restraints can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident Status light The front passenger air bag status light is located near the climate controls After the igni tion switch is placed in the ON position the front passenger air bag status light on th
119. should immedi ately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addi tion to notifying NISSAN If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot be come involved in individual problems be tween you your dealer or NISSAN To contact NHTSA you may call the Ve hicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov You may notify NISSAN by contacting our Consumer Affairs Department toll free at 1 800 NISSAN 1 For Canada If you believe that your vehicle has a de fect which could cause a crash or could Cause injury or death you should immedi ately inform Transport Canada in addition to notifying NISSAN lf Transport Canada receives complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may request that NISSAN con duct a recall campaign However Trans port Canada cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or NISSAN You may contact Transport Canada s De fect Investigations and Recalls Division toll free at 1 800 333 0510 You ma
120. so equipped 0000e 3 14 WI OlG s ocbceeruG E E EE TT A TET 3 15 Rearview mirror if so equipped 6005 3 15 Automatic anti glare rearview mirror if so equipped 2c cccucceend baedweers eeddaw eae 3 15 Outside MINOS ocr ctictne wa ki pa eane ees eteeek 3 15 KEYS 3 1 Two master keys black with transpon der chip and chrome NISSAN brand symbol on one side 2 Valet key black with transponder chip 3 Key number plate 4 Transponder chip A key number plate is supplied with your keys Record the key number and keep it in a safe place such as your wallet not in the vehicle If you lose your keys see a NISSAN dealer for duplicates by using the key number NISSAN does not record key numbers so it is very important to keep track of your key number plate 3 2 Pre driving checks and adjustments A key number is only necessary when you have lost all keys and do not have one to duplicate from If you still have a key your NISSAN dealer can duplicate it NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM KEYS You can only drive your vehicle using the master or valet keys which are registered to the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System components in your vehicle These keys have a transponder chip in the key head The master key can be used for all the locks To protect belongings when you leave a key with someone give them the valet key only Never leave these keys in the vehicle Additional or replace
121. so equipped P 3 16 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details Illustrated table of contents 0 7 ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS 0 8 Illustrated table of contents VQ40DE engine 1 Windshield washer fluid reservoir P 8 13 2 Fuse fusible link box P 8 22 3 Fuse and relay box P 8 22 4 Engine oil filler cap P 8 9 5 Engine oil dipstick P 8 9 6 Brake fluid reservoir Clutch fluid reservoir M T model P 8 12 7 Air cleaner P 8 17 8 Drive belt location P 8 16 9 Radiator cap P 8 7 10 Power steering fluid reservoir P 8 12 11 Battery P 8 14 12 Engine coolant reservoir P 8 7 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS Warning Name Page Warning light light Anti lock Braking 2 15 Automatic transmis ABS System ABS warn sion position indica ing light tor light A T models only Automatic transmis 4WD warning light indicator light sion oil temperature 23 3 model warning light if so Cruise set switch equipped indicator light Automatic transmis Electronic locking sion park warning Low tire pressure rear differential E light ES warning light Lock system on model indicator light if so Low windshield equipped washer fluid warning light if so equipped Ki Seat belt warning 2 19 T light and chime Charge warning 2 16 Supplemental air
122. the Bluetooth has been set to Off the system announces Bluetooth is off Would you like to turn Bluetooth on If no phone is connected to the system and the vehicle is stationary the system announces There is no phone connected Would you like to connect a phone now Say Yes to connect a phone All further Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System voice commands are only available if a phone is connected If a phone is connected and Bluetooth is set to On the following voice commands are available Call a name Speak the name of the contact in which you are trying to call System will confirm correct contact Say Dial to initiate dialing Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 81 Dial Number Allows for up to 24 digits to be dialed After the number is entered say Dial to initiate dialing Say Correction to correct the num ber entered Say Go Back to return to the main menu List Phonebook Starting with the first alphabetical entry in the vehicle phonebook the system prompts for an additional command Say Dial to call the number of the phonebook entry Say Send Text to send a text message to the number of the phonebook entry Say Next Entry to skip to the next alphabetical entry in the vehicle phonebook where the same op tions will then be available Recent Calls The system prompts for an additional com man
123. the door WRS0365 SSS0162 Some examples of dangerous riding Do not lean against doors or windows Do not lean against doors or windows gree are shown in the previous illustrations 1 50 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING When sitting in the rear seat do not hold onto the seatback of the front seat If the side air bag inflates you may be seriously injured Be especially careful with children who should always be properly restrained Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations Do not use seat covers on the front seatbacks They may interfere with side air bag inflation Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 51 1 52 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 Roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bags 2 Air bag Control Unit ACU 3 Supplemental front impact air bag modules 4 Crash zone sensor 5 Occupant classification system control unit Occupant classification sensor pressure sensor 7 Satellite sensors 8 Seat belt buckle switches 9 1 D Seat belt with pretensioner O Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag modules NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System front seats This vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN Ad vanced Air Bag System for the driver and front passenger seats This system is designed to meet certification requirements under
124. the fold down position In a collision people riding in these areas without proper restraints are more likely to be seriously injured or killed e Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly e Do not fold down the rear seats when occupants are in the rear seat area or any luggage is on the rear seats e Head restraints headrests should be adjusted properly as they may provide significant protection against injury in an accident Always replace and adjust them properly if they have been re moved for any reason If the head restraints headrests are re moved for any reason they should be securely stored to prevent them from causing injury to passengers or damage to the vehicle in case of sudden braking or an accident e When returning the seatbacks to the upright position be certain they are completely secured in the latched posi tion If they are not completely secured passengers may be injured in an acci dent or sudden stop Properly secure all cargo to help pre vent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks Folding the front passenger s seatback Once the seatback is released it will enable In a sudden stop or collision unsecured if so equipped you to fold the front passenger seatback flat cargo could cause personal injury over
125. the hill start assist system to prevent the vehicle from mov ing backward on a hill Always drive carefully and attentively Depress the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped on a steep hill Be especially careful when stopped on a hill on frozen or muddy roads Failure to prevent the ve hicle from rolling backwards may result in a loss of control of the vehicle and possible serious injury or death The hill start assist system is not de signed to hold the vehicle at a standstill on a hill Depress the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped on a steep hill Failure to do so may cause the vehicle to roll backwards and may result in a collision or serious personal injury The hill start assist may not prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards on a hill under all load or road conditions Al ways be prepared to depress the brake pedal to prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards Failure to do so may result in a collision or serious personal injury The hill start assist system automatically keeps the brakes applied to help prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards in the time it takes the driver to release the brake pedal and apply the accelerator when the vehicle is stopped on a hill Hill start assist will operate automatically under the following conditions The shift lever is shifted to a forward or reverse gear The vehicle is stopped completely on a hill by applying the brake The maximum holding time is 2
126. the iPod When the repeat mode is active the icon is displayed to the left of the song title or album name to denote which repeat pattern is applied To cancel Repeat kk 1 5 a 7 mode touch the Repeat key untilno amp _ icon is displayed ld gt P Seek buttons Press the seek button 44 or PPI to skip backward or forward one track Press and hold the seek button M4 or PP for 1 5 seconds while a track is playing to reverse or fast forward the track being played The track plays at an increased speed while reversing or fast forwarding When the button is released the track returns to normal play speed BLUETOOTH STREAMING AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped ares INFORMATION If you have a compatible Bluetooth audio de a SirusXM __ SiriusXM 3 vice that is capable of playing audio files the Traffic Travel Link device can be connected to the vehicle s audio system so that the audio files on the device play Voice through the vehicle s speakers Gj My Apps Bu Commands Settings Scrolling menus Connecting Bluetooth audio While navigating long lists of artists albums or To connect your Bluetooth audio device to the songs in the music menu it is possible to scroll vehicle follow the procedure below the list by the first character in the name To activate character indexing touch and hold the 1 Press the ares button A Z key in the upper right corner of the screen
127. the low tire pressure warning light Use a tire pres sure gauge to check the tire pressure The low tire pressure warning light remains illu minated until the tires are inflated to the recom mended cold tire pressure The CHECK TIRE PRES warning message is displayed each time the ignition switch is placed in the ON position as long as the low tire pressure warning light re mains illuminated 2 18 Instruments and controls For additional information see Check tire pres sure warning message in the Instruments and controls section and Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Starting and driving section and in the In case of emergency sec tion TPMS malfunction If the TPMS is not functioning properly the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi mately 1 minute when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position The light will remain on after the 1 minute Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer The CHECK TIRE PRES warn ing message is not displayed if the low tire pres sure warning light illuminates to indicate a TPMS malfunction For additional information see Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Starting and driving section and Tire pressure in the Main tenance and do it yourself section AWARNING If the light does not illuminate with the ignition switch placed in the ON posi tion have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN de
128. the seat cushion To fold the front passenger s seatback flat for extra storage length when transporting long 3 To return the front passenger s seat to a items seating position lift up on the seatback and oush it up to an upright position Then pull up on the recline lever and lean the seatback to a proper seating position Release the lever to lock the seatback in position Q Slide the seat to the rearmost position Lift up on the recline lever located on the out side edge of the seat and fold the seatback forward as far as it will go Then lift up on the latch located on the upper corner of the seatback to release the back of the seat Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 9 AWARNING If you fold the front passenger s seat back flat forward to carry longer ob jects be sure this cargo is properly se cured and not near an air bag In a crash an inflating air bag might force that object toward a person This could cause severe injury or even death Se cure objects away from the area in which an air bag would inflate See Precautions on supplemental restraint system later in this section Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area or on the front passenger s seat when it is in the fold down position Use of these areas by passengers could re sult in serious injury in an accident or sudden stop Folding the 2nd row bench seat To fold the 2nd row bench seat flat for maxi
129. tion Canada in the Warranty Informa tion Booklet e3z y Four wheel drive models A CAUTION Always use tires of the same type size brand construction bias bias belted or radial and tread pattern on all four wheels Failure to do so may result in a circumference difference between tires on the front and rear axles which will cause excessive tire wear and may damage the transmission transfer case and differen tial gears If excessive tire wear is found it is recommended that all four tires be replaced with tires of the same size brand construction and tread pattern The tire pressure and wheel alignment should also be checked and corrected as necessary Contact a NISSAN dealer Wheel balance Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling and tire life Even with regular use wheels can get out of balance Therefore they should be bal anced as required Wheel balance service should be per formed with the wheels off the vehicle Spin balancing the wheels on the vehicle could lead to mechanical damage For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Infor mation Canada in the Warranty In formation Booklet Care of wheels Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle to maintain their appearance Clean the inner side of the wheels when the wheel is changed or the underside of the vehicle is washed Do not use abrasive clean
130. to illumi nate If the warning light illuminates check the tire pressure for all four tires The Tire and Loading Information label also referred to as the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label is located in the driver s door opening For additional information see Low tire pressure warning light in the Instruments and controls section and Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the In case of emergency section AWARNING If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal in jury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Informa tion label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible See Flat tire in the In case of emergency section for changing a flat tire When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The l
131. trailer wheel Surge brakes are activated by the trailer pushing against the hitch ball when the tow vehicle is braking Hydraulic surge brakes are common on rental trailers and some boat trailers In this type of system there is no hydraulic or electric connection for brake op eration between the tow vehicle and the trailer Electric Trailer Brakes Electric braking sys tems are activated by an electronic signal sent from a trailer brake controller special brake sensing module If electric trailer brakes are used see Electric trailer brake controller in this section Have a professional supplier of towing equip ment make sure the trailer brakes are properly installed and demonstrate proper brake function testing AWARNING Never connect a trailer brake system di rectly to the vehicle brake system Electric trailer brake controller Trailers equipped with electric brakes may re quire the installation of an aftermarket trailer brake controller A Genuine NISSAN jumper harness is available that is specifically designed to be used when installing an aftermarket brake controller Install the aftermarket electric trailer brake con troller according to the manufacturer s instruc tions Pre towing tips Be certain your vehicle maintains a level position when a loaded and or unloaded trailer is hitched Do not drive the vehicle if it has an abnormal nose up or nose down condition check for improper tongue load
132. turn signal switch 2 28 Headlight control switch 2 28 Headighis s a s amp aoaaa a a a oes 8 28 Head restraints Active Head Restraint 1 4 Heated seats 0 2 0000 2 32 Heater Heater and air conditioner controls 4 14 Heater operation 4 15 Hill descent control switch 2 34 Hill descent control system 5 36 Hill start assist system 5 37 Hood release sa e ae ge bG eee eB oa o 3 9 Hook Luggage hook 4 2 42 HOM in oe ee mh oe a eee OG 2 33 l Ignition switch aoaaa 5 9 Immobilizer system 2 25 3 2 5 11 Important vehicle information label 9 11 In cabin microfilter a o 2 Ss wee ae 8 17 Increasing fuel economy 5 23 Indicator lights and audible reminders See warning indicator lights and audible reminders aaa a a 2 14 Inside automatic anti glare mirror 3 15 Inside Mirror gw ek da A we oe OR aa 3 15 Instrument brightness control 2 30 Instrument panel 0 6 2 2 Instrument panel dimmer switch 2 30 INMGRIGEIIGIN 2 s age di A ae we eS et 2 50 iPod Player a a eh me eee 4 48 4 50 ISOFIX child restraints 1 28 J Jump starting wast aia 8 ke we BC oh ae we ew 6 9 K Kets ae cae te ee oe Bae ee ee 3 2 Keyfob battery replacement 8 26 Keyless entry system See remote keyless entry system
133. wheel balancing may be needed For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet Windshield Clean the windshield on a regular basis Check the windshield at least every six months for cracks or other damage Have a dam aged windshield repaired by a qualified repair facility Windshield wiper blades Check for cracks or wear if they do not wipe properly Inside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked on a regular basis such as when per forming periodic maintenance cleaning the ve hicle etc Additional information on the following items with an is found later in this sec tion Accelerator pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure the pedal does not bind or require uneven effort Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Automatic transmission P Park position mechanism On a fairly steep hill check that your vehicle is held securely with the shift lever in the P Park position without applying any brakes Brake pedal Check the pedal for smooth opera tion If the brake pedal suddenly goes down fur ther than normal the pedal feels spongy or the vehicle seems to take longer to stop see a NISSAN dealer immediately Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Brakes Check that the brakes do not pull the vehicle to one side when applied Parking b
134. your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system If the child restraint is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the child restraint and check the various adjustments to be sure the child restraint is compatible with your child Choose a child restraint that is designed for your child s height and weight Always follow all recommended procedures All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated Canadian law requires the top tether strap on forward facing child re straints be secured to the designated an chor point on the vehicle Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 27 WRS0438 LATCH system lower anchor locations LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren SYSTEM Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor points that are used with LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system compatible child restraints This system may also be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system With this system you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint The LATCH anchor points are provided to install child restraints in the rear outboard seating posi tions only Do not attempt to install a child restraint in the center position using the LATCH anchors LATCH lower an
135. 1 to lock all The power door lock system allows you to lockor Pull the lid to open doors unlock all doors including the liftgate simultane ously FUEL FILLER CAP e Turn the key clockwise 2 to unlock liftgate Turn the key clockwise 3 again within HOOP MMe H Un et Pun Ubon Me a A WARNING 5 seconds to unlock all doors To close lower and push the liftgate down se e Gasoline is extremely flammable and To open the liftgate pull up on handle ey highly explosive under certain condi tions You could be burned or seriously To close lower and push the liftgate down se injured if it is misused or mishandled curely Always stop the engine and do not smoke or allow open flames or sparks near the vehicle when refueling 3 10 Pre driving checks and adjustments Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire Use only an original equipment type fuel filler cap as a replacement It has a built in safety valve needed for proper operation of the fuel system and emis sion control system An incorrect cap can result in a serious malfunction and possible injury It could also cause the L Malfunction Indicator Light MIL to come on Never pour fuel into the throttle body to attempt to start your vehicle Do not fill a portable fuel container in the vehicle or trailer Static electricity can cause an e
136. A LER ALTRIA aaas asiantila Z 4 eeaeetes eS AS rd Gants SLITE C LOLI 5 Oe ens II IARR OL ELT GELS LI EOS LICO862 Luggage area Avoid using power outlets when the air conditioner headlights or rear window defroster is on Before inserting or disconnecting a plug be sure the electrical accessory being used is turned OFF Push the plug in as far as it will go If good contact is not made the plug may overheat or the internal temperature fuse may open When not in use be sure to close the cap Do not allow water or any other liquids to contact the outlet Instruments and controls 2 37 STORAGE LIC 1539 Top center tray STORAGE TRAYS AWARNING Do not place sharp objects in the trays to help prevent injury in an accident or sud den stop 2 38 Instruments and controls A T model if so equipped LICO818 WIC1421 M T model if so equipped CONSOLE BOX Pull up on the lever 4 to open the console box lid GLOVE BOX To open the top portion of the glove box push the latch A up and raise the lid To open the lower portion of the glove box pull the handle down and lower the lid Use the master key to lock or unlock the glove box The valet key cannot be used to lock or unlock the glove box AWARNING Keep glove box lid closed while driving to help prevent injury in an accident or a sudden stop SUNGLASSES HOLDER To open the sunglasses holder push and release A
137. ABS Anti lock Braking System ABS are Low windshield washer fluid warning light warning light if so equipped OIL TEMP Automatic transmission oil temperature warning A Seat belt warning light and chime light if so equipped A ATP Automatic transmission park warning light a Supplemental air bag warning light CZJ model BRAKE or Brake warning light Automatic transmission position indicator light A T models only Charge warning light CRUISE Cruise main switch indicator light i Door open warning light SET Cruise set switch indicator light 5 ra Engine oil pressure warning light DIFF Electronic locking rear differential E Lock LOCK system on indicator light if so equipped Tr AWD warning light Z model E AWD shift indicator light Z model T I OFF cy Low fuel warning light R Front passenger air bag status light 2 l Low tire pressure warning light High beam indicator light Blue 2 14 Instruments and controls 4LO a O D R Hill descent control system on indicator light if so equipped Malfunction Indicator Light MIL Overdrive off indicator light A T models only Security indicator light Slip indicator light Transfer 4LO position indicator light CZJ model Turn signal hazard indicator lights Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF indicator light CHECKING BULBS With all doors closed apply the parking brake and place the i
138. AT Reverse or Fast Forward buttons Press and hold the SEEK CAT buttons 4 or PPI for 1 5 seconds while an audio file on the USB device is playing to reverse or fast forward the track being played The track plays at an increased speed while reversing or fast for warding When the button is released the audio file returns to normal play speed lt lt gt gt I SEEK CAT buttons Press the SEEK CAT button M4 while an au dio file on the USB device is playing to return to the beginning of the current track Press the SEEK CAT button 4 several times to skip backward several tracks Press the SEEK CAT button P while an au dio file on the USB device is playing to advance one track Press the SEEK CAT button gt gt several times to skip forward several tracks If the last track in a folder on the USB device is skipped the first track of the next folder is played RDM button When the RDM button is pressed while an audio file on the USB device is playing the play pattern can be changed as follows All Random 1 Folder Random OFF All Random all tracks on the USB device will be played randomly 1 Folder Random all tracks in the current folder will be played randomly OFF No random play pattern is applied The indicator on the display will turn off Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 45 The current play pattern of the USB device is displayed on the screen unless no patter
139. Bass Treble Balance and Fade Increase or decrease the level of bass treble balance or fade Balance controls the level of sound between the left and right speakers Fade controls the level of sound between the front and rear speakers 4 34 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems speed Sens Vol z AUX Vol gt i Brightness O LO7 136 J Contrast Clock Adjust Speed Sens Vol Speed Sensitive Volume Speed Sensitive Volume adjusts the volume of the audio system as the vehicle s driving speed changes The feature can be turned off or set toa level of 1 to 5 Level 5 represents the highest degree of volume adjustment AUX Vol Choose a setting from O to 3 to control the boost of the incoming auxiliary device volume A setting of O provides no additional boost in vol ume A setting of 3 provides the greatest boost in volume Brightness and Contrast Adjust the brightness or contrast to adjust the appearance of the display screen Clock Adjust Press the ENTER SETTING button to highlight the hours or minutes and then use the TUNE SCROLL knob to adjust the value Press the ENTER SETTING button again to set the value On Screen Clock RDS Display Language Select On Screen Clock Select ON or OFF to control whether or not the clock is shown in the upper right corner of the display screen RDS Display Select ON or OFF to control whether or n
140. CE RECOGNITION SYSTEM if so equipped The NISSAN Voice Recognition system allows hands free operation of the systems equipped on this vehicle such as the phone and navigation systems To operate NISSAN Voice Recognition press the 4 button located on the steering wheel When prompted speak the command for the system you wish to activate The command given is picked up by the microphone and performed when it is properly recognized NISSAN Voice Recognition will provide a voice response as well as a message in the center display to inform you of the command results USING THE SYSTEM Initialization When the ignition switch is in the ON position NISSAN Voice Recognition is initialized which takes a few seconds When completed the sys tem is ready to accept voice commands If the 4 button is pressed before the initializa tion completes the system will announce Voice Recognition System not ready Please wait Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 79 4 Voice and display feedback are provided Operating tips when the command is accepted To get the best performance out of NISSAN f the command is not recognized the sys Voice Recognition observe the following tem announces Command not recog nized Repeat the command in a clear voice Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as Giving voice commands 1 2 Press the 4 button The system announces Please sa
141. DNGANIS ss s ais aa aa a Soe ae a 9 2 Changing engine oil 8 10 Changing engine oilfilter 8 11 Checking engine oillevel 8 9 Engine oil e amp 2 amp wm eo dl ee Se ee 8 9 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 6 Engine oll viscosity 6 we 4a a ewe wes 9 6 Outside mirror control 04 3 15 Overdrive switch oaoa 0000s 5 17 Overheat If your vehicle overheats 6 11 Owner s manual order form 9 32 Owner s manual service manual order IN OKMGUON e e ss e Ae Ree ecm a 9 32 Pp Parking Parking brake operation 5 19 Parking parking onhills 5 31 Phone Bluetooth hands free SVMS 2S oH bed eee Se ee bs 4 59 4 73 Power Power door locks 3 4 Power outlet 204 2 37 Power rear windows 2 49 Power steering fluid 8 12 Power steering system 5 32 Power windows se w lt 4 ewe a ow Ka 2 48 Rear power windows 2 49 Precautions Maintenance precautions 8 5 On pavement and off road driving Precautions on child ee E 1 26 1 33 1 37 1 41 Precautions on seat belt usage Precautions on supplemental restraint Precautions when starting and driving Pre tensioner seat belt system Programmable features Car phone or CB radio FM AM radio with compact disc FM AM SAT radio with compact disc Steering wheel audio control switch 4 56 Readiness for in
142. ERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTED AND ACTUAL DISTANCES The distance guide line and the vehicle width guide line should be used as a reference only when the vehicle is on a level paved surface The distance viewed on the monitor is for reference only and may be different than the actual distance between the vehicle and displayed objects Backing up on a steep uphill When backing up the vehicle up a hill the dis tance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown closer than the actual distance For example the display shows 8 ft 1 0 m to the place A but the actual 3 ft 1 0 m distance on Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 9 the hill is the place B Note that any object on the hill is the place 8 Note that any object on the hill is closer than it appears on the monitor the hill is further than it appears on the monitor Backing up on a steep downhill When backing up the vehicle down a hill the distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown farther than the actual distance For example the display shows 8 ft 1 0 m to the place A but the actual 3 ft 1 0 m distance on 4 10 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems the position if the object projects over the actual backing up course Speed Sens Vol AUX Vol Brightness Contrast lo ra Clock Adjust 07 LHA2254 Without Navigation System ADJUSTING
143. Empty after the ignition key is turned to OFF The low fuel warning light comes on when the amount of fuel in the tank is getting low Refill the fuel tank before the gauge regis ters E Empty The ib indicates that the fuel filler door is located on the driver s side of the vehicle A CAUTION If the vehicle runs out of fuel the C7 Malfunction Indicator Light MIL may come on Refuel as soon as possible After a few driving trips the O light should turn off If the light remains on after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer For additional information see Mal function Indicator Light MIL later in this section instruments and controls 2 7 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE GAUGE The gauge indicates the engine lubrication sys tem oil pressure while the engine is running The needle should be in the middle of the gauge when the engine is running A CAUTION This gauge is not designed to indicate low engine oil level Use the dipstick to check the oil level See Engine oil in the Maintenance and do it yourself section 2 8 Instruments and controls If the gauge needle does not move with the proper amount of engine oil have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer Continued vehicle operation in such a condition could cause serious damage to the engine VOLTMETER When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the voltmeter indicates the batt
144. Instruments and controls 2 29 Battery saver system If the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position while the headlight switch is in the gt position the headlights will turn off after a period of time or 2 After the headlights automatically turn off with the headlight switch in the P4 or 0 position the headlights will illuminate again if the headlight switch is moved to the OFF position and then turned to the PG or 2 position A CAUTION Even though the battery saver feature au tomatically turns off the headlights after a period of time you should turn the head light switch to the OFF position when the engine is not running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery 2 30 Instruments and controls DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM if so equipped Canada only The headlights automatically illuminate at a re duced intensity when the engine is started with the parking brake released The daytime running lights operate with the headlight switch in the OFF position or in the gt 4 position Turn the headlight switch to the 2 position for full illumination when driving at night If the parking brake is applied before the engine is started the daytime running lights do not illumi nate The daytime running lights illuminate when the parking brake is released The daytime run ning lights will remain on until the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position AWARNING When the daytime running light sy
145. MER tires have a tread designed to provide superior performance on dry pave ment However the performance of these tires will be substantially reduced in snowy and icy conditions If you operate your ve hicle on snowy or icy roads NISSAN recom mends the use of MUD amp SNOW or ALL SEASON TIRES on all four wheels Please consult a NISSAN dealer for the tire type size speed rating and availability informa tion 2 For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires 3 Tire chains may be used For details see Tire chains in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT It is recommended that the following items be carried in the vehicle during winter e A scraper and stiff bristled brush to remove ice and snow from the windows and wiper blades e A sturdy flat board to be placed under the jack to give it firm support A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snowdrifts Extra washer fluid to refill the windshield washer fluid reservoir DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE AWARNING e Wet ice 32 F 0 C and freezing rain very cold snow or ice can be slick and very hard to drive on The vehicle w
146. No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the supplemental air bag system This is to prevent accidental inflation of the supplemental air bag or damage to the supplemental air bag system e Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system sus pension system or front end structure This could affect proper operation of the front air bag system Tampering with the front air bag system may result in serious personal injury Tampering includes changes to the steering wheel and the instrument panel assembly by placing material over the steering wheel pad and above the instrument panel or by installing additional trim material around the air bag system e Modifying or tampering with the front passenger seat may result in serious personal injury For example do not change the front seats by placing mate rial on the seat cushion or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers on the seat that are not specifi cally designed to assure proper air bag operation Additionally do not stow any objects under the front passenger seat or the seat cushion and seatback Such objects may interfere with the proper operation of the occupant classification sensor pressure sensor 1 56 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the seat belt system This may affect the front air bag syste
147. ON e Never tow automatic transmission models with the rear wheels on the ground or four wheels on the ground forward or backward as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the transmission If it is necessary to tow the vehicle with the front wheels raised always use towing dollies under the rear wheels e When towing automatic or manual transmission models with the front wheels on the ground or on towing dollies Place the ignition switch in the OFF position and secure the steering wheel in a straight ahead position with a rope or similar device Never secure the steering wheel by placing the ignition switch in the LOCK posi tion This may damage the steering lock mechanism for models with a steering lock mechanism If you have to tow manual transmission models with the rear wheels on the ground if you do not use towing dol lies or four wheels on the ground Always release the parking brake Move the transmission shift lever to the N Neutral position Observe the following restricted tow ing speeds and distances for manual transmission models only Speed Below 60 MPH 97 km h Distance Less than 500 miles 805 km If the speed or distance must necessarily be greater remove the propeller shaft before towing to prevent damage to the transmission In case of emergency 6 13 Four wheel drive models NISSAN recommends that towing dollies be used when towing your vehicle or pla
148. STEM aos 4 6 4 0 G y tone oo eG a 1 45 Supplemental restraint system Supplemental air bag system 1 45 Switch Autolight switch 2 29 Automatic power window switch 2 49 Clutch interlock clutch start switch 2 36 Electronic locking rear differential E Lock system switch og se ea a we we Oo 2 35 Fog light switch a aes aw a oe a we 2 31 Hazard warning flasher switch 6 2 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 28 Headlight control switch 2 28 Hill descent control switch 2 34 IGhitOMm SWiICh e a 6245 oe en Xa oom s 5 9 Overdrive switch 044 5 17 Power door lock switch 3 4 Rear window and outside mirror defroster SVMs amp bd ta a oe eee doe Be Bw 2 28 Rear window wiper and washer switches 2 00002 eee eee 2 27 Tum Signal SWHGN 2 c saa aswa ewe 2 31 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off SWIC 2 2 Be oS Boho a ck ee eee a 2 33 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 26 T Tachometer saca Gi 4 6 a Soak oes 2 6 Temperature gauge Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 6 Theft NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system engine start 2 25 3 2 5 11 Three way catalyst 5 2 10 6 Tilting steering wheel 3 12 Tire FACU 0 a oe oy ew Oo a ee ee A 6 3 Spare tire 2202 0008 6 5 Tire and Loading Information label 9 11 THE CHAINS oi oea ca ee A ew eS ee 8 40 Tire placard
149. System Send Text Speak this command to send a text message response to the sender of the text message Read Text Speak this command to read the text mes sage again Previous Text Speak this command to move to the previ ous text message if available Next Text Speak this command to move to the next text message if available NOTE Text messages are only displayed if the vehicle speed is less than 5 mph 8 km h Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 77 BLUETOOTH SETTINGS To access the phone settings 3 PHONE amp BLUETOOTH SETTINGS 1 Press the APPS button Phone Settings Connect New Device Select Connected Device 2 Select the Settings key 3 Select the Phone amp Bluetooth key Replace Connected Device Delete Connected Device Phone Settings See Phone settings in this section for more information Connect New Device Select to connect a new Bluetooth device to the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Replace Connected Device Select to replace a Bluetooth device from a list of those devices connected to the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Delete Connected Device Select to delete a Bluetooth device from a list of those devices connected to the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Bluetooth Select to toggle Bluetooth on and off Select Connected Device Select to choose a Bluetooth device from a list of those devices con
150. U S regu lations It is also permitted in Canada However all of the information cautions and warn ings in this manual still apply and must be followed The driver supplemental front impact air bag is located in the center of the steering wheel The passenger supplemental front impact air bag is mounted in the dashboard above the glove box The front air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions although they may in flate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact They may not inflate in certain frontal collisions Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper front air bag system opera tion The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System has dual stage inflators It also monitors information from the crash zone sensor the Air bag Control Unit ACU seat belt buckle sensors occupant clas sification sensor pressure sensor and passen ger seat belt tension sensor Inflator operation is based on the severity of a collision and seat belt usage for the driver For the front passenger it additionally monitors the weight of an occupant or object on the seat and seat belt tension Based on information from the sensors only one front air bag may inflate in a crash depending on the crash severity and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted Additionally the front passenger air bag may be automatically turned OFF under some condi
151. V ING This vehicle will handle and maneuver differently from an ordinary passenger car because it has a higher center of gravity for off road use As with other vehicles with features of this type fail ure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or an accident Be sure to read On pavement and off road driving precautions and Avoid ing collision and rollover and Driving safety precautions in the Starting and driving section of this manual MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE This vehicle should not be modified Modification could affect its performance safety or durability and may even violate governmental regulations In addition damage or per formance problems resulting from modi fications may not be covered under NISSAN warranties WHEN READING THE MANUAL This manual includes information for all features and equipment available on this model Features and equipment in your vehicle may vary depend ing on model trim level options selected order date of production region or availability There fore you may find information about features or equipment that are not included or installed on your vehicle All information specifications and illustrations in this manual are those in effect at the time of printing NISSAN reserves the right to change specifications performance design or component suppliers with out notice and without obligation From time to t
152. WARNING Keep the sunglasses holder closed while driving to prevent an accident Instruments and controls 2 39 A CAUTION e Do not leave sunglasses in the sun glasses holder while parking in direct sunlight The heat may damage the sunglasses e Do not use for anything other than sunglasses LICO575 MAP POCKETS SEAT POCKETS if so equipped A pocket is located on the back of the driver s seat 2 40 Instruments and controls WIC0827 Front CUP HOLDERS The front cup holders have adapters that can be removed to accommodate larger cups A CAUTION Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is being used to prevent spilling the drink If the liquid is hot it can scald you or your passenger Use only soft cups in the cup holder Hard objects can injure you in an accident WICO771 2nd row rear of front console To open the 2nd row cup holders rear of the front console lower the lid To close raise the lid If stepped on the cup holder is designed to snap loose from the console To re install close the cup holder assembly and push it back into the console opening To fold the 2nd row bench seat back first close the cup holder LICO864 Bottle holder A CAUTION Do not use bottle holder for any other objects that could be thrown about in the vehicle and possibly injure people during sudden braking or an accident e Do not use bottle holder for open liquid con
153. WR front and rear The GVWR and GAWR are located on the F M V S S label located on the driver s side door jamb pillar For more information regarding GVWR and GAWR refer to Vehicle loading information in the Technical and consumer in formation section later in this manual The crossbars if so equipped can be adjusted or removed Use the Torxdriver provided in the tool kit located under the 2nd row seats to loosen both crossbar adjusting screws To adjust 1 Loosen the adjusting screws with the Torx driver 1 by turning counterclockwise 2 When the clamp is loosened move the crossbar so the cargo can be positioned on the crossbar 3 Tighten the crossbar adjusting screws with the Torxdriver by turning clockwise 4 Secure the cargo with rope 5 Always check the tightness of the crossbar adjusting screws To remove 1 Loosen the adjusting screws with the Torx driver by turning counterclockwise Rotate the clamps Remove the crossbar Reverse to install o e 2 p Always check the tightness of the crossbar adjusting screws LICO869 Gear basket if so equipped To open the gear basket lid Turn the handle counterclockwise 2 Raise the lid NOTE Cargo in the gear basket must fit with the lid closed The maximum total load for the gear basket is 30 Ib 13 kg evenly distrib uted Do not force the lid closed AWARNING The lid should be closed and l
154. You cannot access Phone A s phone book if you are currently connected with Phone B Transfer Entry Use the Transfer Entry command to store a new name in the system When prompted by the system say the name you would like to give the new entry For example say Mary If the name is too long or too short the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Also if the name sounds too much like a name already stored the system tells you then prompts you for a name again The system will ask you to transfer a phone number stored in the cellular phone s memory Enter a phone number by voice command For example say five five five one two one two See How to say numbers in this section for more information To transfer a phone number stored in the cellular phone s memory Say Transfer entry The system acknowledges the command and asks you to initiate the transfer from the phone handset The new contact phone number will be transferred from the cellular phone via the Bluetooth communication link Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 67 The transfer procedure varies according to each cellular phone See the cellular phone Owner s Manual for details You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for instructions on transferring phone numbers from NISSAN recommended cellular phones The system repeats the number and prompts you for the next co
155. a child outgrows the height or weight limit of the harness equipped forward facing child re straint NISSAN recommends that the child be placed ina commercially available booster seat to obtain proper seat belt fit For a seat belt to fit properly the booster seat should raise the child so that the shoulder belt is properly positioned across the chest and the top middle portion of the shoulder The shoulder belt should not cross the neck or face and should not fall off the shoul der The lap belt should lie snugly across the lower hips or upper thighs not the abdomen A booster seat can only be used in seating posi tions that have a three point type seat belt The booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and have a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Mo tor Vehicle Safety Standards Once the child has grown so the shoulder belt is no longer on or near the face and neck and the lap belt can be posi tioned properly across the lower hips or upper thighs use the seat belt without the booster seat AWARNING Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat and do not allow a child in the cargo area The child could be seriously injured or killed in a sudden stop or collision Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 25 CHILD RESTRAINTS PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD AWARNING RESTRAINTS Failure to follow the warnings and in structions for proper use and installa
156. ad a CD with the CD door closed could damage the CD and or CD player Only one CD can be loaded into the CD player at a time Only use high quality 4 7 in 12 cm round discs that have the COMPACT disc DIGITAL AUDIO logo on the disc or packaging During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to the hu midity If this occurs remove the CD and dehumidify or ventilate the player completely e The player may skip while driving on rough roads The CD player sometimes cannot func tion when the compartment tempera ture is extremely high or low Decrease increase the temperature before use Do not expose the CD to direct sun light CDs that are in poor condition or are dirty scratched or covered with finger prints may not work properly The following CDs may not work prop erly Copy control compact discs CCCD Recordable compact discs CD R Rewritable compact discs CD RW Do not use the following CDs as they may cause the CD player to malfunc tion 3 1 in 8 cm discs with an adapter e CDs that are not round CDs with a paper label e CDs that are warped scratched or have abnormal edges This audio system can only play pre recorded CDs It has no capability to record or burn CDs If the CD cannot be played one of the following messages will be displayed CHECK DISC Confirm that the CD is inserted cor rectly the label side is facing up
157. ailer load Tongue load When using a weight carrying or a weight distrib uting hitch keep the tongue load between 10 15 percent of the total trailer load or use the trailer tongue load specified by the trailer manu facturer The tongue load must be within the maximum tongue load limits shown in the follow ing Towing Load Specification chart If the tongue load becomes excessive rearrange cargo to allow for proper tongue load Gross vehicle weight Gross axle weight AT11025 Maximum Gross Vehicle Weight GVW maximum Gross Axle Weight GAW The GVW of the towing vehicle must not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR shown on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label The GVW equals the combined weight of the unloaded vehicle passengers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment In addition front or rear GAW must not exceed the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR shown on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label Towing capacities are calculated assuming a base vehicle with driver and any options required to achieve the rating Additional passengers cargo and or optional equipment such as the trailer hitch will add weight to the vehicle and reduce your vehicle s maximum towing capacity and trailer tongue load The vehicle and trailer need to be weighed to confirm the vehicle is within the GVWR Front GAWR Rear GAWR Gross Combined Weight Rating GCWR and Towing
158. ake fluid ss ose eae ea ab es wd 8 12 Capacities and recommended fuel iubricants 0 sa ic swai he a a 9 2 Clutch Hud s e a o oo Se a dee eo ae a 8 13 Engine coolant oaaae aa 8 7 BAGNE Gs e rea ada Re p a E 8 9 Power steering fluid 8 12 Windshield washer fluid 8 13 F M V S S certification label 9 11 Fog light switch s4 ea Sa Hale ee do 2 31 Front air bag system See supplemental restraint system 1 52 FIOM Seales eoe a a a ee ee a 1 2 Fuel Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants oaoa aaa aaa 9 2 Fuel economy 1 6 0 ee 5 23 Fuel fillerdoorandcap 3 10 Fuel GAUCC so ye ww Se oo we Be Wee 2 7 Fuel octane rating aaoo 46 wea 9 5 Fuel recommendation 9 4 Loose fuel cap warning 2 5 3 10 FUSES a 6 6 aaa ani hme Re we RA a 8 8 22 Fusible linkS s sx 4 be 42 owe ee ewe wo 8 24 G Gas cap 2656446 Hen Oe Eee seed 3 10 Gauge Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 6 Engine oil pressure gauge 2 8 Fuel gage a sds be ae eee Bae ho 2 7 Odometer nonoa 2 4 Speedometer aoaaa 2 4 Tachometer saaa aaae 2 6 Tap COMPUTGR lt me oo OO 2 9 Trip odometer 6a a ow wo wm et ed Ha 2 4 VOUMEIEs so aoc kw ee Go ee ee we ee 2 8 General maintenance 8 2 Glove DOK s ara m Gate ha eae eee Ban 2 39 H Hands free phone system Bluetooth 005 4 59 4 73 Hazard warning flasher switch 6 2 Headlight and
159. ake noise during light to moderate stops is normal and does not affect the function or performance of the brake system 8 22 Maintenance and do it yourself Proper brake inspection intervals should be followed For more information regarding brake inspections see the appropriate mainte nance schedule information in the NISSAN Ser vice and Maintenance Guide FUSES Two types of fuses are used Type is used in the fuse boxes in the engine compartment Type is used in the passenger compartment fuse box Type A fuses are provided as spare fuses They are stored in the passenger compartment fuse box Type A fuses can be installed in the engine com partment and passenger compartment fuse boxes If a type A fuse is used to replace a type B fuse the type A fuse will not be level with the fuse pocket as shown in the illustration This will not affect the performance of the fuse Make sure the fuse is installed in the fuse box securely Type B fuses cannot be installed in the under hood fuse boxes Only use type A fuses in the underhood fuse boxes ENGINE COMPARTMENT A CAUTION Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not come on check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight switch are OFF 2 Open the engine hood Remove the fus
160. al information on heating and cooling see Heater and air con ditioner manual in this section The air recir culation CE button should always be in the OFF position for heating and defrost ing Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 17 DEFROSTING Air passed through DEFOGGING heater core Fan control dial Air recirculation Temperature button control dial Air conditioner button Air flow controls Air A C Air flow Temp Fan erin HOT HI RIGHT RIGHT BI LEVEL Air passed through HEATING heater core e Fan control dial Air recirculation Temperature button control dial Air conditioner button Air flow controls Air A C Airflow Temp Fan i i ae HOT HI RIGHT RIGHT 4 18 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems HEATING 4 Air passed through HEATING amp q Air passed through DEFROSTING DEFOGGING heater core heater core Fan control dial Air recirculation Temperature Fan control dial Air recirculation Temperature button control dial button control dial Air conditioner button Air flow Air conditioner button Air flow controls controls Air Air A C Air flow Temp Fan A C Air flow Temp Fan H HOT HI Pe HOT HI t RIGHT RIGHT RIGHT RIGHT Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 19 COOLING lt Air not passed through heater core Air recirculation Temperatu
161. aler as soon as possible If the light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and in crease the likelihood of tire failure Se rious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label located in the driver s door opening to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If the light still comes on while driving after adjusting the tire pressure a tire may be flat If you have a flat tire re place it with a spare tire as soon as possible When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute The CHECK TIRE PRES warning mes sage is not displayed if the low tire pressure warning light illuminates to indicate a TPMS malfunction Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as pos sible for tire replacement and or sys tem resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS A CAUTION The TPMS is not a substitute for th
162. all windows The system can be armed even if the windows are open 2 Remove the key from the ignition switch 3 Close all doors Lock all doors The doors can be locked with the key power door lock switch if the door is opened locked and then closed or with the keyfob Keyfob operation Push the button on the keyfob All doors lock The hazard lights flash twice and the horn beeps once to indicate all doors are locked When the button is pushed with all doors locked the hazard lights flash twice and the horn beeps once as a re minder that the doors are already locked The horn may or may not beep Refer to Silencing the horn beep feature in the Pre driving checks and adjustments sec tion later in this manual Confirm that the lt indicator light comes on The S light stays on for about 30 seconds The vehicle security system is now pre armed After about 30 seconds the vehicle security system automatically shifts into the armed phase The cay light begins to flash once every 3 seconds If during the 30 second pre arm time period the driver s door is unlocked by the key or the keyfob or the ignition switch is placed in ACC or ON position the system will not arm If the key is turned slowly when locking the driver s door the system may not arm Furthermore if the key is turned beyond the vertical position toward the unlock position to remove the key the system may be disarmed whe
163. amage the automatic transmission which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle lim ited warranty The specified automatic transmission fluid is also described on caution labels located in the engine compartment Maintenance and do it yourself 8 11 POWER STEERING FLUID X 2 CY en la A Dees al AY ae LL 7 PRS Y N eNi UE N Y KE paas W N DI RN e P Cnt WDI0282 The fluid level should be checked using the HOT MAX range on the power steering fluid reservoir at fluid temperatures of 122 176 F 50 80 C or using the COLD MAX range on the power steering fluid reservoir at fluid tempera tures of 32 86 F 0 30 C If the fluid is at or below the MIN line add Genu ine NISSAN PSF to HOT MAX or COLD MAX depending on system fluid temperature Remove the cap and fill through the opening A CAUTION e DO NOT OVERFILL e Recommended fluid is NISSAN PSF or equivalent Genuine 8 12 Maintenance and do it yourself BRAKE AND CLUTCH if so equipped FLUID For further brake and clutch fluid specification information refer to Capacities and recom mended fuel lubricants in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual A WARNING Use only new fluid from a sealed con tainer Old inferior or contaminated fluid may damage the brake and clutch if so equipped systems The use of improper fluids can damage the brake and clutch system
164. an also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for instruc tions on connecting NISSAN recommended cellular phones When prompted for a Passkey code enter 1234 from the handset The Passkey code 1234 has been assigned by NISSAN and cannot be changed The system asks you to say a name for the phone If the name is too long or too short the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Also if more than one phone is connected and the name sounds too much like a name already used the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Making a call by entering a phone number Main Menu Gall A Phone Number Speak the digits Dial 1 Press the C6 wheel A tone will sound button on the steering 2 Say Call The system acknowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands 3 Say Phone Number The system ac knowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands Say Special Number to dial more than 10 digits or any special characters 4 Say the number you wish to call starting with the area code in single digit format If the system has trouble recognizing the correct phone number try entering the number in the following groups 3 digit area code 3 digit prefix and the last 4 digits For ex ample 555 121 3354 can be said as five five five as the 1st group then one two one as the
165. and related parts should be pointed out to the person performing the mainte nance The ignition switch should always be in the LOCK position when working under the hood or inside the vehicle AWARNING Once a supplemental front air bag side impact supplemental air bag roof mounted curtain side impact supple mental air bag has inflated the air bag module will not function again and must be replaced Additionally if any of the supplemental front air bags inflate the activated pretensioners must also be replaced The air bag module and seat belts with pretensioners should be replaced by a NISSAN dealer The air bag module and with pretensioners cannot be repaired Once a front air bag side air bag or curtain air bag has inflated the air bag module will not function again and must be replaced Additionally the acti vated pretensioners must also be re placed The air bag module and preten sioner should be replaced by a NISSAN dealer The air bag module and preten sioner cannot be repaired If you need to dispose of a supplemen tal air bag or pretensioner or scrap the vehicle contact a NISSAN dealer Incor rect disposal procedures could cause personal injury The front air bag side air bag curtain air bag systems and the pretensioner system should be inspected by a NISSAN dealer if there is any damage to the front end or side portion of the vehicle Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restrain
166. anufacturers developed this specification to improve emission control system and vehicle performance Ask your service station manager if the gasoline meets the WWFC specifications Reformulated gasoline Some fuel suppliers are now producing reformu lated gasolines These gasolines are specially designed to reduce vehicle emissions NISSAN supports efforts towards cleaner air and sug gests that you use reformulated gasoline when available Gasoline containing oxygenates Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containing oxy genates such as ethanol MTBE and methanol with or without advertising their presence NISSAN does not recommend the use of fuels of which the oxygenate content and the fuel com patibility for your NISSAN cannot be readily de termined If in doubt ask your service station manager If you use oxygenate blend gasoline please take the following precautions as the usage of such fuels may cause vehicle performance problems and or fuel system damage The fuel should be unleaded and have an octane rating no lower than that recommended for unleaded gasoline If an oxygenate blend other than methanol blend is used it should con tain no more than 10 oxygenate MTBE may however be added up to 15 E 15 fuel contains more than 10 oxy genate E 15 fuel will adversely affect the emission control devices and sys tems of the vehicle and should not be used Damage caused by such fuel is not covered
167. ary repaired by a NISSAN dealer promptly Avoid high speed driv ing and abrupt braking See Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light in this section Charge warning light If this light comes on while the engine is running it may indicate the charging system is not func tioning properly Turn the engine off and check the generator belt If the belt is loose broken missing or if the light remains on see a NISSAN dealer immediately A CAUTION e Do not ground electrical accessories di rectly to the battery terminal Doing so will bypass the variable control system and the vehicle battery may not charge completely Refer to Variable voltage control system in the Maintenance and do it yourself section later in this manual Do not continue driving if the generator belt is loose broken or missing Door open warning light This light comes on when any of the doors are not closed securely while the ignition switch is in the ON position ry Engine oil pressure warning light This light warns of low engine oil pressure If the light flickers or comes on during normal driving pull off the road in a safe area stop the engine immediately and call a NISSAN dealer or other authorized repair shop The engine oil pressure warning light is not designed to indicate a low oil level Use the dipstick to check the oil level See Engine oil in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this
168. ase Capacity Approximate US measure Imp measure Liter 21 1 8 gal 17 5 8 gal 80 5 3 8 qt 4 1 2 qt 5 1 5 1 8 at 4 1 4 at 4 8 2 3 4 gal 2 1 4 gal 10 2 4 3 8 qt 3 5 8 at 4 2 Refill to the proper level according to the instructions in the Maintenance and do it yourself section 9 2 Technical and consumer information Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Unleaded gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI RON 91 1 Genuine NISSAN engine oil or equivalent 1 1 Engine oil with API Certification Mark 2 Viscosity SAE 5W 30 Pre diluted Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue or equivalent Genuine NISSAN Manual Transmission Fluid MTF HQ Multi 75W 85 or API GL 4 Viscosity SAE 75W 85 Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF 3 Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent 4 Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid 5 or equiva lent DOT 3 NLGI No 2 Lithium Soap base Air conditioning system refrigerant Air conditioning system oll Transfer fluid Front final drive oil Rear final drive oil A T models without E Lock M T of A T models with E Lock Windshield washer fluid shared between front and rear wipers US measure 2 1 8 at 1 3 4 pt 3 3 8 pt 4 1 4 pt 1 1 4 gal 1 For further details see Fuel recommendation in this section 2 For further details see Engine oil and oil filter recommendations in this section 3 If Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF is not available Genuine NISSAN
169. ation Technical and consumer information 9 13 Load limit 1 400 Ib 640 kg Load limit 1 400 Ib 640 kg Load limit 1 400 Ib 640 kg Luggage Trailer Tongue Weight 300 Ib 27 kg 135 kg Occupants R FA 150 Ib x 2 300 Iib 30 lb x 2 60 Ib 70 kg 135 kg 14 kg Luggage Pr 30 Ib x 2 60 Ib 14 kg 27 kg Occupants Lk 150 Ib x 2 300 Ib 70 kg 135 kg Occupants Luggage RERRK CEECEE 150 Ib x 5 750 Ib 30 Ib x 5 150 b 70 kg 340 kg 14 kg 70 kg Example 9 14 Technical and consumer information Remaining available cargo and luggage load capacity 740 Ib 336 kg Remaining available cargo and luggage load capacity 1 040 Ib 472 kg Remaining available cargo and luggage load capacity 500 Ib 227 kg LT10152 Steps for determining correct load limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX Ibs or XXX kg on your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX lbs or XXX kg 4 The resulting figure equals the avail able amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1 400 lbs and there will be five 150 Ib passengers in your vehicle the amount of avail able cargo and luggage load capac ity
170. ature does not si lence the horn if the alarm is triggered HOOD CQ Pull the hood lock release handle located below the driver s side instrument panel The hood will spring up slightly 2 Push the lever at the front of the hood to the side as illustrated with your fingertips and raise the hood 3 Insert the support rod into the slot on the underside of the hood When closing the hood return the hood rod to its original position Lower the hood approximately 12 in 30 cm above the latch and release it This allows proper engagement of the hood latch AWARNING e Make sure the hood is completely closed and latched before driving Fail ure to do so could cause the hood to fly open and result in an accident If you see steam or smoke coming from the engine compartment to avoid injury do not open the hood LIFTGATE AWARNING Always be sure the liftgate has been closed securely to prevent it from open ing while driving Do not drive with the liftgate open This could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle See Ex haust gas in the Starting and driving section of this manual Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle be fore closing the liftgate Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 9 FUEL FILLER DOOR ee lt LPD0460 KEY OPERATION OPENING THE LIFTGATE OPENING THE FUEL FILLER LID Turn the key counterclockwise
171. battery terminal Doing so will bypass the variable voltage control system and the vehicle battery may not charge completely Refer to Variable voltage control system in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section later in this manual Use electrical accessories with the en gine running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped AWARNING e Use a phone after stopping your vehicle in a safe location If you have to use a phone while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle A CAUTION To avoid discharging the vehicle battery use a phone after starting the engine D D J microphone location Your NISSAN is equipped with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System If you have a com patible Bluetooth enabled cellular phone you can set up the wireless connection between your cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module With Bluetooth wireless technology you can Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 59 make or receive a hands free telephone call with your cellular phone in the vehicle Once your cellular phone is connected to the in vehicle phone module no other phone con necting pro
172. belt checked regularly for condi tion and tension in accordance with the maintenance schedule found in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide SPARK PLUGS REPLACING SPARK PLUGS Platinum tipped spark plugs It is not necessary to replace platinum tipped spark plugs as frequently as conventional type spark plugs because they last much longer Fol low the maintenance log shown in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide Do not service platinum tipped spark plugs by cleaning or re gapping e Always replace spark plugs with rec ommended or equivalent ones AWARNING Be sure the engine and ignition switch are off and that the parking brake is engaged securely A CAUTION Be sure to use the correct socket to re move the spark plugs An incorrect socket can damage the spark plugs AIR CLEANER The air cleaner filter should not be cleaned and reused Replace it according to the maintenance log shown in the NISSAN Service and Mainte nance Guide To remove the air cleaner filter Unlatch the clips and move the air cleaner cover upward 2 Remove the air cleaner filter 3 Wipe the inside of the air cleaner filter hous ing and the cover with a damp cloth NOTE After installing a new air cleaner make sure the air cleaner cover is seated in the housing and latch the clips AWARNING Operating the engine with the air cleaner removed can cause you or oth ers to be burned
173. brake pedal When the ve hicle attains the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it Push and hold the COAST SET switch Re lease the switch when the vehicle slows to the desired speed Push and release the COAST SET switch Each time you do this the set speed de creases by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To resume the preset speed push and re lease the ACCEL RES switch The vehicle re turns to the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH 40 km h BREAK IN SCHEDULE A CAUTION During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km follow these recommendations to obtain maximum engine performance and ensure the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle Failure to follow these rec ommendations may result in shortened engine life and reduced engine performance Avoid driving for long periods at constant speed either fast or slow and do not run the engine over 4 000 RPM Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear Avoid quick starts Avoid hard braking as much as possible Do not tow a trailer for the first 500 mi 800 km Your engine axle or other parts could be damaged Starting and driving 5 21 FUEL EFFICIENT DRIVING TIPS Follow these easy to use Fuel Efficient Driving Tips to help you achieve the most fuel economy from your vehicle 1 Use Smooth Accelerator and Brake Pedal Application e Avoid rapid starts and stops Use smooth gentle accelerator and brake a
174. by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty e If a methanol blend is used it should contain no more than 5 methanol methyl alcohol wood alcohol It should also contain a suitable amount of appropriate cosolvents and corro sion inhibitors If not properly formu lated with appropriate cosolvents and corrosion inhibitors such methanol blends may cause fuel system damage and or vehicle performance problems At this time sufficient data is not avail able to ensure that all methanol blends are suitable for use in NISSAN ve hicles If any driveability problems such as engine stall ing and difficult hot starting are experienced after using oxygenate blend fuels immediately change to a non oxygenate fuel or a fuel with a low blend of MTBE Take care not to spill gasoline during refu eling Gasoline containing oxygenates can cause paint damage E 15 fuel E 15 fuel is a mixture of approximately 15 fuel ethanol and 85 unleaded gasoline E 15 can only be used in vehicles designed to run on E 15 fuel Do not use E 15 in your vehicle U S gov ernment regulations require fuel ethanol dispens ing pumps to be identified with small square orange and black label with the common abbre viation or the appropriate percentage for that region E 85 fuel E 85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85 fuel ethanol and 15 unleaded gasoline E 85 can only be used in a Flexible Fuel Vehicle FFV Do not use E 85 in your vehicle U
175. cable from the USB jack on the vehicle then remove the cable from the iPod iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries Compatibility The following models are compatible iPod 5th Generation firmware version 1 3 or later iPod Classic 80GB firmware version 1 1 2PC or later iPod Classic 120GB firmware version 2 0 1PC or later iPod nano 1st generation firmware ver sion 1 3 1 or later iPod nano 2nd generation firmware ver sion 1 1 3 or later iPod nano 3rd generation firmware ver sion 1 1 8PC or later iPod nano 4th generation firmware ver sion 1 0PC or later iPod nano 5th generation 8GB firm ware version 1 0 2PC or later iPod nano 5th generation 16GB firm ware version 1 0 1PC or later iPod nano 6th generation 8GB firm ware version 1 2PC or later iPod nano 6th generation 8GB firm ware version 1 1PC or later iPod Touch 1st generation firmware ver sion 2 2 1 or later iPod Touch 2nd generation firmware version 2 2 1 or later iPod Touch 3rd generation firmware ver sion 3 1 3 or later iPod Touch 4th generation firmware ver sion 4 3 5 or later iPhone 3G firmware version 4 1 or later iPhone 3GS firmware version 4 3 or later iPhone 4 firmware version 5 0 or later iPhone 4S firmware version 5 1 or later iPad firmware v
176. cal shock and can cause serious injury Use a heavy duty 3 wire 3 pronged ex tension cord rated for at least 10 A Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt GFI protected grounded 110 VAC outlet Failure to use the proper extension cord or a grounded outlet can result in a fire or electrical shock and cause serious personal injury To use the engine block heater 1 Turn the engine off 2 Open the hood and unwrap the engine block heater cord 3 Plug the engine block heater cord into a grounded 3 wire 3 pronged extension cord Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt GFI protected grounded 110 volt AC VAC outlet The engine block heater must be plugged in for at least 2 4 hours depending on outside temperatures to properly warm the engine coolant Use an appropriate timer to turn the engine block heater on Before starting the engine unplug and prop erly store the cord to keep it away from moving parts Starting and driving 5 39 MEMO 5 40 Starting and driving 6 In case of emergency First aid kit if so equipped 0 cece eee eee eee 6 2 Push SIOMING tonct tweeetuewsenacoueateaeestveateat 6 11 Hazard warning flasher switch 00 seen 6 2 If your vehicle overheats 2 02202e eee 6 11 Piel A E E E E E EEE E E EEE 6 3 TOWING your VENIC Cxecancemeteeous aceeSeedtedaeeis 6 12 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 6 3 Towi
177. can say Cancel or Quit at any time the system is waiting for a response The system will end the VR session Whenever the VR session is cancelled a double beep is played to indicate you have exited the system If you want to go back to the previous command you can say Go back or Correction any time the system is waiting for a response Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 65 Call Main Menu Call Speak name A Phone Number Speak Digits Special Number Redial Call Back Speak name If you have stored entries in the phonebook you can dial a number associated with a name See Phonebook in this section to learn how to store entries When prompted by the system say the name of the phone book entry you wish to call The system acknowledges the name If there are multiple numbers associated with the name the system asks you to choose the correct number Once you have confirmed the name and location the system begins the call Speak Digits When prompted by the system say the number you wish to call Refer to How to say numbers and Making a call by entering a phone number in this section for more details Special Number For dialing more than 10 digits or any special characters say Special Number When the system acknowledges the command the system will prompt you to s
178. capacity All vehicle and trailer weights can be measured using platform type scales commonly found at truck stops highway weigh stations building supply centers or salvage yards To determine the available payload capacity for tongue load use the following procedure 1 Locate the GVWR on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label 2 Weigh your vehicle on the scale with all of the passengers and cargo that are normally in the vehicle when towing a trailer 3 Subtract the actual vehicle weight from the GVWR The remaining amount is the avail able maximum tongue load To determine the available towing capacity use the following procedure 1 Find the GCWR for your vehicle on the Towing Load Specification chart found later in this section 2 Subtract the actual vehicle weight from the GCWR The remaining amount is the avail able maximum towing capacity To determine the Gross Trailer Weight weigh your trailer on a scale with all equipment and cargo that are normally in the trailer when it is towed Make sure the Gross trailer weight is not more than the Gross Trailer Weight Rating shown on the trailer and is not more than the calculated available maximum towing Capacity Also weigh the front and rear axles on the scale to make sure the Front Gross Axle Weight and Rear Gross Axle Weight are not more than Front Gross Axle Weight and Rear Gross Axle Weight on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label T
179. ce adaptation see Voice Adaptation VA mode in this sec tion 4 The system announces the current language and gives you the option to change the lan guage to Spanish in Spanish or French in French To select the current language press the PHONE SEND fa button To select a different language tilt the tuning switch or M up or down NOTE You must press the 44 button within 5 seconds to change the language 5 If you decide not to change the language do not press either button After 5 seconds the VR session will end and the language will not be changed Connecting procedure NOTE The connecting procedure must be per formed when the vehicle is stationary If the vehicle starts moving during the procedure the procedure will be cancelled Main Menu Connect phone A Add phone Initiate from handset Name phone 1 Press the fi button on the steering wheel The system announces the available commands 2 Say Connect phone A The system ac knowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands 4 64 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Say Add phone The system acknowl edges the command and asks you to initiate connecting from the phone handset The connecting procedure of the cellular phone varies according to each cellular phone model See the cellular phone Own er s Manual for details You c
180. ce recognition systems REGULATORY INFORMATION FCC Regulatory information CAUTION To maintain compliance with FCC s RF exposure guidelines use only the supplied antenna Unauthorized antenna modification or attachments could damage the transmitter and may violate FCC regula tions Operation is subject to the following two con ditions This device may not cause interference and this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause unde sired operation of the device IC Regulatory information Operation is subject to the following two con ditions 1 this device may not cause interfer ence and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This Class B digital apparatus meets all re quirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regulations BLUETOOTH is a trademark owned by amp Bluetooth Bluetooth SIG Inc and licensed to Bosch VOICE COMMANDS You can use voice commands to operate various Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System features using the NISSAN Voice Recognition system For more details see NISSAN Voice Recognition System in this section Voice Prompt Interrupt While using the voice recognition system the system voice can be interrupted to allow the user to speak commands While the system is speak ing press the 4 button on the steering wheel The system voice will
181. ce the ve hicle on a flatbed truck as illustrated A CAUTION Never tow 4WD models with any of the wheels on the ground as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the transfer case and transmission 6 14 Incase of emergency LIC2610 Recovery hook if so equipped VEHICLE RECOVERY freeing a stuck vehicle Pulling a stuck vehicle AWARNING To avoid vehicle damage serious personal injury or death when recovering a stuck vehicle e Contact a professional towing service to recover the vehicle if you have any questions regarding the recovery procedure e Attach recovery devices only to main structural members of the vehicle or the recovery hooks if so equipped e Do not use the vehicle tie downs to tow or free a stuck vehicle Only use devices specifically designed for vehicle recovery and follow the manufacturer s instructions Always pull the recovery device straight out from the front of the vehicle Never pull at an angle e Route recovery devices so they do not touch any part of the vehicle except the attachment point If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use a tow strap or other device designed specifi cally for vehicle recovery Always follow the manufacturer s instructions for the recovery de vice Do not use the tie down hooks for towing or vehicle recovery Rocking a stuck vehicle A WARNING Stand clear of a stuck vehicle e Do not spin your tires at
182. cedure is required Your phone is automatically connected with the in vehicle phone module when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position with the previously connected cellular phone turned on and carried in the ve hicle NOTE Some devices require the user to accept connections to other Bluetooth devices If your phone does not connect automatically to the system consult the phone s Owner s Manual for details on device operation You can connect up to 5 different Bluetooth cellular phones to the in vehicle phone module However you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time Before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System refer to the following notes Set up the wireless connection between a compatible cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module before using the hands free phone system Some Bluetooth enabled cellular phones may not be recognized or work properly Please visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for a recommended phone list and connect ing instructions You will not be able to use a hands free phone under the following conditions Your vehicle is outside of the cellular ser vice area Your vehicle is in an area where it is difficult to receive a cellular signal such as in a tunnel in an underground parking garage near a tall building or in a moun tainous area Your cellular phone is locked to prevent it from being dialed When the radio wave condition is n
183. chor AWARNING Failure to follow the warnings and instruc tions for proper use and installation of child restraints could result in serious in jury or death of a child or other passen gers in a sudden stop or collision Attach LATCH system compatible child restraints only at the locations shown in the illustration Do not secure a child restraint in the center rear seating position using the LATCH lower anchors The child re straint will not be secured properly Inspect the lower anchors by insert ing your fingers into the lower anchor area Feel to make sure there are no obstructions over the anchors such as seat belt webbing or seat cushion material The child restraint will not be secured properly if the lower an chors are obstructed 1 28 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Child restraint anchorages are de signed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child re straints Under no circumstances are they to be used to attach adult seat belts or other items or equipment to the vehicle Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages The child restraint will not be properly installed using the damaged anchor ages and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision WRS0700 LATCH lower anchor location LRS0589 LATCH lower anchor point locations LATCH lower anchor location The LATCH lower anchors are located at the rear of the
184. ck Mode must Manually be set to manual for this option to be available Daylight Sav Adjusts the daylight savings time on or off ings Time Choose the applicable time zone from the list Touch this key to change the language on the display Touch this key to change the camera settings 4 6 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Display Mode Touch this key to select the touchscreen display mode day night or automatic Adjust touchscreen brightness Adjust touchscreen contrast Adjust touchscreen color Touch this key to change the temperature unit being displayed Fahrenheit or Celsius Touchscreen click Toggles the touchscreen click feature on or off When activated a click sound will be heard every time a key on the screen is touched System Beeps Toggle the system beep tones feature on or off When activated a beep sound will be heard when a pop up message appears on the screen or a button on the unit such as the GD button is pressed and held for 2 seconds Return to Factory Settings Touch this key to return all settings to default and to clear the memory Clear Memory Touch this key to display software licensing information Touch this key to display traffic settings See the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual for more information Touch this key to display SXM status information For SXM setup refer to Audio System in this section XD BUTTON To change the display brightness
185. cks 3 4 Loose fuel cap warning 2 5 3 10 Low fuel warning light 2217 Low tire pressure warning light 2 17 Low windshield washer fluid warning light 2 19 Luggage hook 0 4 2 42 Luggage rack see roof rack 2 45 Luggage See vehicle loading information 9 12 Luggage storage see vehicle loading information 2 42 10 4 M Maintenance General maintenance 8 2 Inside the vehicle 8 3 Maintenance precautions 8 5 Outside the vehicle oaaao aaa 8 2 Seat belt maintenance 1 23 Under the hood and vehicle 8 4 Malfunction indicator light 2 21 Manual front seat adjustment 1 2 Map lights lt i seaca ke we Bee ww ee al 2 51 Wap pocket se iee easda a ge bake wa 2 40 Meters and gauges naaa oaa a 2 3 Instrument brightness control a 2 30 Mirror Automatic anti glare inside mirror 3 15 Inside MINOT s a s ssc ek we we we 3 15 Outside mirror control aoaaa aa 3 15 Vanity MINOT a4 on eae ew A ew eH 3 14 Multi remote control system See remote keyless entry system 3 5 N NISSAN vehicle immobilizer SysteM so ook ee Bl ee Be 2 25 3 2 5 11 NISSAN voice recognition system 4 79 O Octane rating See fuel octane rating 9 5 Odometer aoaaa a 2 4 Off road lamps switch aooaa aaa aaa 2 31 Oil Capacities and recommended TUEWIU
186. commen dation to prevent carbon monoxide en try into the vehicle The exhaust system and body should be inspected by a qualified mechanic whenever a The vehicle is raised for service b You suspect that exhaust fumes are entering into the passenger compartment c You notice a change in the sound of the exhaust system d You have had an accident involving damage to the exhaust system un derbody or rear of the vehicle THREE WAY CATALYST The three way catalyst is an emission control device installed in the exhaust system Exhaust gases in the three way catalyst are burned at high temperatures to help reduce pollutants AWARNING The exhaust gas and the exhaust sys tem are very hot Keep people animals or flammable materials away from the exhaust system components e Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire A CAUTION Do not use leaded gasoline Deposits from leaded gasoline will seriously re duce the three way catalyst s ability to help reduce exhaust pollutants Keep your engine tuned up Malfunc tions in the ignition fuel injection or electrical systems can cause overrich fuel flow into the three way catalyst causing it to overheat Do not keep driv ing if the engine misfires or if notice able loss of performance or other un usual operating conditions are detected Have the vehicle inspecte
187. ct the glass otherwise the arms may be dam aged from wind pressure If you wax the surface of the hood be careful not to let wax get into the windshield washer nozzle This may cause clogging or improper wind shield washer operation If wax gets into the nozzle remove it with a needle or small pin 8 20 Maintenance and do it yourself Rear window wiper blade Lift the wiper arm away from the rear win dow Rotate the blade until it becomes free Insert a new blade onto the wiper arm and snap into place Maintenance and do it yourself 8 21 BRAKES If the brakes do not operate properly have the brakes checked by a NISSAN dealer Self adjusting brakes Your vehicle is equipped with self adjusting brakes The front and rear disc type brakes self adjust every time the brake pedal is applied AWARNING See a NISSAN dealer for a brake system check if the brake pedal height does not return to normal Brake pad wear indicators The disc brake pads on your vehicle have audible wear indicators When a brake pad requires re placement a high pitched scraping or screech ing sound will be heard when the vehicle is in motion The noise will be heard whether or not the brake pedal is depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the wear indicator sound is heard Under some driving or climate conditions occa sional brake squeak squeal or other noise may be heard Occasional br
188. d Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with Navigation System if so equipped 5 Regulatory Information x 22 ss 2 0 206 ee ee eee es Voice commands Sakcn tana reas ikar EN ERNEA Connecting Procedure cece aneen eee 4 75 Vehicle phonebook 220220022 eee 4 75 Makng a calles source paceeneareceu ate ateeees 4 76 Receiving a call 2xaseteeesaSeeeecediceeeedsked 4 76 DUFING 4 Call sciececes veentkaceesesadescs Eai 4 76 PRONG 2 Calls sacceesees ean sarees EEEE NE 4 76 Text messagers sp cueen cece aeceneene ees es 4 76 Bluetooth settings ecescwuewseentaceentewe cy 4 78 Phone SCUINGS svaseceveseeapacy EAA eax 4 79 NISSAN Voice Recognition System if so equipped cccae ccScedvedaneasbcds donbe Sess 4 79 Using th System s lt c eceucyasuye dees cwncey ees 4 79 System eae oe usw eka anuekawnae cas wae E ka 4 81 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System voice COMMANGS 245caswand ccein Seed eae nes eawc 4 81 Navigation System voice commands 4 82 Audio system voice commands 55 4 83 Information voice Commands 00008 4 83 My Apps Voice Commands 0005 4 83 Help voice commandS 20 cavca ceeueedveweadcead 4 83 Troubleshooting guide 0 0 eee 4 84 CONTROL PANEL BUTTONS COLOR SCREEN WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped AWARNING Positioning of the heating or air condi tioning controls and display controls should not be don
189. d Say Missed Calls Incoming Calls or Outgoing Calls to display a list of such calls on the screen Speak the number of the entry displayed on the screen to dial that number or say Next Page to view entries on the next page if available Redial Redials the last called number Read Text Reads an incoming text message For more information about text messaging with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System see Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with Navigation System in this section Send Text Sends a text message For more information about text messaging with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System see Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with Navigation System in this section Select Phone The system replies Please use manual con trols to continue Use manual controls to change the active phone from among the listed phones connected to the vehicle For more information about the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System see Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with Navigation Sys tem in this section 4 82 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems NAVIGATION SYSTEM VOICE COMMANDS The following voice commands are available for the Navigation System Street Address address Points of Interest name POI by Category Home Address Book Previous Destinations Enter Address in Steps Cancel Route For more information about these command
190. d promptly by a NISSAN dealer Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the three way catalyst Do not race the engine while warming it up Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and in flated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a signifi cantly under inflated tire causes the tire to over heat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility
191. d correctly into the USB port Do not grab the USB port cover if so equipped when pulling the USB device out of the port This could damage the port and the cover Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally Pulling the cable may damage the port Refer to your device manufacturer s owner infor mation regarding the proper use and care of the device The USB input jack is located in the center con sole Insert the USB device into the jack 4 When a compatible storage device is plugged into the jack compatible audio files on the stor age device can be played through the vehicle s audio system Audio file operation AUX button Place the ignition switch in the ON or ACC position and press the AUX button to switch to the USB input mode If another audio source is playing and a USB memory device is inserted press the AUX button until the center display changes to the USB memory mode If the system has been turned off while the USB memory was playing push the ON OFF VOL control knob to restart the USB memory USB XXXXXXXX D XXXXXXXX KE XXXXXXXX x xx Browse Play information Information about the audio files being played is shown on the display screen of the vehicle s audio system Touch Browse to display the list of folders and files on the USB device Touch the name of a song on the screen to begin playing that song ld gt P Seeking but
192. d regulations The laws and regulations for motor vehicle emis sion control and safety standards vary according to the country state province or district there fore vehicle specifications may differ When any vehicle is to be taken into an other country state province or district and registered its modifications transporta tion and registration are the responsibility of the user NISSAN is not responsible for any inconvenience that may result 9 10 Technical and consumer information VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION a a LTI0085 VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN PLATE The vehicle identification number VIN plate is attached as shown This number is the identifica tion for your vehicle and is used in the vehicle registration o AG eae TE ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER The number is stamped on the engine as shown F M V S S C M V S S CERTIFICATION LABEL The Federal Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard F M V S S C M V S S certification la bel is affixed as shown This label contains valu able vehicle information such as Gross Vehicle Weight Ratings GVWR Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR month and year of manufacture Vehicle Identification Number VIN etc Review it carefully EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION LABEL The emission control information label is at tached to the underside of the hood as shown TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION LABEL The cold tire pressure is sho
193. d sur faces such as higher banked corners the VDC system may not operate prop erly and the R indicator may flash or the indicator light may illuminate Do not drive on these types of roads When driving on an unstable surface such as a turntable ferry elevator or ramp the ft indicator may flash or the f indicator light may illuminate This is not a malfunction Restart the engine after driving onto a stable surface If wheels or tires other than the NISSAN recommended ones are used the VDC system may not operate properly and the ft indicator may flash or the indicator light may illuminate The VDC system is not a substitute for winter tires or tire chains on a snow covered road HILL DESCENT CONTROL SYSTEM if so equipped A WARNING Never rely solely on the hill descent control system to control vehicle speed when driving on steep downhill grades Always drive carefully and attentively when using the hill descent control sys tem and decelerate the vehicle speed by depressing the brake pedal if neces sary Be especially careful when driving on frozen muddy or extremely steep downhill roads Failure to control ve hicle speed may result in a loss of con trol of the vehicle and possible serious injury or death The hill descent control may not control the vehicle speed on a hill under all load or road conditions Always be prepared to depress the brake pedal to control vehicle speed Failure to do so ma
194. data and MP3 WMA files on a CD only the music CD files CD DA data will be played Files with extensions other than MP3 WMA mp3 or wma cannot be played In addition the character codes and number of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications Check if the finalization process such as session close and disc close is done for the disc Check if the disc is protected by copyright p d it Check if the disc is scratched or dirty oor sound quali a cia Bit rate may be too low It takes a relatively long time If there are many folders or file levels on the MP3 WMA disc or if it is a multisession disc some time may be required before the music starts playing before the music starts playing The writing software and hardware combination might not match or the writing speed writing depth writing width etc might not match the Music cuts off or skips Sie ok ae specifications Try using the slowest writing speed Skipping with high bit rate Skipping may occur with large quantities of data such as for high bit rate data files Moves immediately to the When a non MP3 WMA file has been given an extension of MP3 WMA mp3 or wma or when play is prohibited by copyright protection there next song when playing will be approximately 5 seconds of no sound and then the player will skip to the next song Songs do not play back in The playback order
195. de for the maintenance schedule AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM REFRIGERANT AND OIL RECOMMENDATIONS The air conditioner system in your NISSAN vehicle must be charged with the refriger ant HFC 134a R 134a and NISSAN A C system oil Type S or the exact equivalents A CAUTION The use of any other refrigerant or oil will cause severe damage to the air condition ing system and will require the replace ment of all air conditioner system components The refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a in your NISSAN vehicle does not harm the earth s ozone layer Although this refrigerant does not affect the earth s atmosphere certain government regula tions require the recovery and recycling of any refrigerant during automotive air conditioner sys tem service A NISSAN dealer has the trained technicians and equipment needed to recover and recycle your air conditioner system refriger ant Contact a NISSAN dealer when servicing your air conditioner system Technical and consumer information 9 7 SPECIFICATIONS ENGINE VQ40DE Type Gasoline 4 cycle DOHC Cylinder arrangement 6 cylinder V block Slanted at 60 Bore x Stroke in mm 3 760 x 3 622 95 5 x 92 Displacement cu in cm 241 30 8 954 Firing order 1 2 3 4 5 6 Idle speed A T in N position See the Emission Control Information label on the under Ignition timing degree B T D C at idle speed side of the hood CO at idle Spark plug DILFR5A 11 Spark plug
196. ded These data can help provide a better understand ing of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur NOTE EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a nontrivial crash situation occurs no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data e g name gender age and crash location are recorded However other parties such as law enforcement could combine the EDR data with 9 32 Technical and consumer information the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation To read data recorded by an EDR special equip ment is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed In addition to the vehicle manu facturer and NISSAN dealer other parties such as law enforcement that have the special equip ment can read the information if they have ac cess to the vehicle or the EDR EDR data will only be accessed with the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee or as otherwise required or per mitted by law OWNER S MANUAL SERVICE MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION Genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for this model year and prior can be purchased A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is the best source of service and repair information for your vehicle This manual is the same one used by the factory trained technicians working at NISSAN dealer ships Genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals can also be purchased For USA For current pricing and availability of genuin
197. do not unlock when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position To unlock the door manually use the inside lock knob or the power door lock switch driver s or front passen ger s side CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK Child safety locks help prevent the rear doors from being opened accidentally especially when small children are in the vehicle The child safety lock levers are located on the edge of the rear doors When the lever is in the LOCK position the door can be opened only from the outside REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM AWARNING The remote keyless entry keyfob trans mits radio waves when the buttons are pushed The FAA advises radio waves may affect aircraft navigation and communica tion systems Do not operate the remote keyless entry keyfob while on an airplane Make sure the buttons are not operated unintentionally when the unit is stored for a flight It is possible to lock unlock all doors turn the interior light on and activate the panic alarm by using the keyfob from outside the vehicle Be sure to remove the key from the vehicle before locking the doors The keyfob can operate at a distance of approxi mately 33 ft 10 m from the vehicle The effective distance depends upon the conditions around the vehicle As many as 5 keyfobs can be used with one vehicle For information concerning the purchase and use of additional keyfobs contact a NISSAN dealer The keyfob will not function when
198. dometer display LSD0147 The light should turn off within 1 second after turning the ignition switch to the ON position While the engine is running the 4WD shift indi cator light will illuminate the position selected by the 4WD shift switch The 4WD shift indicator light may blink while shifting from one drive mode to the other When the shifting is com pleted the 4WD shift indicator light will come on 5 28 Starting and driving f the 4WD warning light comes on the 4WD indicator light goes out A CAUTION If the 4WD shift indicator light indication changes to 2WD when the 4WD shift switch is shifted to the 4H position at low ambient temperatures the 2WD mode may be being engaged due to malfunc tioning drive system If the indicator does not return to normal and the 4WD warning light comes on have the system checked by the nearest NISSAN dealer 4WD warning light Comes on or blinks when Warning light There is a mal function in the 4 wheel drive system The difference in wheel rotation is large The 4WD warning light is located in the meter The 4WD warning light comes on when the igni tion switch Is turned to ON It turns off soon after the engine is started If any malfunction occurs in the 4WD system when the ignition switch is ON the warning light will either remain illuminated or blink If the 4WD warning light comes on the 4WD shift indicator light goes out A large d
199. e NISSAN Service Manuals contact 1 800 450 9491 www nissan techinfo com For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals contact 1 800 247 5321 For Canada To purchase a copy of a genuine NISSAN Ser vice Manual or Owner s Manual for this model year and prior please contact your nearest NISSAN dealer For the phone number and loca tion of a NISSAN dealer in your area call the NISSAN Information Center at 1 800 387 0122 and a bilingual NISSAN representative will assist yOu 10 Index 4WD warning light 2 17 A Active brake limited slip ABLS system 5 34 Active Head Restraint 1 4 Air bag See supplemental restraint system a2 ati eau cee a Bee Gc he wg Se de a Ba 1 45 Air bag system Front See supplemental front impact airbag system 004 1 52 Air bag warning labels 1 59 Air bag warning light 1 60 2 19 Air cleaner housing filter 8 17 Air conditioner Air conditioner operation 4 16 Air conditioner service 4 21 Air conditioner specification label 9 12 Air conditioner system refrigerant and oilrecommendations 9 7 Heater and air conditioner controls 4 14 Servicing air conditioner 4 21 Air flow charts 0004 4 17 Alarm system See vehicle security system 2 24 Anchor point locations 1 30 Antenna 6 eG eee 8 6 oe E
200. e and the slip indicator light may illuminate If brake related parts such as brake pads rotors and calipers are not NISSAN recommended or are extremely deteriorated the ABLS system may not operate properly and the slip indicator light may illuminate If wheels or tires other than the NISSAN recommended ones are used the ABLS system may not operate properly and the slip indicator light may illuminate VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC SYSTEM The Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system uses various sensors to monitor driver inputs and ve hicle motion Under certain driving conditions the VDC System helps to perform the following functions Controls brake pressure to reduce wheel slip on one slipping drive wheel so power is transferred to a non slipping drive wheel on the same axle Controls brake pressure and engine output to reduce drive wheel slip based on vehicle speed traction control function e Ifthe 4WD transfer case is shifted into 4LO the indicator light will come on and the VDC system will be turned off See Us ing four wheel drive 4WD earlier in this section Controls brake pressure at individual wheels and engine output to help the driver maintain control of the vehicle in the following condi tions understeer vehicle tends to not follow the steered path despite increased steer ing input oversteer vehicle tends to spin due to certain road or driving conditions The VDC syst
201. e pedal and move the shift lever out of the P Park position AWARNING Apply the parking brake if the shift lever is in any position while the engine is not running Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in serious personal injury or property damage If the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position for any reason while the vehicle is in N Neutral or any D Drive position the ignition switch can not be placed in the LOCK position and the key cannot be removed from the ignition switch Move the shift lever to the P Park position then the ignition switch can be placed in LOCK P Park A CAUTION To prevent transmission damage use the P Park or R Reverse position only when the vehicle is completely stopped Use the P Park shift lever position when the vehicle is parked or when starting the engine Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped The brake pedal should be depressed to move the shift lever from N Neutral or any drive position to P Park Apply the parking brake When parking on a hill apply the parking brake first then move the shift lever into the P Park position R Reverse A CAUTION To prevent transmission damage use the P Park or R Reverse position only when the vehicle is completely stopped Use the R Reverse position to back up Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped before selecting the R Reverse position The
202. e regular tire pressure check Be sure to check the tire pressure regularly If the vehicle is being driven at speeds of less than 16 MPH 25 km h the TPMS may not operate correctly Be sure to install the specified size of tires to the 4 wheels correctly S7 Low windshield washer fluid warning light if so equipped This light comes on when the windshield washer fluid is at a low level Add windshield washer fluid as necessary See Windshield washer fluid in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual Kh Seat belt warning light and chime The light and chime remind you to fasten your seat belts The light illuminates whenever the ignition switch is placed in the ON or START position and remains illuminated until the driver s seat belt is fastened At the same time the chime sounds for about 6 seconds unless the driver s seat belt is securely fastened The seat belt warning light may also illuminate if the front passenger s seat belt is not fastened when the front passenger s seat is occupied For 7 seconds after the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the system does not activate the warning light for the front passenger Refer to Seat belts in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section for precautions on seat belt usage Se Supplemental air bag warning light When the ignition switch is placed in the ON or START position the supplem
203. e ability of your vehicle to tow a trailer is not only related to the maximum trailer loads but also the places you plan to tow Tow weights appro priate for level highway driving may have to be reduced for low traction situations for example on slippery boat ramps Technical and consumer information 9 19 Temperature conditions can also affect towing For example towing a heavy trailer in high outside temperatures on graded roads can affect engine performance and cause overheating The engine protection mode which helps reduce the chance of engine damage could activate and automati cally decrease engine power Vehicle speed may decrease under high load Plan your trip carefully to account for trailer and vehicle load weather and road conditions AWARNING Overheating can result in reduced engine power and vehicle speed The reduced speed may be lower than other traffic which could increase the chance of a col lision Be especially careful when driving If the vehicle cannot maintain a safe driv ing speed pull to the side of the road ina safe area Allow the engine to cool and return to normal operation See If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emer gency section of this manual A CAUTION Vehicle damage resulting from improper towing procedures is not covered by NISSAN warranties 9 20 Technical and consumer information Total trailer load Tongue load Tongue load x 100 10 to 15 Total tr
204. e aie a BE 5 23 Electronic locking rear differential E Lock systeM att oe adeweheat aw oa ee amp 5 29 Electronic locking rear differential E Lock system switch 000 eae 2 35 Emission control information label 9 11 Emission control system warranty 9 30 Engine Before starting the engine 5 12 Block heater 2 0 4 5 39 Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 2 2 ee ee 9 2 Changing engine coolant 8 8 Changingengineoil 8 10 Changing engine oillfilter 8 11 Checking engine coolant level 8 8 Checking engine oilllevel 8 9 Engine compartment check locations 8 6 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 6 Engine cooling system 8 7 Engine oil naaa aaa a 8 9 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 6 Engine oil pressure warning light 2 17 Engine oil viscosity aie we a0 amp aaa 9 6 Engine serial number 9 10 Engine specifications 9 8 Starting the engine 5 12 Engine oil pressure gauge 2 8 Enter button s s s mada saaa gotoh bw ed 4 2 Event data recorders 9 32 Exhaust gas Carbon monoxide 5 2 Extended storage switch 8 25 E PSE AIC ite e Gm d a oe e ol 6 2 Flashers See hazard warning flasher switch 6 2 Pik MGS cs ce Ae oe a Sh Eo ee a 6 3 Floor mat positioning aid 7 5 Fluid Br
205. e an accident Objects viewed in the outside mirror on the passenger side are closer than they appear Be careful when moving to the right Using only this mirror could cause an accident Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to other objects Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 15 WPD0170 Manual control type if so equipped The outside mirror can be moved in any direction for a better rear view 3 16 Pre driving checks and adjustments Electric control type if so equipped The outside mirror remote control will operate only when the ignition switch is placed in the ACC or ON position Move the small switch 1 to select the right or left mirror Adjust each mirror to the desired position using the large switch Heated mirrors Canada only if so equipped Some outside mirrors can be heated to defrost defog or de ice for improved visibility For addi tional information see Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch in the Instruments and controls section of this manual Foldable outside mirrors Pull the outside mirror toward the door to fold it Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 17 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Control panel buttons color screen with Navigation System if so equipped 008 4 2 How to use the touch screen 00ea ee 4 3 How to use the BACK button
206. e box cover by pushing the tab and lifting the cover up Remove the fuse with the fuse puller The fuse puller is located in the center of the fuse block in the passenger compartment Maintenance and do it yourself 8 23 5 If the fuse is open replace it with a new fuse 6 If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by a NISSAN dealer 8 24 Maintenance and do it yourself Fusible links If the electrical equipment does not operate and fuses are in good condition check the fusible links If any of these fusible links are melted replace with only Genuine NISSAN parts PASSENGER COMPARTMENT A CAUTION Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight switch are OFF 2 Pull the fuse box cover to remove 3 Remove the fuse with the fuse puller WDI0452 LDIO0456 Type A Type B If the fuse is open replace it with an equivalent good fuse 5 Push the fuse box cover to install 6 If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by a NISSAN dealer Extended storage switch If any electrical equipment does not operate remove the extended storage switch and check for an open fuse NOTE The extended
207. e freedom of movement in the seat The ELR locks the seat belt when the vehicle slows down rapidly or during certain impacts The Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode child restraint mode locks the seat belt for child restraint installation When the ALR mode is activated the seat belt cannot be extended again until the seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully retracted The seat belt returns to the ELR mode after the seat belt fully retracts See Child re straints later in this section for more information The ALR mode should be used only for child restraint installation During normal seat belt use by an occupant the ALR mode should not be activated If it is activated it may cause uncomfortable seat belt ten sion It can also change the operation of the front passenger air bag See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 17 AWARNING When fastening the seat belts be certain that the seatbacks are completely secured in the latched position If they are not completely secured passengers may be injured in an accident or sudden stop Unfastening the seat belts To unfasten the seat belt press the button on the buckle The seat belt automatically re tracts Checking seat belt operation Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat belt movement by two separate methods When the seat belt
208. e instru ment panel illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off or remains illuminated depending on the front passenger seat occupied status The light operates as follows Unoccupied passenger s seat The is OFF and the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash Passenger s seat occupied by a small adult child or child restraint as outlined in this section The illuminates to indicate that the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash Occupied passenger seat and the passen ger meet the conditions outlined in this sec tion The light is OFF to indicate that the front passenger air bag is operational Front passenger air bag The front passenger air bag is designed to auto matically turn OFF when the vehicle is operated under some conditions as described below in accordance with U S regulations If the front passenger air bag is OFF it will not inflate in a 1 54 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system crash The driver air bag and other air bags in your vehicle are not part of this system The purpose of the regulation is to help reduce the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag to certain front passenger seat occupants such as children by requiring the air bag to be auto matically turned OFF Certain sensors are used to meet the requirements One sensor used is the occupant classification sensor pressure sensor It
209. e life expectancy of the factory fill coolant is 105 000 miles 168 000 km or 7 years Mixing any other type of 8 8 Maintenance and do it yourself coolant or the use of non distilled water will re duce the life expectancy of the factory fill coolant Refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for more details The engine coolant reservoir is a pressur ized tank When installing the cap tighten If the cooling system frequently requires coolant have it checked by a NISSAN dealer CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT A NISSAN dealer can change the engine coolant The service procedure can be found in the NISSAN Service Manual Improper servicing can result in reduced heater performance and engine overheat AWARNING To avoid the danger of being scalded never change the coolant when the en gine is hot e Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator Avoid direct skin contact with used coolant If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible Keep coolant out of the reach of chil dren and pets Engine coolant must be disposed of properly Check your local regulations ENGINE OIL A CAUTION Oil level should be checked regularly Op erating the engine with an insufficient ae ie A amount of oil can damage the engine and Ez such damage is not covered by warranty is D
210. e may cause loss of vehicle control in some driving conditions and cause an acci dent and personal injury 8 42 Maintenance and do it yourself If the wheels are changed for any reason always replace with wheels which have the same off set dimension Wheels of a different off set could cause premature tire wear degrade vehicle handling char acteristics affect the VDC system and or interference with the brake discs drums Such interference can lead to decreased braking efficiency and or early brake pad shoe wear Refer to Wheels and tires in the Technical and consumer in formation section of this manual for wheel off set dimensions When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not install a damaged or deformed wheel or tire even if it has been repaired Such wheels or tires could have structural damage and could fail without warning e The use of retread tires is not recommended For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety In formation US or Tire Safety Informa
211. e music motion Press the audio preset 5 button to select Do not use a conventional record cleaner or thumbs up Press the audio preset 4 button to alcohol intended for industrial use select thumbs down Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 55 A new disc may be rough on the inner and outer edges Remove the rough edges by rubbing the inner and outer edges with the side of a pen or pencil as illustrated 1 Volume control switch 2 MODE select switch 3 Tuning switch STEERING WHEEL SWITCH FOR AUDIO CONTROL The audio system can be operated using the controls on the steering wheel MODE select switch Push the mode select switch to change the mode in the following sequence AM FM1 FM2 XM1 satellite radio if so equipped XM2 satellite radio if so equipped 4 56 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems XM83 satellite radio if so equipped CD USB iPod if so equipped Bluetooth Au dio AUX AM These modes are only available when compat ible media storage is inserted into the device or connected to the system Volume control switch Push the volume control switch to increase or decrease the volume Vv A Tuning switch While the display is showing a map or audio screen tilt the Menu Control switch upward or downward to select a station track CD or folder For most audio sources tilti
212. e returns to the previously set speed The vehicle may not maintain the set speed when going up or down steep hills If this happens drive without the cruise control To cancel the preset speed use one of the following three methods Push the CANCEL button the SET indicator light in the instrument panel goes out Tap the brake pedal the SET indicator light goes out Turn the main switch off Both the CRUISE indicator light and SET indicator light in the instrument panel go out The cruise control is automatically canceled and the SET light in the instrument panel goes out if you depress the brake or clutch pedal while pushing the ACCEL RES or COAST SET switch The preset speed is deleted from memory the vehicle slows down more than 8 MPH 13 km h below the set speed you depress the clutch pedal manual trans mission or move the shift lever to N Neu tral automatic transmission To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the following three methods Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the COAST SET switch Push and hold the ACCEL RES switch When the vehicle attains the speed you de sire release the switch Push and release the ACCEL RES switch Each time you do this the set speed in creases by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following three methods Lightly tap the
213. e seat to make sure it is securely locked Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents 1 2 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Do not adjust the drivers seat while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation The seat may move suddenly and could cause loss of con trol of the vehicle The seatback should not be reclined any more than needed for comfort Seat belts are most effective when the pas senger sits well back and straight up in the seat If the seatback is reclined the risk of sliding under the lap belt and being injured is increased A CAUTION When adjusting the seat positions be sure not to contact any moving parts to avoid possible injuries and or damage FRONT MANUAL SEAT ADJUSTMENT Forward and backward Pull the lever up and hold it while you slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position Release the lever to lock the seat in position Reclining To recline the seatback pull the lever up and lean back To bring the seatback forward pull the lever up and lean your body forward Release the lever to lock the seatback in position The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit See Precautions on seat belt usage
214. e the vehicle Avoid shifting gears with the engine running at high speeds as this may cause malfunction 4WD shift switch operations Shift the 4WD shift switch to either the 2WD 4H or 4LO position depending on driving conditions If the 4WD shift switch is operated while making a turn accelerating or decelerating or if the key switch is turned off while in the 4H or 4LO posi tion you may feel a jolt This is not abnormal When the vehicle is stopped after mak ing a turn you may feel a slight jolt after the shift lever is shifted to N or P This occurs because the transfer clutch is released and not because of a mal function A CAUTION When driving straight shift the 4WD shift switch to the 2WD or 4H position Do not move the 4WD shift switch when making a turn or reversing Do not shift the 4WD shift switch while driving on steep downhill grades Use the engine brake and low automatic transmission gears D1 or D2 or manual transmission 1st gear or 2nd gear for engine braking Do not operate the 4WD shift switch with the rear wheels spinning Before placing the 4WD shift switch in the 4H position from 2WD ensure the vehicle speed is less than 62 MPH 100 km h Failure to do so can damage the 4WD system Never shift the 4WD shift switch be tween 4LO and 4H while driving Starting and driving 5 27 Il 4WD shift indicator light The 4WD shift indicator light is located in the o
215. e while driving in or der that full attention may be given to the driving operation Do not disassemble or modify this sys tem If you do it may result in accidents fire or electrical shock e Do not use this system if you notice any abnormality such as a frozen screen or lack of sound Continued use of the system may result in accident fire or electric shock TUNE AUDIO In case you notice any foreign object in the system hardware spill liquid on it or notice smoke or smell coming from it stop using the system immediately and contact your nearest NISSAN dealer Ig noring such conditions may lead to ac cidents fire or electrical shock MAP button BACK button ON OFF button VOL volume control knob CAMERA button NAV button 2 Display screen 3 button 4 APPSO button Oo O N oO a WI brightness control button 4 2 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems For information regarding the Navigation system control buttons refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual For information regarding the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System control button see Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with navigation system or Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System without navigation system in this section When you use this system make sure the engine is running If you use the system with the engine not running ignition ON or ACC
216. eaded snes 7 3 Most common factors contributing to vehicle CNASS pissin tad eth de vA ner seetedes chad dene chs 7 3 COMOSIOMioecck cessed eerie EEE bees 7 5 Aluminum alloy wheels if so equipped 7 3 Environmental factors influence the rate of Chrome Pas lt cc ssecessepevanieecdaadoeas tine 7 3 CONOSION rieren ereer ERARE RE NERAN EARE 7 5 Tire Ole sSiING sso st cwecee tac ecteceasen ececreeee o4 7 3 To protect your vehicle from corrosion 7 6 Cleaning INNO aks vatsecnwesedeaue eee awe bad eawan 7 4 CLEANING EXTERIOR In order to maintain the appearance of your ve hicle it is important to take proper care of it To protect the paint surfaces please wash your vehicle as soon as you can after a rainfall to prevent possible damage from acid rain after driving on coastal roads when contaminants such as soot bird drop pings tree sap metal particles or bugs get on the paint surface when dust or mud builds up on the surface Whenever possible store or park your vehicle inside a garage or in a covered area When it is necessary to park outside park in a shady area or protect the vehicle with a body cover Be careful not to scratch the paint surface when putting on or removing the body cover WASHING Wash dirt off with a wet sponge and plenty of water Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mild soap a special vehicle soap or general purpose dishwashing liquid mixed with clean luk
217. eanaecta 9 12 Vehicle load capacity lt lt eixesiueneaonedisceaeeee 9 13 Securing the load 3245 ses cey nunana uate ceeeoie es 9 15 Channel tie down hooks if so equipped 9 16 L ading TIS c wastes cece Eii edveresnrs esses 9 18 Measurement of weights 0000 9 18 TOWING a traller srest entest ennhan near heudeee ened 9 19 Maximum load IMIS sse s ateanccediaawedewee denei 9 19 Towing load specification s a s susuan aaan 9 22 TOWING Saloy e gece errer sne dreara aN 9 22 Fat TOWING 25 reisesineniann Ea E oeud 9 28 Uniform tire quality grading 26 22002 covernenve saws 9 29 Emission control system warranty 9 30 Reporting safety defects 0 00 cece eens 9 30 Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test 9 31 Event Data Recorders EDR 00cc0eeeeees 9 32 Owner s Manual Service Manual order information 9 32 CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS The following are approximate capacities The actual refill capacities may be a little different When refilling follow the procedure described in the Maintenance and do it yourself section to determine the proper refill capacity Fuel Engine oil 8 Drain and Refill With oil filter change Without oil filter change Cooling system With reservoir Manual transmission gear oil 4WD Automatic transmission fluid Power steering fluid PSF Brake and clutch if so equipped fluid Multi purpose gre
218. eats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 31 LRS0673 Rear facing step 3 3 For child restraints that are equipped with webbing mounted attachments remove any additional slack from the anchor attach ments Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your hand to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments LRS0674 Rear facing step 4 After attaching the child restraint test it be fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the LATCH attachment path The child re straint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the LATCH at tachment holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint or try installing by using the vehicle seat belt if applicable Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 1 32 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 5 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the child restraint is loose repeat steps 2 through 4 AWARNING The three point seat belt with Auto matic Locking Retractor ALR must be used when installing a child restraint Fail
219. ecom mended levels before pouring the fluid into the windshield washer fluid reser voir Do not use the windshield washer fluid reservoir to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water Instruments and controls 2 27 REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR if so equipped DEFROSTER SWITCH LIC1419 To defrost the rear window glass and outside mirrors if so equipped start the engine and push the rear window defroster switch on The rear window defroster indicator light comes on Push the switch again to turn the defroster off The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 15 minutes A CAUTION When cleaning the inner side of the rear window be careful not to scratch or dam age the rear window defroster 2 28 Instruments and controls HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH LICO706 Type A HEADLIGHT CONTROL SWITCH Lighting AM When turning the switch to the D posi tion the front parking tail license plate and instrument panel lights come on 2 When turning the switch to the 2 posi tion the headlights come on and all the other lights remain on 3 Type B headlight control switch is equipped with front LED accent lights LICO688 Type B A CAUTION Use the headlights with the engine run ning to avoid discharging the vehicle battery Autolight system if so equipped The autolight system allows the headlights to be set so they turn on and off automatically The autolight sy
220. ed and shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD in the 4LO position for manual trans mission vehicles stop the vehicle and shift the shift lever to the N Neu tral position with the clutch pedal depressed and shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD If the warning light is still on after the above operation have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible Starting and driving 5 23 TRANSFER CASE SHIFTING PROCEDURES The part time 4WD system provides 3 positions 2WD 4H and 4LO so you can select the desired drive mode according to the driving conditions 2WD or 4WD shift procedure 4WD Shift Wheels Driven Lala elt Sigit Use Conditions AWD Shift Procedure Switch Position AWD shift Transfer 4LO position Fa For driving on dry S pines switch nee Ania race AE Conciny AWD shift indicator light will indicate transfer shift position engaged G For driving on rocky 4 wheels T sandy or snow covered roads in Neutral 2 For manual transmission vehicles Depress and turn the 4WD switch to 4LO or 4H with the clutch pedal depressed 4 wheels For use when maxi THE TRANSFER CASE DOES NOT ENGAGE BETWEEN 4H AND mum power and trac 4LO OR 4LO TO 4H UNLESS YOU HAVE FIRST STOPPED THE iraid tion is required for VEHICLE DEPRESSED THE BRAKE PEDAL AND MOVED THE example on steep SHIFT LEVER TO NEUTRAL FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION VE grades or rocky sandy HICLES FOR MANUAL TRANSMISSION VEHICLES YOU MUST muddy roads MOVE
221. ee Supplemental restraint system later in this section INFANTS Infants up to at least 1 year old should be placed in a rear facing child restraint NISSAN recom mends that infants be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manu facturer s instructions for installation and use SMALL CHILDREN Children that are over 1 year old and weigh at least 20 Ibs 9 kg should remain in a rear facing child restraint as long as possible up to the height or weight limit of the child restraint Children who outgrow the height or weight limit of the rear facing child restraint and are at least 1 year old should be secured in a forward facing child re straint with a harness Refer to the manufactur er s instructions for minimum and maximum weight and height recommendations NISSAN recommends that small children be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Ve hicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer s instructions for instal lation and use LARGER CHILDREN Children should remain in a forward facing child restraint with a harness until they reach the maxi mum height or weight limit allowed by the child restraint manufacturer Once
222. ee 8 22 _ A eri Th i EE a PSS oe eats E EE EEE E deena e aaa 8 22 Se en aes eran Ban aeene yess nens j Engine compartment sssssassuerrrrrrrreu 8 23 Changing engine oil s icscs lt teaseeedrvanvew case 8 10 ee Passenger compartment 0eee eens 8 24 Changing engine oil filter 0 0 00 8 11 ne Battery replacement 002 0e ee eee eee 8 26 5 speed automatic transmission fluid K if so equipped 22 nctuceecuberanabesan Sun eagaunee 8 11 CYFOD ws eee eee eee eee 8 27 Power steering fluid 00 0 cece cece e ees 8 12 Lights Ba Oe ep ei Gee E aces ssia te 8 28 Brake and clutch if so equipped fluid 8 19 PIC ACNCN Ss esrde enner aeea 8 28 Brake fli lt cvcecaseeoce ssanave svaeduntsaoaiens 8 19 Exterior and interior lights isses eiiie 8 30 Clutch fluid if so equipped eee 8 13 Wheels and tireS 0 0 cc cece ennnen 8 32 Windshield washer fluid 0000 eee ee ees 8 13 ie OlescUleessetonessensscecetecoreceeserense 8 32 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 8 13 Tire ADCUNG a wevccnteateted ougsueweseabaennens 8 36 BAUCly srocarcueetiee N E sees eeueeoeee sale oe 8 14 Typos OF UISS een ec touts et seus dk saeees dante ce 8 39 lump Staring 2 eecctacksseeveedusvindeda se Ans 8 15 Tre CNAINGx2eeyesstanscsewdaseces oie5 ted cesses 8 40 DING DG ga supeinee vets cee teen teae peteanecns 8 16 Changing wheels and tires 002 05 8
223. el than the minimum required by law AWARNING The temperature grade for this tire is es tablished for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed under inflation or excessive loading ei ther separately or in combination can cause heat build up and possible tire failure Technical and consumer information 9 29 EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARRANTY Your NISSAN vehicle is covered by the following emission warranties For USA 1 Emission Defects Warranty 2 Emissions Performance Warranty Details of this warranty may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Information Booklet which comes with your NISSAN vehicle If you did not receive a Warranty Information Booklet or it is lost you may obtain a replace ment by writing to Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 For Canada Emission Control System Warranty Details of this warranty may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Information Booklet which comes with your NISSAN vehicle If you did not receive a Warranty Information Booklet or it is lost you may obtain a replace ment by writing to Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 425 9 30 Technical and consumer information REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS For USA If you believe that your vehicle has a de fect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you
224. elated ac cessories contain lead and lead com pounds Wash hands after handling e Keep battery out of the reach of children Do not tip the battery Keep the vent caps tight and the battery level 1 ee WDI0224 Remove the vent caps with a screwdriver as shown Use a cloth to protect the battery case 2 Check the fluid level in each cell If it is necessary to add fluid add only distilled water to bring the level up to the bottom of the filler opening Do not overfill Reinstall the vent caps Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level JUMP STARTING If jump starting is necessary see Jump starting in the In case of emergency section of this manual If the engine does not start by jump starting the battery may have to be replaced Contact a NISSAN dealer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 15 DRIVE BELT Power steering fluid pump Automatic belt tensioner Cooling fan Air conditioner compressor Crankshaft pulley Generator Pore a A WARNING Be sure the ignition key is in the OFF or LOCK position before servicing drive belt The engine could rotate unexpectedly 8 16 Maintenance and do it yourself Visually inspect the belt for signs of unusual wear cuts fraying or looseness If the belt is in poor condition or is loose have it replaced or adjusted by a NISSAN dealer Have the
225. em can help the driver to maintain control of the vehicle but it cannot prevent loss of vehicle control in all driving situations When the VDC system operates the R indi cator in the instrument panel flashes so note the following The road may be slippery or the system may determine some action is required to help keep the vehicle on the steered path You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise or vibration from under the hood This is normal and indicates that the VDC system is working properly Adjust your speed and driving to the road conditions See Slip indicator light and Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF indicator light in the Instru ments and controls section If a malfunction occurs in the system the fi indicator light will come on in the instrument panel The VDC system automatically turns off when these indicator lights are off The VDC OFF switch is used to turn off the VDC system The indicator illuminates to indi cate the VDC system is off When the VDC switch Is used to turn off the system the VDC system still operates to prevent one drive wheel from slipping by transferring power to a non slipping drive wheel The indicator flashes if this occurs All other VDC functions are off and the ft indicator will not flash The VDC system is automatically reset to on when the ignition switch is placed in the off position then back to the on position The computer
226. en automatically changes to the RearView Monitor mode However the radio can be heard It may take some time until the RearView Monitor is displayed after the shift lever has been shifted to R Reverse Objects may be distorted momentarily until the RearView Monitor screen is displayed completely When the shift lever is returned to a position other than R Reverse it may take some time until the screen changes Objects on the screen may be distorted until they are completely displayed When the temperature is extremely high or low the screen may not clearly display ob jects This is not a malfunction When strong light directly enters the cam era objects may not be displayed clearly Vertical lines may be seen in objects on the screen This is due to strong reflected light from the bumper This is not a malfunction The screen may flicker under fluorescent light This is not a malfunction VENTS The colors of objects on the RearView Moni tor may differ somewhat from those of the actual object Objects on the monitor may not be clear ina dark place or at night This is not a malfunc tion If dirt rain or snow attaches to the camera the RearView Monitor may not display ob jects Clean the camera Do not use alcohol benzine or thinner to clean the camera This will cause discolor ation To clean the camera wipe with a cloth dampened with diluted mild cleaning agent and then wipe with a dry cloth
227. engine hood operate properly Also ensure that all latches lock securely Lubricate hinges latches latch pins rollers and links as necessary Make sure that the secondary latch keeps the hood from opening when the primary latch is released When driving in areas using road salt or other corrosive materials check lubrication frequently Lights Clean the headlights on a regular basis Make sure that the headlights stop lights tail lights turn signal lights and other lights are all operating properly and installed securely Also check headlight aim Road wheel nuts lug nuts When checking the tires make sure no wheel nuts are missing and check for any loose wheel nuts Tighten if necessary Tire rotation Tires should be rotated every 5 000 miles 8 000 km Tires Check the pressure with a gauge often and always prior to long distance trips If neces sary adjust the pressure in all tires including the spare to the pressure specified Check carefully for damage cuts or excessive wear Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS transmitter components Replace the TPMS transmitter grommet seal valve core and cap when the tires are replaced due to wear or age Wheel alignment and balance If the vehicle should pull to either side while driving on a straight and level road or if you detect uneven or abnormal tire wear there may be a need for wheel alignment If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal highway speeds
228. ent menu option De pending on the audio display it will also show the current menu option To select the current menu option press the PHONE SEND 44 button To go back to the previous menu press the PHONE END button If the current menu is the Main Menu pressing the PHONE END 4 button will exit the Phone system To exit the manual control mode press and hold the PHONE END 4 button for 5 seconds Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 71 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty If problems are en countered try the following solutions Where the solutions are listed by number try each solution in turn starting with number 1 until the problem is resolved Symptom System fails to interpret the command correctly The system consistently selects the wrong entry from the phone book Solution 1 Ensure that the command is valid See List of voice commands in this section 2 Ensure that the command is spoken after the tone 3 Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level in the vehicle 4 Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive for example windows open or defroster on NOTE If it is too noisy to use the phone it is likely that the voice commands will not be recognized 5 If more than one command was said at a time try say
229. ental air bag warn ing light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off This means the system is operational If any of the following conditions occur the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag and preten sioners need servicing and your vehicle must be taken to a NISSAN dealer The supplemental air bag warning light re mains on after approximately 7 seconds The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Unless checked and repaired the supplemental restraint systems air bag system and or the pretensioners may not function properly For ad ditional details see Supplemental restraint sys tem in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual Instruments and controls 2 19 AWARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the front air bag side air bags curtain air bags and or pre tensioners will not operate in an accident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible INDICATOR LIGHTS EA Automatic transmission position indicator light A T models only When the ignition switch is in the ON position this indicator light shows the shift lever position See Driving the vehicle in the Starting and driving section of this manual CRUISE Cruise main switch i
230. ep is played to indicate you have exited the system If you want to adjust the volume of the voice feedback press the volume control switches or on the steering wheel while being provided with feedback You can also use the radio volume control knob In most cases you can interrupt the voice feedback to speak the next command by pressing the 4 button on the steering wheel To use the system faster you may speak the second level commands with the main menu command on the main menu For example press the 4 button and after the tone say Call Redial How to say numbers NISSAN Voice Recognition requires a certain way to speak numbers in voice commands Refer to the following rules and examples Either zero or oh can be used for 0 Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight oh oh six six two six two oh oh or One eight zero zero six six two six two oh oh Words can be used for the first 4 digits places only Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight hundred six six two six two oh oh NOT One eight hundred six six two sixty two hundred and NOT One eight oh oh six six two sixty two hundred Numbers can be spoken in small groups The system will prompt you to continue en tering digits if desired Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight zero zero The system repeats the numbers and prompts you to enter more six six two
231. er driving 5 38 Compact disc CD player 4 31 4 36 4 42 Compass display e s a as eh etek ataa 2 10 Console box n aaao eee eee 2 39 Control panel buttons 4 2 Brightness contrast button 4 7 Enter DUHOM s e ss caesa ee Sake HS 4 2 Setting button a aaao aw SS 4 5 Controls Audio controls steering wheel 4 56 Heater and air conditioner controls 4 14 Coolant Capacities and recommended tuell bricaniS e s woe ee ee oe we ore 9 2 Changing engine coolant 8 8 Checking engine coolant level 8 8 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 6 Corrosion protection sooo a 7 5 Cruise control s as ssa 4a 44 o atada 5 20 Cup holders 6 ese et es a hte ee Bw 2 41 Curtain side impact and rollover airbag 1 57 10 2 D Daytime running light system Canada only 2 30 Defroster switch Rear window and outside mirror defroster SWC a a a eB wok we ee ok ne Ge A 2 28 Dimensions and weights 9 9 Dimmer switch for instrument panel 2 30 Display controls see control panel buttons 4 2 Door lockS 24 gan s isra BEG RE 3 3 Door open warning light 2 16 Drive belt 2 2 ee ee 8 16 Driving Cold weather driving 5 38 Driving with automatic transmission 5 13 Driving with manual transmission 5 17 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 E ECONOMY MUCL sa a a woe Bl
232. ers when washing the wheels Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or corrosion Such damage may cause loss of pressure or poor seal at the tire bead NISSAN recommends waxing the road wheels to protect against road salt in areas where it is used during winter Maintenance and do it yourself 8 43 MEMO 8 44 Maintenance and do it yourself 9 Technical and consumer information Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 9 2 Fuel recommendation 2202002e eee 9 4 Engine oil and oil filter recommendations 9 6 Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil FECOMMENGALIONS c 24 25 senrsece ee dateneedewebes 9 7 SPSC EAO oe sasare E ERENER EEA ens 9 8 S E E E E seen E P 9 8 Wheels and tires nnna nnana naana 9 9 Dimensions and weights 0 0eeee 9 9 When traveling or registering your vehicle in another COUNTY cwewisen rs cgactctuaeaueeueesemsass 9 10 Vehicle identification 0 cc cece eee eee 9 10 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 10 Engine serial number 2 2 022000e 9 10 F M V S S C M V S S certification label 9 11 Emission control information label 9 11 Tire and loading information label 9 11 Air conditioner specification label 9 12 Installing front license plate 9 12 Vehicle loading information 220055 9 12 TONING lt oc LE E E E ohuGeanea
233. ersion 4 3 2 or later iPad 2 firmware version 4 3 3 or later Make sure that your iPod firmware is updated to the version indicated above Audio main operation Place the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position Then press the CD AUX or iPod MENU button repeatedly to switch to the iPod mode If the audio system is turned off while the iPod is playing the iPod plays when the audio system is turned back on If the audio system Is off pressing the CD AUX or iPod MENU button turns the audio system on and plays the iPod If the audio system is on the audio system auto matically begins playing tracks from the iPod when it is plugged into the jack iPod MENU button Press the iPod MENU button while the iPod is connected to show the iPod operation menu on the audio display Scroll through the menu list using the TUNE SCROLL control dial Press EN TER to select a menu item Items in the iPod menu appear on the display in the following or der Now playing e Playlists Artists Albums Songs Podcasts Genres Composers Audiobooks Shuffle songs For more information about each item see the iPod Owner s Manual lt lt gt gt I SEEK CAT buttons Press the SEEK CAT buttons M4 or PPI to skip backward or forward one track Press and hold the SEEK CAT buttons M lt or PPI for 1 5 seconds while a track is playing to reverse or fast forward the track be
234. ersonal injury Do not attempt to test a 4WD equipped vehicle on a 2 wheel dynamometer such as the dynamometers used by some states for emissions testing or similar equipment even if the other two wheels are raised off the ground Make sure you inform test facility personnel that your vehicle is equipped with 4WD before it is placed on a dynamometer Using the wrong test equipment may result in drivetrain damage or unex pected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or per sonal injury Accelerating quickly sharp steering maneuvers or sudden braking may cause loss of control If at all possible avoid sharp turning maneuvers particularly at high speeds Your NISSAN four wheel drive vehicle has a higher center of gravity than a passenger car The vehicle is not de signed for cornering at the same speeds as passenger cars Failure to operate this vehicle correctly could result in loss of control and or a rollover accident Always use tires of the same type size brand construction bias bias belted or radial and tread pattern on all four wheels Install tire chains on the rear wheels when driving on slippery roads and drive carefully Be sure to check the brakes immedi ately after driving in mud or water See Brake system later in this section for Wet brakes Avoid parking your vehicle on steep hills If you get out of the vehicle and it rolls forward backward or sideways
235. ery volt age When the engine Is running it indicates the generator voltage While cranking the engine the volts drop below the normal range If the needle is not in the normal range 11 15 volts while the engine is running it may indicate that the charging system is not functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer TRIP COMPUTER if so equipped The display of the trip computer is situated in the speedometer display When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the display scrolls all the modes of the trip computer and then shows the mode chosen before the ignition switch was placed in the OFF position When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position modes of the trip computer can be selected by pushing the trip computer change button The following modes can be selected Distance to empty dte mile or km The distance to empty dte mode provides you with an estimation of the distance that can be driven before refueling The dte is constantly be ing calculated based on the amount of fuel in the fuel tank and the actual fuel consumption The display is updated every 30 seconds The dte mode includes a low range warning feature when the fuel level is low the dte mode is automatically selected and the digits blink in or der to draw the drivers attention Press the change button if you wish to return to the mode that was selected before the warning occurred The dte mark dte
236. es are under high pressure even when the engine is off A CAUTION Do not work under the hood while the engine is hot Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down Avoid contact with used engine oil and coolant Improperly disposed engine oil engine coolant and or other vehicle fluids can damage the environment Al ways conform to local regulations for disposal of vehicle fluid Never leave the engine or automatic transmission related component har nesses disconnected while the ignition switch is in the ON position Never connect or disconnect the battery or any transistorized component while the ignition switch is in the ON position This Maintenance and do it yourself section gives instructions regarding only those items which are relatively easy for an owner to perform You should be aware that incomplete or improper servicing may result in operating difficulties or excessive emissions and could affect warranty coverage If in doubt about any servicing have it done by a NISSAN dealer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 5 ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS Ty Ny NY AEN A 8 6 Maintenance and do it yourself os os RADAN VQ40DE engine 1 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 2 Fuse fusible link box 3 Fuse and relay box 4 Engine oil filler cap 5 Engine oil dipstick 6 Brake fluid reservoir Clutch fluid reservoir M T model 7 Air cleaner 8
237. es stability to the tow vehicle A weight distributing hitch system Class IV is recommended if you plan to tow trailers with a maximum weight over 5 000 lbs 2 268 kg Check with the trailer and towing equipment manufacturers to determine if they recommend the use of a weight distributing hitch system NOTE A weight distributing hitch system may af fect the operation of trailer surge brakes If you are considering use of a weight distributing hitch system with a surge brake equipped trailer check with the surge brake hitch or trailer manufacturer to determine if and how this can be done Follow the instructions provided by the manufac turer for installing and using the weight distributing hitch system General set up instructions are as follows 1 Park unloaded vehicle on a level surface With the ignition on and the doors closed allow the vehicle to stand for several minutes so that it can level 2 Measure the height of a reference point on the front and rear bumpers at the center of the vehicle 3 Attach the trailer to the vehicle and adjust the hitch equalizers so that the front bumper height is within O 5 inches 0 13 mm of the reference height measured in step 2 The rear bumper should be no higher than the reference height measured in step 2 Technical and consumer information 9 23 AWARNING Properly adjust the weight distributing hitch so the rear of the bumper is no higher than the measured
238. esigned to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted They may not inflate in certain side collisions Curtain air bags are also designed to inflate in certain types of rollover collisions or near roll overs As a result certain vehicle movements for example during severe off roading may cause the curtain air bags to inflate Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper side air bag and curtain air bag operation When the side air bags and curtain air bags inflate a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing con dition should get fresh air promptly Side air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the chest of the front occupants Curtain air bags help to cushion the impact force to the head of occu pants in the front and rear outboard seating po sitions They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating side air bag or curtain air bag may cause abrasions or other injuries Side air bags and curtain air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body The seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the side air bag Rear seat passengers should be seated as far away as practical fr
239. eutral position may cause serious damage to the transmission When stopping the vehicle on an uphill grade do not hold the vehicle by de pressing the accelerator pedal The foot brake should be used for this purpose The automatic transmission in your vehicle is electronically controlled to produce maximum power and smooth operation The recommended operating procedures for this transmission are shown on the following pages Follow these procedures for maximum vehicle performance and driving enjoyment Starting the vehicle 1 After starting the engine fully depress the foot brake pedal before moving the shift lever out of the P Park position 2 Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and move the shift lever into a driving gear 3 Release the foot brake then gradually start the vehicle in motion Starting and driving 5 13 The automatic transmission is designed so the foot brake pedal MUST be depressed before shifting from P Park to any drive position while the ignition switch is in the ON position The shift lever cannot be moved out of the P Park position and into any of the other gear positions if the ignition switch is placed in the LOCK or OFF position 5 14 Starting and driving To move the shift lever m Push the button while depressing the brake pedal f gt Push the button to shift gt Shift without depressing brake pedal Shifting After starting the engine fully depress the brak
240. ewarm never hot water 7 2 Appearance and care A CAUTION e Do not use car washes that use acid in the detergent Some car washes espe cially brushless ones use some acid for cleaning The acid may react with some plastic vehicle components causing them to crack This could affect their appearance and also could cause them not to function properly Always check with your car wash to confirm that acid is not used Do not wash the vehicle with strong household soap strong chemical deter gents gasoline or solvents Do not wash the vehicle in direct sun light or while the vehicle body is hot as the surface may become water spotted e Avoid using tight napped or rough cloths such as washing mitts Care must be taken when removing caked on dirt or other foreign sub stances so the paint surface is not scratched or damaged Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty of clean water Inside flanges seams and folds on the doors hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to the effects of road salt Therefore these areas must be cleaned regularly Take care that the drain holes in the lower edge of the door are open Spray water under the body and in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash away road salt A damp chamois can be used to dry the vehicle to avoid water spots WAXING Regular waxing protects the paint surface and helps retain new vehicle appearance Polishing is recommended to remove bui
241. f an MP3 WMA CD is skipped the first track of the next folder is played AUX button The AUX IN audio input jack accepts any stan dard analog audio input such as from a portable cassette tape CD player MPS player or a laptop computer Press the AUX button to play a com patible device plugged into the AUX IN jack 4 EJECT button When the button is pressed with a com pact disc loaded the compact disc will eject and the last source will be played If the disc is not removed within 10 seconds the disc will reload Additional features For more information about the iPod player available with this system see iPod player operation with Navigation System in this section For more information about the USB interface available with this system see USB interface models with Navigation System in this section For more information about the Bluetooth audio interface available with this system see Bluetooth streaming audio with Navigation System in this section 4 44 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems USB INTERFACE models without Navigation System if so equipped Connecting a device to the USB input jack AWARNING Do not connect disconnect or operate the USB device while driving Doing so can be a distraction If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an acci dent or serious injury A CAUTION e Do not force the USB device
242. f this manual If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or blows out while driving maintain control of the vehicle by following the procedure below Please note that this procedure is only a general guide The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the conditions of the ve hicle road and traffic AWARNING The following actions can increase the chance of losing control of the vehicle if there is a sudden loss of tire air pressure Losing control of the vehicle may cause a collision and result in personal injury The vehicle generally moves or pulls in the direction of the flat tire e Do not rapidly apply the brakes e Do not rapidly release the accelerator pedal Do not rapidly turn the steering wheel 1 Remain calm and do not overreact 2 Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course 3 When appropriate slowly release the accel erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle 4 Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe location off the road and away from traffic if possible 5 Lightly apply the brake pedal to gradually stop the vehicle 6 Turn on the hazard warning flashers and either contact a roadside emergency service to change the tire or see Changing a flat tire in the In case of emergency section of this manual DRINKING ALCOHOL DRUGS AND DRIVING AWARNING Never drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs Alcohol in the bloodst
243. fferent language 5 Press the F For information on selecting a different lan guage see Choosing a language in this section button for more button 6 Voice memory A or memory B is selected automatically If both memory locations are already in use the system will prompt you to overwrite one Follow the instructions pro vided by the system 7 When preparation is complete and you are ready to begin press the f amp button 8 The VA mode will be explained Follow the instructions provided by the system 9 When training is finished the system will tell you an adequate number of phrases have been recorded 10 The system will announce that voice adap tation has been completed and the system is ready The VA mode will stop if e The 4 button is pressed for more than 5 seconds in VA mode The vehicle begins moving during VA mode The ignition switch is placed in the OFF or LOCK position 4 70 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Training phrases During the VA mode the system instructs the trainer to say the following phrases The system will prompt you for each phrase phonebook transfer entry dial three oh four two nine delete call back number incoming transfer entry eight pause nine three two pause seven delete all entries call seven two four zero nine phonebook delete entry next entry dial star two one seven oh yes no
244. fferentials Do not allow passengers to stay in the vehicle while it is on the jack Never run the engine with a wheel s off the ground It may cause the vehicle to move Always refer to the illustration for the correct placement and jack up points for your specific vehicle model and jack type Carefully read the caution label attached to the jack body and the following instruc tions 1 Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns by turning counterclockwise with the wheel nut wrench Do not remove the wheel nuts until the tire is off the ground 2 Place the jack directly under the jack up The jack should be used on firm and point as illustrated so the top of the jack level ground contacts the vehicle at the jack up point The front tire jack up points are indicated by stamped arrows on the side of the frame In case of emergency 6 7 3 Install the assembled jack rod into the jack as shown 4 To lift the vehicle securely hold the jack lever and rod Carefully raise the vehicle until the tire clears the ground 5 Remove the wheel nuts and then remove the tire 6 8 In case of emergency Installing the spare tire The spare tire is designed for emergency use See specific instructions under the heading Wheels and tires in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section of this manual 1 Clean any mud or dirt from the surface be tween the wheel and hub 2 Carefully put the spare tire on a
245. fic features see the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual For more information about the My Apps key see NissanConnect App Smartphone Integra tion in this section For more information about the Voice Com mands key see NISSAN Voice Recognition System in this section Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 5 To select and or adjust several functions features and modes that are available for your vehicle 1 Press the aPPs button 2 Touch the Settings key 3 Touch the desired item tk 3 Audio See Audio system in this section for more information Display Mode Adjusts to fit the level of lighting in the vehicle Touch key to cycle through options Day and Night modes are suited for the respec tive times of day while Auto controls the display automatically Scroll Direction Adjusts the direction of the menu scroll Choose to either move up or down Touch this key to adjust the time The clock can be set to 12 hours or 24 hours Select from five possible formats of displaying the day month and year Clock Mode Adjust the mode for the clock Auto uses the system s GPS to automatically maintain the time Manual allows you to set the clock using the Set Clock Manually key Set Clock Adjust the clock manually Touch the or keys to adjust the hours minutes day month and year up or down Clo
246. fied technician because some tire damage may not be ob vious Replace the tires as neces sary to prevent tire failure and possible personal injury Improper service of the spare tire may result in serious personal in jury If it is necessary to repair the spare tire contact a NISSAN dealer For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet Maintenance and do it yourself 8 41 Replacing wheels and tires When replacing a tire use the same size tread design speed rating and load carrying capacity as originally equipped Recommended types and sizes are shown in Wheels and tires in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual AWARNING The use of tires other than those recom mended or the mixed use of tires of different brands construction bias bias belted or radial or tread patterns can adversely affect the ride braking handling VDC system ground clear ance body to tire clearance tire chain clearance speedometer calibration headlight aim and bumper height Some of these effects may lead to acci dents and could result in serious per sonal injury If your vehicle was originally equipped with 4 tires that were the same size and you are only replacing 2 of the 4 tires install the new tires on the rear axle Placing new tires on the front axl
247. fter the above operation have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible The transfer case may be damaged if you continue driving with the warning light blinking ELECTRONIC LOCKING REAR DIFFERENTIAL E Lock SYSTEM if so equipped The E Lock system can provide additional trac tion and should only be used when a vehicle has become or is becoming stuck This system oper ates by electronically locking the two rear drive wheels together allowing them to turn at the same speed The system is used when it is not possible to free a stuck vehicle even when using the 4LO position 4 wheel drive vehicles When added traction is required activate the E Lock system by pushing the switch ON See Electronic locking rear differential E Lock sys tem switch in the Instruments and Controls section Once the system fully engages the indi cator light in the instrument panel will remain ON When the system is activated both rear wheels will engage providing added traction The rear wheels may momentarily slip or move to engage the system and the system will only engage up to approximately 4 MPH 7 km h Once the vehicle is free the system should be turned OFF and driving resumed The Anti Lock Brake ABS system is disabled and the ABS light illuminates when the E Lock system is ON Also the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system is disabled and the VDC light illuminates when the E Lock system is ON
248. g Pandora Audio if so equipped Tilt up for less than 1 5 seconds to input thumbs up for the current song Tilt down for less than 1 5 seconds to input thumbs down for the current song Tilt up for more than 1 5 seconds to skip to the next song if the maximum of six skips per station per hour has not been exceeded ANTENNA The antenna cannot be shortened but can be removed When you need to remove the antenna turn the antenna rod counterclockwise To install the antenna rod turn the antenna rod clockwise and hand tighten A CAUTION Always properly tighten the antenna rod during installation or the antenna rod may break during vehicle operation e Be sure that the antenna is removed before the vehicle enters an automatic car wash e Be sure to fold down the antenna be fore the vehicle enters a garage with a low ceiling Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 57 NISSANCONNECT APP SMARTPHONE INTEGRATION if so equipped This vehicle is equipped with Smartphone Integra tion technology This allows many compatible Smartphone applications to be displayed and eas ily controlled through the vehicle s touchscreen NOTE A compatible smartphone and registration is required to use mobile applications or to access connected features of certain ve hicle applications REGISTERING WITH NISSANCONNECT APP To use the Smartphone Integration feature
249. g touching Repeat alternates between repeating the current song and repeating the current folder This text will appear on the display To cancel Repeat mode touch the Repeat key until the key is no longer highlighted Touch the Browse key to display the titles on the CD in list format Touch the title of a song in the list to begin playing that song If an MP3 CD is playing touching the Browse key will also list the folders on the disc Fol low the procedure for selecting a song with the touchscreen to choose a folder Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 43 dq gt gt I SEEK Reverse or Fast Forward buttons Press and hold the seek buttons M4 or PP for 1 5 seconds while the compact disc is playing to reverse or fast forward the track being played The compact disc plays at an increased speed while reversing or fast forwarding When the but ton is released the compact disc returns to nor mal play speed dq gt SEEK buttons Press the seek button 44 while a CD or MP3 WMA CD is playing to return to the begin ning of the current track Press the seek button M4 several times to skip backward sev eral tracks Press the seek button PP while a CD or MP3 WMA CD is playing to advance one track Press the seek button PPI several times to skip forward several tracks If the last track on a CD is skipped the first track on the disc is played If the last track in a folder o
250. g engine oll filter in this section Waste oil must be disposed of prop erly Check your local regulations AWARNING Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer Try to avoid direct skin contact with used oil If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible Keep used engine oil out of reach of children A CAUTION Be careful not to burn yourself The engine oil may be hot Clean and reinstall the drain plug and a new washer Securely tighten the drain plug with a wrench Do not use excessive force Drain plug tightening torque 22 29 ft lb 29 39 N m Refill engine with recommended oil through the oil filler opening then install the oil filler cap securely See Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the Technical and con sumer information section of this manual for drain and refill capacity The drain and refill capacity depends on the oil temperature and drain time Use these specifications for reference only Always use the dipstick to determine when the proper amount of oil is in the engine Start the engine Check for leakage around the drain plug and oil filter Correct as re quired Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes Check the oil level with the dipstick Add engine oil if necessary f ID W a 4 FIE CHANGING ENGINE OIL FILTER 1 Park the vehicle
251. g4 6 2468 65 oa eo eS ees 9 11 Tire PICSSUS se s asc ee oe eH 8 32 Trerotation amp scs s ms tainty ww Be 8 40 Tires of 4 wheel drive 8 42 Types Of tires ne com we ew we eS 8 39 Uniform tire quality grading 9 29 Wheels andtires 8 32 Wheel tire size 220000 9 9 Tire pressure Low tire pressure warning light 2 17 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 5 3 Top tether strap child restraint 1 30 Towing 2 wheel drive models 6 13 4 wheel drive models 6 14 Piet TOWING e dn oee e aa e oa 2 x 9 28 Towing load specification 9 22 Tow truck towing aaa aaa aaa 6 12 Trailer tOWINg 2462404862 dR eS 9 19 Transmission Driving with automatic transmission 5 13 Driving with manual transmission 5 17 Travel See registering your vehicle in another COUNTY eka oe a a we ee 9 10 Tip computer a assesta tren ee wo 2 9 Trip odometer oaa scasc we Bnd Sa sau 2 4 Turn signal switch oe oaaao 2 31 U Uniform tire quality grading 9 29 USB interface Audio file operation 4 45 4 47 V Van MION sos s ok eee oe a e a o we a 3 14 Vehicle dimensions and weights 9 9 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch 2 33 Vehicle dynamic control VDC system 5 35 Vehicle identification 9 10 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 10 Vehicle loading information 9 12 Vehic
252. ght off Outside air is drawn into the passenger compart ment and distributed through the selected outlet Use the off position for normal heater or air con ditioner operation Air conditioner button Start the engine turn the fan control dial to the desired position and press the A C button to turn on the air conditioner The indicator light comes on when the air conditioner is operating To turn off the air conditioner press the A C button again The air conditioner cooling function oper ates only when the engine is running Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster switch For more information about the rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster switch see Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch in the Instruments and controls section of this manual HEATER OPERATION Heating This mode is used to direct heated air to the foot outlets Some air also flows from the defrost outlets 1 Press the C button to the OFF position for normal heating The indicator light on the SS button will go off 2 Press the s air flow control button 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position Ventilation This mode directs outside air to the side and center vents 1 Press the 7 amp 2 button to the OFF position The indicator light on the V amp but
253. gnition switch in the ON position without starting the engine The following lights will come on F BRAKE or O L A _ 4wp The following lights come on briefly and then go off ABS or x ft Q g 4Lo og O D a OFF If any light fails to come on it may indicate an open circuit in the electrical system Have the system repaired promptly WARNING LIGHTS ABS 1 Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light illuminates and then turns off This indicates the ABS is operational If the ABS warning light illuminates while the engine is running or while driving it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer If an ABS malfunction occurs the anti lock func tion is turned off The brake system then operates normally but without anti lock assistance See Brake system in the Starting and driving sec tion AT Automatic transmission oil OIL TEMP iota temperature warning light if so equipped This light comes on when the automatic transmis sion oil temperature is too high If the light comes on while driving reduce the vehicle speed as soon as Safely possible until the light turns off A CAUTION Continued vehicle operation when the A T oil temperature warning light is on may damage the automatic transmission ATP A
254. h is in the LOCK position On manual transmission models to turn the igni tion switch to the LOCK position from the ACC or ON position place the ignition switch in the OFF position push the key in then place the ignition switch in LOCK position KEY POSITIONS LOCK Normal parking position 0 OFF Not used 1 ACC Accessories 2 This position activates electrical accessories such as the radio when the engine Is not running ON Normal operating position 3 This position turns on the ignition system and the electrical accessories START 4 This position starts the engine As soon as the engine has started release the key It automati cally returns to the ON position NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer system will not allow the engine to start without the use of the registered key If the engine fails to start using a registered key for example when interference is caused by another registered key an automated toll road device or automatic payment device on the key ring restart the engine using the following pro cedure 1 Leave the ignition switch in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds 2 Place the ignition switch in the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 10 seconds 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 4 Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the interference separate from the registered key If the no start condition
255. h pedal de pressed then depress and turn the 4WD shift switch to 4LO or 4H You cannot move the transfer 4WD shift switch between 4H and 4LO unless you stop the vehicle and shift the shift lever to the N position with the brake pedal A T models or clutch pedal M T models depressed Turn signal hazard indicator lights The appropriate light flashes when the turn signal switch is activated Both lights flash when the hazard switch is turned on Bo Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF indicator light This indicator light comes on when the Vehicle Dynamic Control off switch is pushed to OFF the transfer case is in the 4LO position PSZ model or when the Vehicle Dynamic Control system is not functioning properly This indicates the Vehicle Dynamic Control system is not oper ating Push the Vehicle Dynamic Control off switch again or restart the engine and the system will operate normally See Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system in the Starting and driving sec tion of this manual The Vehicle Dynamic Control light also comes on when you turn the ignition key to the ON position The light will turn off after about 2 seconds if the system is operational If the light stays on or comes on along with the ff indicator light while you are driving have the Vehicle Dynamic Control system checked by a NISSAN dealer If the battery is removed or discharged the Ve hicle Dynamic Control system is disabled and
256. has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle forward or in reverse at a slow speed When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and is not an indication of a malfunction Starting and driving 5 35 AWARNING e The VDC system is designed to help the driver maintain stability but does not prevent accidents due to abrupt steer ing operation at high speeds or by care less or dangerous driving techniques Reduce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driving and cornering on slippery surfaces and always drive carefully Do not modify the vehicle s suspension If suspension parts such as shock ab sorbers struts springs stabilizer bars bushings and wheels are not NISSAN recommended for your vehicle or are extremely deteriorated the VDC system may not operate properly This could adversely affect vehicle handling per formance and the indicator may flash or the ft indicator light may illuminate If brake related parts such as brake pads rotors and calipers are not NISSAN recommended or are extremely deteriorated the VDC system may not operate properly and the ft indica tor light may illuminate 5 36 Starting and driving If engine control related parts are not NISSAN recommended or are extremely deteriorated the ft indicator light may illuminate When driving on extremely incline
257. hat has suffi cient signal strength When scanning SCAN blinks in the display Pressing the SCAN button again during this 5 second period stops scan tuning and the radio remains tuned to that station 1 to 6 Station memory operations Twelve stations can be set for the FM band 6 for FM1 6 for FM2 and six stations can be set for the AM band 1 Choose the radio band AM FM1 or FM2 using the AM or FM button 2 Tune to the desired station using manual SEEK or SCAN tuning Press and hold any of the desired station memory buttons 1 6 until a beep sound is heard 3 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Programming is now complete 4 Other buttons can be set in the same man ner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be canceled In that case reset the desired stations Compact disc CD player operation Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and carefully insert the compact disc into the slot with the label side up The compact disc is automatically pulled into the slot and starts to play If the radio is already operating it automatically turns off and the compact disc begins to play CD button When the CD button is pressed with a compact disc loaded and the radio playing the radio turns off and the last used compact disc starts to play A Vv SEEK and TRACK Fast Forward Rewind buttons When the SEEK butto
258. he phone call over to the handset Mute Mic Select this option to mute the microphone Select again to unmute the microphone Red phone icon Select to end the phone call ENDING A CALL To end a phone call select the red phone icon on the screen or press the button on the steering wheel 4 76 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems TEXT MESSAGING AWARNING Laws in some jurisdictions may restrict the use of some of the applications and features such as social networking and texting Laws in some jurisdictions may restrict the use of Text to Speech Check lo cal regulations before using this feature Use the text messaging feature after stopping your vehicle in a safe location If you have to use the feature while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while using the text messaging feature pull off the road toa safe location and stop your vehicle The system allows for the sending and receiving of text messages through the vehicle interface Sending a text message 1 Press the CS wheel button on the steering 2 Say Phone after the tone 3 Say Send Text after the tone 4 The system will provide a list of available commands in order to determine the recipi ent of the text message Choose from
259. he cargo in the trailer and vehicle may need to be moved or removed to meet the specified rat ings Example Gross Vehicle Weight GVW as weighed on a scale including passengers cargo and hitch 4 900 Ib 2 222 kg Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR from F M V S S C M V S S certification label 5 400 lb 2 449 kg Gross Combined Weight Rating GCWR from Towing Load Specification chart 9 658 lb 4 380 kg Maximum Trailer towing capacity from Tow ing Load Specification chart 5 000 Ib 2 268 kg 5 400 lb 2 449 kg 4 900 lb 2 222 kg GVWR GVW 500 Ib 226 kg Available for tongue weight 9 658 lb 4 380 kg GCWR 4 900 lb 2 222 kg GVW 4 758 lb 2 158 kg Capacity available for towing 500 Ib 226 kg Available tongue weight 4 758 lb 2 158 kg Available capacity 10 tongue weight Technical and consumer information 9 21 The available towing capacity may be less than the maximum towing capacity due to the passen ger and cargo load in the vehicle Remember to keep trailer tongue weight be tween 10 15 of the trailer weight or within the trailer tongue load specification recommended by the trailer manufacturer If the tongue load becomes excessive rearrange the cargo to ob tain the proper tongue load Do not exceed the maximum tongue weight specification shown in the Towing load specification chart even if the calculated availab
260. he desired position ON The light is illuminated Normal center position The light illuminates when the lift gate is opened The light turns off when the lift gate is closed OFF The light does not illuminate regardless of door position or lock status Instruments and controls 2 51 MEMO 2 52 Instruments and controls 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments REVS vou peau ence meee eae cea eee weeeten yeep 3 2 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys 3 2 DOObs 2252 ive gupaiees ctype Gen T E E E E TT 3 3 Locking with KeYi0 2 ee cteewaenetin se i tees Mende ins 3 3 Locking with inside lock knob 05 3 3 Locking with power door lock switch 3 4 Automatic door locks ais ede ences etn ded tice dx 3 4 Child safety rear door lock 0 ccc cence ees 3 5 Remote keyless entry system 22 05 3 5 How to use remote keyless entry system 3 6 MOOG as2caccevenpee ced ecevserrecee Gyaereerstesen 3 9 Birel e ie gcdatun cen seeaeateneseee cutee sakes recede 3 9 Key operation jc seen ote w eee iawaws eee etaennn 3 10 Opening the liftgate 0 0 e eee eee 3 10 Fusil iller GOOT errsri rrer cg uieedenue EEEE es 3 10 Opening the fuel filler lid nonna 3 10 Fuel filler Cats 24 0 0 b0ecGeuceduen caxwaeu cease 3 10 Steering wheel cece cece eee nents 3 12 TIVODCTANON esensia rsd hndi 3 12 UN VIS ONS ange orp a tae E O eee ease ek 3 13 Vanity mirrors if
261. he hood and all doors A W N Press the button on the keyfob All the doors lock The hazard warning lights flash twice and the horn beeps once to indicate all doors are locked When the button is pressed with all doors locked the hazard warning lights flash twice and the horn beeps once as a reminder that the doors are already locked f a door is open and you press the button the doors will lock but the horn will not beep and the hazard lights will not flash The horn may or may not beep Refer to Silenc ing the horn beep feature in this section for details a Unlocking doors LPD0210 Press the 1 button on the keyfob once Only the driver s door unlocks The hazard warning lights flash once if all doors are completely closed with the ignition switch in any position except the ON posi tion The interior lights illuminate for a period of time when the interior light switch is in the normal operation position Press the if within 5 seconds button on the keyfob again All doors unlock The hazard warning lights flash once if all doors are completely closed The interior lights can be turned off without wait ing by inserting the key into the ignition switch and placing the ignition switch in the ON or START position locking the doors with the key fob or pushing the interior light switch to the OFF position Auto relock Whenthe button onthe keyfob is pressed all do
262. he item Touch an item to select To select the Audio key touch the Audio key 1 on the screen Touch the BACK key to return to the previous screen Adjusting the item Touch the key or the key to adjust the settings of an item Touch the up arrow to scroll up the page one item at a time or touch the double up arrow to scroll up an entire page Touch the down arrow to scroll down the page one Item at a time or touch the double down arrow to scroll down an entire page Inputting characters Touch the letter or number key There are some options available when inputting characters 123 ABC Changes the available character set to numbers Space Inserts a space Deletes the last inputted character with one touch Touch and hold the Delete key to delete all of the characters Completes the character input Touch screen maintenance amount of neutral detergent with a soft cloth Never spray the screen with water or detergent Dampen If lean the displ dry soft cloth ee the cloth first and then wipe the screen If additional cleaning is necessary use a small 4 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems HOW TO USE THE BACK BUTTON Press the BACK button to return to the previous 2 screen APPS INFORMATION 3 E SETTINGS em SiriusXM I SiriusXM a HOW TO USE THE APPS BUTTON For more information about the SiriusXM Travel Link and SiriusXM Traf
263. he parking brake is fully re leased before driving Failure to do so can cause brake failure and lead to an accident Do not release the parking brake from outside the vehicle Do not use the shift lever in place of the parking brake When parking be sure the parking brake is fully engaged e Do not leave children unattended in a vehicle They could release the parking brake and cause an accident To engage Pull the parking brake lever up To release 1 Firmly apply the foot brake 2 Manual transmission models Place the shift lever in the N Neutral position Automatic transmission models Move the shift lever to the P Park position 3 While pulling up on the parking brake lever slightly push the button and lower the lever completely 4 Before driving be sure the brake warning light goes out Starting and driving 5 19 CRUISE CONTROL ACCEL RES co COAST SET a YF CANCEL ACCEL RES switch COAST SET switch CANCEL switch 4 ON OFF switch PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CONTROL lf the cruise control system malfunctions it cancels automatically The SET indicator light in the instrument panel then blinks to warn the driver oa f the SET indicator light blinks turn the cruise control main switch off and have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer 5 20 Starting and driving The SET indicator light may blink when the cruise control main switch is turned ON wh
264. high speed This could cause them to explode and result in serious injury Parts of your vehicle could also overheat and be damaged If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use the following procedure 1 Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control Sys tem 2 Make sure the area in front and behind the vehicle is clear of obstructions 3 Turn the steering wheel right and left to clear an area around the front tires 4 Slowly rock the vehicle forward and back ward Shift back and forth between R Reverse and D Drive automatic transmission models or 1st low and R Reverse manual transmission models Apply the accelerator as little as possible to maintain the rocking motion Release the accelerator pedal before shifting between R and D automatic transmission models or 1st and R manual transmission models Do not spin the tires above 35 mph 55 km h If the vehicle cannot be freed after a few tries contact a professional towing service to remove the vehicle In case of emergency 6 15 MEMO 6 16 Incase of emergency 7 Appearance and care Cleaning exterior 000 cece eee 7 2 Air fresheners son acc keer de neater ewes tae rands 7 4 NV ASOING aoe eure a aea aee 7 2 POOF Malena pinata E E E ET E 7 4 WARN Enno 1 2 PDE oE AA AEE R es 7 5 Removing Spots cece cece teen eens 7 3 Corrosion protection ssrssssseerrsrrerrrere 7 5 UndaiDOdy onid50 cetncciscauectsiteest
265. i vated be sure to have the pretensioner system checked and if necessary re placed by your NISSAN dealer No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the pretensioner system This is to pre vent damage to or accidental activation of the pretensioners Tampering with the pretensioner system may result in serious personal injury Work around and on the pretensioner system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equip ment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the pretensioner system If you need to dispose of a pretensioner or scrap the vehicle contact a NISSAN dealer Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury The pretensioner system may activate with the supplemental air bag system in certain types of collisions Working with the seat belt retractor the pretensioner helps tighten the seat belt when the vehicle becomes involved in certain types of collisions helping to restrain front seat occu pants The pretensioner is encased with the seat belt retractor These seat belts are used the same way as conventional seat belts When a pretensioner activates smoke is re leased and a loud noise may be heard This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause Irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing
266. id the user s authority to op erate the equipment For Canada This device complies with RSS 210 of In dustry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference in clude interference that may cause unde sired operation of the device ON PAVEMENT AND OFF ROAD DRIVING PRECAUTIONS Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles They have higher ground clearance than passen ger cars to make them capable of performing ina variety of on pavement and off road applications This gives them a higher center of gravity than ordinary vehicles An advantage of higher ground clearance is a better view of the road allowing you to anticipate problems However they are not designed for cornering at the same speeds as conventional two wheel drive vehicles any more than low slung sports cars are designed to per form satisfactorily under off road conditions If at all possible avoid sharp turns at high speeds As with other vehicles of this type failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or vehicle rollover In a rollover crash an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt Be sure to read the driving safety precautions later in this section Starting and driving 5 5 AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLLOVER AWARNING Fai
267. ide air bag and curtain air bag systems Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system sus pension system or side panel This could affect proper operation of the cur tain air bag systems Tampering with the side air bag system may result in serious personal injury For example do not change the front seats by placing material near the seat backs or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers around the side air bag Work around and on the side air bag and curtain air bag systems should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equipment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer The SRS wir ing harnesses should not be modified or disconnected Unauthorized electri cal test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the side air bag or curtain air bag systems The SRS wiring harness or connectors are yellow or orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the side air bag and curtain air bag systems and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual 1 58 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Seat belts with pretensioners Front seats AWARNING The pretensioners cannot be reused af ter activation They must be replaced together with the retractor and buckle as a unit If the vehicle becomes involved in a collision but a pretensioner is not act
268. if the vehicle is parked Unbuckle the seat belt to release the child If the seat belt cannot be unbuckled or is already unbuckled release the child by cutting the seat belt with a suitable tool such as a knife or scissors to release the seat belt 1 16 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WRS0175 Front seat shown Fastening the seat belts 1 Adjust the seat See Seats earlier in this section 2 Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the tongue into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage The retractor is designed to lock dur ing a sudden stop or on impact A slow pulling motion permits the seat belt to move and allows you some freedom of movement in the seat Ifthe seat belt cannot be pulled from its fully retracted position firmly pull the belt and release it Then smoothly pull the belt out of the re tractor 3 Position the lap belt portion low and snug on the hips as shown 4 Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder and across your chest The front passenger seat and the rear seating positions three point seat belts have two modes of operation Emergency Locking Retractor ELR Automatic Locking Retractor ALR The Emergency Locking Retractor ELR mode allows the seat belt to extend and retract to allow the driver and passengers som
269. ifference between the diameters of front and rear wheels will make the warning light blink slowly about once per two seconds Change the 4WD shift switch into 2WD and do not drive fast A CAUTION If the warning light comes on or blinks slowly during operation have your ve hicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible Shifting between 4H and 4LO is not recommended when the 4WD warning light turns on When the warning light comes on the 2WD mode may be engaged even if the 4WD shift switch is in 4H Be especially careful when driving If corresponding parts are malfunctioning the 4WD mode will not be engaged even if the 4WD shift switch is shifted Do not drive the vehicle in the 4H or 4LO position on dry hard surface roads Driv ing on dry hard surfaces in 4H or 4LO may cause unnecessary noise tire wear and increased fuel consumption If the 4WD warning light turns on when you are driving on dry hard surface roads inthe 4H position shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD in the 4LO position for automatic transmission vehicles stop the ve hicle and shift the shift lever to the N position with the brake pedal de pressed and shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD in the 4LO position for manual trans mission vehicles stop the vehicle and shift the shift lever to the N po sition with the clutch pedal de pressed and shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD If the warning light is still on a
270. ification chart Supported file systems ISO9660 LEVEL1 ISO9660 LEVEL2 Apple ISO Romeo Joliet SO9660 Level 3 packet writing is not supported MPEG1 MPEG2 MPEG2 5 MP3 8 kHz 48 kHz Supported 8 kbps 320 kbps VBR versions 1 WMA WMA7 WMA8 WMA9 Sampling frequency 32 kHz 48 kHz 75 Kops 192 Kops VER Tag information ID3 tag VER1 0 VER1 1 VER2 2 VER2 3 MP3 only Folder levels Folder levels 8 Max folders 255 including root folder Files 512 Max 255 files for one folder Text character number limitation 128 characters CE 01 ASCII 02 ISO 8859 1 03 UNICODE UTF 16 BOM Big Endian 04 UNICODE UTF 16 Non BOM Big Endian 05 p ay UNICODE UTF 8 06 UNICODE Non UTF 16 BOM Little Endian 1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played 2 Available codes depend on what kind of media versions and information are going to be displayed Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 25 Troubleshooting guide Symptom Cause and Countermeasure Check if the disc was inserted correctly Check if the disc is scratched or dirty Check if there is condensation inside the player If there is wait until the condensation is gone about 1 hour before using the player If there is a temperature increase error the CD player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature Cannot play If there is a mixture of music CD files CD DA
271. ight will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors A CAUTION Do not place metalized film or any metal parts antenna etc on the windows This may cause poor reception of the signals from the tire pressure sensors and the TPMS will not function properly Some devices and transmitters may temporarily interfere with the operation of the TPMS and cause the low tire pressure warning light to illu minate Some examples are Facilities or electric devices using similar radio frequencies are near the vehicle If a transmitter set to similar frequencies is being used in or near the vehicle lf a computer or similar equipment or a DC AC converter is being used in or near the vehicle FCC Notice For USA This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the fol lowing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference re ceived including interference that may cause undesired operation NOTE Changes or modification not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could vo
272. ile pushing the ACCEL RES COAST SET or CANCEL switch located on the steering wheel To properly set the cruise control system use the following proce dures AWARNING Do not use the cruise control when driving under the following conditions When it is not possible to keep the vehicle at a set speed In heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in speed On winding or hilly roads On slippery roads rain snow ice etc In very windy areas Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident A CAUTION On manual transmission models do not shift into N Neutral without depressing the clutch pedal when the cruise control is set Should this occur depress the clutch pedal and turn the main switch off immediately Failure to do so may cause engine damage CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS The cruise control allows driving at a speed be tween 25 89 MPH 40 144 km h without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal To turn on the cruise control push the main switch The CRUISE indicator light in the instru ment panel comes on To set cruising speed accelerate the vehicle to the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it The SET indicator light in the instru ment panel comes on Take your foot off the accel erator pedal Your vehicle maintains the set speed To pass another vehicle depress the ac celerator pedal When you release the pedal the vehicl
273. ill have much less traction or grip under these conditions Try to avoid driving on wet ice until the road is salted or sanded Whatever the condition drive with cau tion Accelerate and slow down with care If accelerating or downshifting too fast the drive wheels will lose even more traction Allow more stopping distance under these conditions Braking should be started sooner than on dry pavement Allow greater following distances on slippery roads e Watch for slippery spots glare ice These may appear on an otherwise clear road in shaded areas If a patch of ice is seen ahead brake before reach ing it Try not to brake while on the ice and avoid any sudden steering maneuvers Do not use the cruise control on slip pery roads e Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gases under your vehicle Keep snow clear of the exhaust pipe and from around your vehicle ENGINE BLOCK HEATER if so equipped Engine block heaters are used to assist with cold temperature starting The engine block heater should be used when the outside temperature is 20 F 7 C or lower AWARNING e Do not use your engine block heater with an ungrounded electrical system or a 2 pronged adapter You can be seri ously injured by an electrical shock if you use an ungrounded connection Disconnect and properly store the en gine block heater cord before starting the engine Damage to the cord could result in an electri
274. ime NISSAN may update or revise this manual to provide Owners with the most accurate information currently available Please carefully read and retain with this manual all revision updates sent to you by NISSAN to ensure you have access to accurate and up to date information regarding your vehicle Current versions of vehicle Owner s Manuals and any updates can also be found in the Owner section of the NISSAN website at https owners nissanusa com nowners navigation manualsGuide If you have questions concerning any information in your Owner s Manual contact NISSAN Consumer Affairs See the NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM page in this Own er s Manual for contact information IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL You will see various symbols in this manual They are used in the following ways AWARNING This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause death or serious personal injury To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures must be followed precisely A CAUTION This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause minor or moder ate personal injury or damage to your ve hicle To avoid or reduce the risk the pro cedures must be followed carefully If you see this symbol it means Do not do this or Do not let this happen amp If you see a symbol similar to these in an illustra tion it means the arrow points to the front of the vehicle C 3 Arrows i
275. indshield washer fluid reservoir lift the cap off the reservoir and pour the windshield washer fluid into the reservoir opening Add a washer solvent to the washer for better cleaning In the winter season add a windshield washer antifreeze Follow the manufacturer s in structions for the mixture ratio Refill the reservoir more frequently when driving conditions require an increased amount of windshield washer fluid Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSAN Wind shield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Anti freeze or equivalent A CAUTION e Do not substitute engine anti freeze coolant for windshield washer solution This may result in damage to the paint Do not fill the windshield washer reser voir with washer fluid concentrates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the windshield washer reservoir e Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s recom mended levels before pouring the fluid into the windshield washer reservoir Do not use the windshield washer res ervoir to mix the washer fluid concen trate and water Maintenance and do it yourself 8 13 BATTERY Keep the battery surface clean and dry Clean the battery with a solution of baking soda and water Make certain the terminal connections are clean and securely tightened If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days or longer di
276. ing played The track plays at an increased speed while reversing or fast forwarding When the button is released the track returns to normal play speed REPEAT RPT When the RPT button is pressed while a track is being played the play pattern can be changed as follows Repeat Off 1 Track Repeat All Repeat Repeat Off Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 49 1 Track Repeat the current track will be re peated All Repeat all songs in the current list are re peated Repeat Off no repeat play pattern is applied RANDOM RDM When the RDM button is pressed while a track Is being played the play pattern can be changed as follows Shuffle Off Track Shuffle Album Shuffle Shuffle Off Track Shuffle the tracks in the current list will be played randomly Album Shuffle the albums in the current list will be played randomly Shuffle Off no random play pattern is applied BACK button When the BACK button is pressed it returns to the previous menu iPod PLAYER OPERATION WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped Connecting iPod AWARNING Do not connect disconnect or operate the USB device while driving Doing so can be a distraction If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an acci dent or serious injury 4 50 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems A CAUTION e Do not force the USB device into the
277. ing the commands separately 6 If the system consistently fails to recognize commands the voice training procedure should be carried out to im prove the recognition response for the speaker See Voice Adaptation VA mode in this section 1 Ensure that the phone book entry name requested matches what was originally stored This can be confirmed by using the List Names command See Phonebook in this section 2 Replace one of the names being confused with a new name 4 72 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped AWARNING e Use a phone after stopping your vehicle in a safe location If you have to use a phone while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle A CAUTION To avoid discharging the vehicle battery use a phone after starting the engine Your NISSAN is equipped with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System If you have a com patible Bluetooth enabled cellular phone you can set up the wireless connection between your cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module With Bluetooth wireless technology you can make or receive a hands free telephone call with your cellular phone in the
278. ion of this manual Malfunction Indicator Light MIL If this indicator light comes on steady or blinks while the engine is running it may indicate a potential emission control malfunction The Malfunction Indicator Light may also come on steady if the fuel filler cap is loose or missing or if the vehicle runs out of fuel Check to make sure the fuel filler cap is installed and closed tightly and that the vehicle has at least 3 gal 11 4 L of fuel in the fuel tank After a few driving trips the C7 light should turn off if no other potential emission control system malfunction exists If this indicator light comes on steady for 20 sec onds and then blinks for 10 seconds when the engine is not running it indicates that the vehicle is not ready for an emission control system inspection maintenance test See Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test in the Tech nical and consumer information section of this manual Operation The Malfunction Indicator Light will come on in one of two ways Malfunction Indicator Light on steady An emission control system malfunction has been detected Check the fuel filler cap if the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning message Is displayed in the odometer If the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The 7 light should turn off after a few driving trips If the C light does not turn off after a few driving trips have
279. ire from under the rear of the vehicle Do not remove the rubber spacer In case of emergency omen 7 To reinstall the wheel insert the tire chain through the wheel Be sure the rubber spacer is centered on the wheel before lift ing Use the assembled jack rod and slowly rotate the winch clockwise to raise the wheel to the vehicle NOTE Inspect the spacer every six years and re place as necessary Contact your NISSAN dealer for replacement parts if necessary A CAUTION Be sure to center the spare tire sus pending plate on the wheel and then lift the spare tire Failure to use the spacer may allow the chain to get stuck on the wheel nut holes Jacking up vehicle and removing the damaged tire AWARNING Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by the jack If it is nec essary to work under the vehicle sup port it with safety stands Use only the jack provided with your vehicle to lift the vehicle Do not use the jack provided with your vehicle on other vehicles The jack is designed for lifting only your vehicle during a tire change e Use the correct jack up points Never use any other part of the vehicle for jack support Never jack up the vehicle more than necessary Never use blocks on or under the jack Do not start or run the engine while vehicle is on the jack It may cause the vehicle to move This is especially true for vehicles with limited slip di
280. ire related Terminology In addition to the many terms that are defined throughout this section Intended Outboard Sidewall is 1 the sidewall that contains a whitewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same molding on the other sidewall of the tire or 2 the out ward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle TYPES OF TIRES A WARNING When changing or replacing tires be sure all four tires are of the same type i e Summer All Season or Snow and construction A NISSAN dealer may be able to help you with information about tire type size speed rating and availability e Replacement tires may have a lower speed rating than the factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety In formation US or Tire Safety Informa tion Canada in the Warranty Informa tion Booklet All season tires NISSAN specifies All Season tires on some mod els to provide good performance all year includ ing snowy and icy road conditions All Season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and or M amp S on the tire sidewall Snow tires have better snow traction than All Season tires and may be more appropriate in some
281. ired level press the MENU button repeatedly until the radio or CD display reappears Other wise the radio or CD display will automatically reappear after about 10 seconds Speed Sensitive Volume SSV adjusts the vol ume of the audio system as the vehicle s driving speed changes It can be set as follows OFF LOW MID HIGH DISP display button Press the DISP display button while a CD is playing to change the text shown in the audio display as follows For CDs Running Time Album Title Artist Name Song Title For MP3 CDs Running Time Folder Title Album Title Artist Name Song Title If the text information is too long to fully be dis played on the screen press and hold the DISP button for longer than 1 5 seconds to scroll through the rest of the text Press the DISP display button while the radio is playing to toggle the audio display between sta tion number and RDS Clock operation To turn the clock display on or off press the MENU button repeatedly until Clock appears on the display Turn the TUNE FOLDER knob to toggle the setting ON or OFF Clock set 1 Press the MENU button repeatedly until Adjust Clock appears on the display 4 30 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 2 Press the ENTER button 3 Change Hour will appear on the screen Turn the TUNE FOLDER knob to adjust the hours and then press ENTER
282. ired posi tion Release the lock lever to lock the steering wheel in place SUN VISORS LPD2021 Type A To block glare from the front swing down the main sun visor 2 To block glare from the side remove the main sun visor from the center mount and swing the visor to the side 3 To extend the sun visor slide in or out as needed A CAUTION Do not store the sun visor before return ing the extension to its original position Do not pull the extension sun visor forcedly downward LPD2154 Type B To block glare from the front swing down the main sun visor 2 To block glare from the side remove the main sun visor from the center mount and swing the visor to the side Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 13 3 Slide the extension sun visor if so equipped in or out as needed A CAUTION Do not store the sun visor before return ing the extension to its original position Do not pull the extension sun visor forcedly downward WPD0315 Type C To block glare from the front swing down the main sun visor 2 To block glare from the side remove the main sun visor from the center mount and swing the visor to the side 3 14 Pre driving checks and adjustments VANITY MIRRORS if so equipped To access the vanity mirror pull the sun visor down and flip open the mirror cover Some vanity mirrors are illuminated and turn on when the mirror Cover is open
283. is pulled quickly from the retractor When the vehicle slows down rapidly 1 18 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system To increase your confidence in the seat belts check the operation as follows Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward quickly The retractor should lock and re strict further belt movement If the retractor does not lock during this check or if you have any questions about seat belt opera tion see a NISSAN dealer Center of the rear bench seat The center seat belt has a connector tongue 1 and a seat belt tongue 2 Both the connector tongue and the seat belt tongue must be securely latched for proper seat belt operation 2 A WARNING Always fasten the connector tongue and the seat belt in the order shown Always make sure both the connector tongue and the seat belt tongue are secured when using the seat belt or installing a child restraint Do not use the seat belt or child restraint with only the seat belt tongue attached This could result in serious personal injury in case of an accident or a sudden stop Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 19 Stowing the center seat belt e If the rear center seat belt connector and the seatbacks are not secured in the correct position serious personal injury may result in an accident or sud den stop When folding down the rear seat the rear center seat belt can be retracted into a stowed posi
284. itch is placed in the ON position the light warns of a low brake fluid level If the light comes on while the engine Is running with the parking brake not applied stop the ve hicle and perform the following 1 Check the brake fluid level Add brake fluid as necessary See Brake fluid in the Main tenance and do it yourself section of this manual 2 If the brake fluid level is correct have the warning system checked by a NISSAN dealer 2 16 Instruments and controls AWARNING Your brake system may not be working properly if the warning light is on Driv ing could be dangerous If you judge it to be safe drive carefully to the nearest service station for repairs Otherwise have your vehicle towed because driv ing it could be dangerous Pressing the brake pedal with the en gine stopped and or a low brake fluid level may increase your stopping dis tance and braking will require greater pedal effort as well as pedal travel If the brake fluid level is below the MINIMUM or MIN mark on the brake fluid reservoir do not drive until the brake system has been checked at a NISSAN dealer Anti lock Braking System ABS warning indicator When the parking brake is released and the brake fluid level is sufficient if both the brake warning light and the Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light illuminate it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly Have the brake system checked and if necess
285. ith which your vehicle is equipped READ FIRST THEN DRIVE SAFELY Before driving your vehicle please read this Owner s Manual carefully This will ensure famil larity with controls and maintenance require ments assisting you in the safe operation of your vehicle AWARNING IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION RE MINDERS FOR SAFETY Follow these important driving rules to help ensure a safe and comfortable trip for you and your passengers e NEVER drive under the influence of al cohol or drugs e ALWAYS observe posted speed limits and never drive too fast for conditions ALWAYS give your full attention to driving and avoid using vehicle features or taking other actions that could distract you e ALWAYS use your seat belts and appro priate child restraint systems Pre teen children should be seated in the rear seat e ALWAYS provide information about the proper use of vehicle safety features to all occupants of the vehicle e ALWAYS review this Owner s Manual for important safety information For descriptions specified for four wheel drive models a 3 J mark is placed at the begin ning of the applicable sections items As with other vehicles with features for off road use failure to operate four wheel drive models correctly may result in loss of control or an accident Be sure to read Driving safety precautions in the Start ing and driving section of this manual ON PAVEMENT AND OFF ROAD DRI
286. l Viscosity SAE 75W 90 10 Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil synthetic 75W 140 or API GL 5 synthetic gear oil Viscosity SAE 75W 140 10 Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Antifreeze or equivalent Technical and consumer information 9 3 FUEL RECOMMENDATION Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI Anti Knock Index num ber Research octane number 91 A CAUTION Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system and may also affect the warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way catalyst Do not use E 15 or E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 15 or E 85 fuel Using E 15 or E 85 fuel in a vehicle not specifically designed for E 15 or E 85 fuel can ad versely affect the emission control de vices and systems of the vehicle Dam age caused by such fuel is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty 9 4 Technical and consumer information e U S government regulations require ethanol dispensing pumps to be identi fied by a small square orange and black label with the common abbrevia tion or the appropriate percentage for that region Gasoline specifications NISSAN recommends using gasoline that meets the World Wide Fuel Charter WWFC specifi cations where it is available Many of the automo bile m
287. ld be placed in a forward facing direction only Move the seat to the rearmost position Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and there fore must not be used in the front seat Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seatback If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint headrest to obtain the correct child restraint fit If the head restraint headrest is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint headrest when the child restraint is removed See Head restraints headrests in this sec tion for head restraint headrest adjustment removal and installation information If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint headrest and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try another seating position or a different child restraint 1 38 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WRS0680 Forward facing step 3 3 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s in structions for belt routing If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the te
288. le recovery auauna ee ee 6 14 Vehicle security system 2 24 Vehicle security system NISSAN vehicle immobi lizer system engine start 9 25 3 2 5 11 Ventilators coi e p Vo ee oe oe ae a 4 13 MISCO Beat 2 eek eae eee be ee a 3 13 Voice recognition system 4 79 Voltmeter he Beda ee ewe ee a hee ea 2 8 Ww Warning AWD warning light 2 17 Air bag warning light 1 60 2 19 Anti lock brake warning light 2 15 Battery charge warning light 2 16 Brake warning light 2 16 Door open warning light aoaaa a 2 16 Engine oil pressure warning light 2 17 Hazard warning flasher switch 6 2 Low fuel warning light 2 17 Low tire pressure warning light 2 17 Low windshield washer fluid warning Gis 2s a a a a he oe 2 19 Passenger air bag and status light 1 54 Seat belt warning light aoaaa 2 19 Vehicle security system 2 24 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 2 44 ue te 2 oS 8 ew 2 14 Warning labels for SRS 1 59 Warning TORNES ss dda 6 he eek ee 2 14 Washer switch Rear window wiper and washer SWHCHCS 4 6 4 0 oo Ad ee ek A 2 27 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 26 Weights See dimensions and weights 9 9 Wheels andtires 2 8 32 Wheel tire size 2 2 a 9 9 When traveling or registering your vehicle in another country ak a sok bw Be Ge Re we 9 10
289. le tongue weight is greater than 15 If the calculated tongue weight is less than 10 reduce the total trailer weight to match the available tongue weight Always verify that available capacities are within the required ratings Trailer frontal area A CAUTION Exceeding the maximum trailer frontal area specification may exceed the towing capacity of the vehicle This may affect the towing performance and lead to vehicle damage The trailer frontal area affects the towing load of a trailer The frontal area is the total area of the vehicle and trailer that is affected by air resis 9 22 Technical and consumer information tance while towing Do not exceed the maximum trailer frontal area specification shown in the Towing Load Specification chart The frontal area can be determined by multiplying the width of the trailer by the height of the trailer For example a trailer that is 8 feet wide by 6 feet tall has a trailer frontal area of 48 square feet TOWING LOAD SPECIFICATION po SCAN Maximum Towing 5 000 Ib Capacity 1 2 2 268 kg 500 Ib Maximum Tongue Load 297 kg Maximum Gross Com 9 658 Ib bined Weight Rating 4 380 kg 60 sq ft 5 52 sq me ters Maximum trailer frontal area 1 The towing capacity values are calculated assuming a base vehicle with driver and any options required to achieve the rating Additional passengers cargo and or optional equipment will add weight to the vehicle and red
290. lete 4 Other buttons can be set in the same man ner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be canceled In that case reset the desired stations Presets can also be selected by touching the desired preset number on the screen Compact disc CD player operation If the radio is already operating it automatically turns off and the compact disc begins to play CD button When the CD button is pressed with the system off and the compact disc loaded the system will turn on and the compact disc will start to play When the CD button is pressed with a compact disc loaded and the radio playing the radio will automatically be turned off and the compact disc will start to play CD MP3 display mode While listening to a CD or an MP3 WMA CD certain text may be displayed when a CD encoded with text is being used Depending on how the CD or MP3 WMA CD is encoded the text is displayed listing the artist album and song title There are other keys displayed on the screen when a CD is playing Touch the Random key to apply a random play pattern to the CD If an MP3 CD is playing touching Ran dom or alternates between Random Folder and Random All This text will appear on the display To cancel Random Mix mode touch the Random or Mix key until the key is no longer highlighted Touch the Repeat key to apply a repeat play pattern to the CD If an MP3 CD is playin
291. lision LICO867 Left hand luggage side nets To install the removable left hand luggage side net A attach the net to the retainers To remove detach the net from the retainers The smaller left hand luggage side net is not removable ROOF RACK Instruments and controls 2 45 AWARNING Drive extra carefully when the vehicle is loaded at or near the cargo carrying capacity especially if the significant portion of that load is carried on the roof rack Heavy loading of the roof rack has the potential to affect the vehicle stability and handling during sudden or abnor mal handling maneuvers e Roof rack distributed e Do not exceed maximum roof rack load weight capacity load should be evenly Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury A CAUTION Use care when placing or removing items from the roof rack If you cannot comfort ably lift the items onto the roof rack from the ground use a ladder or stool 2 46 Instruments and controls Always evenly distribute the cargo on the roof rack The maximum total load including the gear basket is 150 Ib 68 kg evenly distrib uted The maximum total load for the gear basket is 30 Ib 13 kg evenly distributed Be careful that your vehicle does not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or the Gross Axle Weight Ratings GA
292. lt up wax residue and to avoid a weathered appearance before re applying wax A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosing the proper product Wax your vehicle only after a thorough wash ing Follow the instructions supplied with the wax Do not use a wax containing any abrasives cutting compounds or cleaners that may damage the vehicle finish Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on a base coat clear coat paint finish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks REMOVING SPOTS Remove tar and oil spots industrial dust insects and tree sap as quickly as possible from the surface of the paint to avoid lasting damage or staining Special cleaning products are available at a NISSAN dealer or any automotive accessory store UNDERBODY In areas where road salt is used in winter it is necessary to clean the underbody regularly in order to prevent dirt and salt from building up and causing the acceleration of corrosion on the un derbody and suspension Before the winter pe riod and again in the spring the underseal must be checked and if necessary retreated GLASS Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film from the glass surfaces It is normal for glass to become coated with a film after the vehicle is parked in the hot sun Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily remove this film A CAUTION When cleaning the inside of the windows do not use sharp edged tools abrasive cleaners or chlorine based di
293. lume control knob power but ton 13 Station select 1 6 buttons 14 TRACK Y button 15 SEEK button FM AM RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER if so equipped For all operation precautions see Audio opera tion precautions in this section Audio main operation VOL volume knob PWR power button Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and press the VOL volume knob PWR power button while the system is off to call up the mode that was playing immediately before the system was turned off To turn the system off press the VOL volume knob PWR power button Turn the VOL volume knob PWR power AUX IN jack button to adjust the volume AUX button CD button AM button FM button Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 29 MENU button Bass Treble Balance Fade Speed Sensitive Volume and Clock Press the MENU button to change the mode as follows Bass Treble Balance Fade Spd Sen Vol Speed Sensitive Volume AUX IN Volume Clock Clock Adjust To adjust the Bass Treble Fade and Balance press the MENU button until the desired mode appears in the display Press the amp SEEK or TRACK Y button to adjust the setting to the desired level 5 to 5 Balance adjusts the sound between the right and left soeakers Fade adjusts the sound between the front and rear speakers Once you have adjusted the sound quality to the des
294. lure to operate this vehicle in a safe and prudent manner may result in loss of control or an accident Be alert and drive defensively at all times Obey all traffic regulations Avoid excessive speed high speed cornering or sudden steering maneuvers because these driving practices could cause you to lose control of your vehicle AS with any ve hicle loss of control could result in a colli sion with other vehicles or objects or cause the vehicle to roll over particularly if the loss of control causes the vehicle to slide side ways Be attentive at all times and avoid driving when tired Never drive when under the influence of alcohol or drugs including prescription or over the counter drugs which may cause drowsiness Always wear your seat belt as outlined in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental re straint system section of this manual and also instruct your passengers to do so Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in collisions and rollovers In a rollover crash an unbelted or improperly belted person is significantly more likely to be injured or killed than a person properly wearing a seat belt 5 6 Starting and driving OFF ROAD RECOVERY If the right side or left side wheels unintentionally leave the road surface maintain control of the vehicle by following the procedure below Please note that this procedure is only a general guide The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the condi
295. m Tampering with the seat belt system may result in seri ous personal injury e Work on and around the front air bag system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equip ment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer The Supplemental Restraint System SRS wiring should not be modified or disconnected Unauthor ized electrical test equipment and prob ing devices should not be used on the air bag system e A cracked windshield should be re placed immediately by a qualified repair facility A cracked windshield could af fect the function of the supplemental air bag system The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the front air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag and roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bag systems The side air bags are located in the outside of the seatback of the front seats The curtain air bags are located in the side roof rails All of the information cautions and warnings in this manual apply and must be followed The side air bags and curtain air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity side collisions although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity impact They are d
296. ment keys If you still have a key the key number is not necessary when you need extra NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys Your dealer can dupli cate your existing key As many as five NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys can be used with one vehicle You should bring all NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys that you have to your NISSAN dealer for registration This is be cause the registration process will erase the memory of all key codes previously registered into the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System After the registration process these components will only recognize keys coded into the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System during registration Any key that is not given to your dealer at the time of registration will no longer be able to start your vehicle A CAUTION Do not allow the immobilizer system key which contains an electrical transponder to come into contact with water or salt water This could affect system function DOORS When the doors are locked using one of the following methods the doors cannot be opened using the inside or outside door handles The doors must be unlocked to open the doors AWARNING e Always have the doors locked while driving Along with the use of seat belts this provides greater safety in the event of an accident by helping to prevent persons from being thrown from the vehicle This also helps keep children and others from unintentionally open ing the doors and will hel
297. mes as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AA A B and C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as mea sured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and con crete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance AWARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics Temperature A B and C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and exces sive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of perfor mance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test whe
298. mmand When you have finished entering numbers or transferring an entry choose Store The system confirms the name location and number Delete Entry Use the Delete Entry command to erase one entry from the phonebook After the system rec ognizes the command speak the name to delete or say List Names to choose an entry List Names Use the List Names command to hear all the names in the phonebook The system recites the phonebook entries but does not include the actual phone numbers When the playback of the list is complete the system goes back to the main menu You can stop the playback of the list at any time by pressing the button on the steering wheel The system ends the VR session Phonebook phones with automatic phonebook download function NOTE The Transfer Entry command is not avail able when the vehicle is moving Main Menu Phonebook Say a Name List Names A Record Name For phones that support automatic download of the phonebook PBAP Bluetooth profile the Phonebook command is used to manage entries in the vehicle phonebook You can say the name of an entry at this menu to initiate dialing of that entry The phonebook stores up to 1000 names for each phone connected to the system When a phone is connected to the system the phonebook is automatically downloaded to the vehicle This feature allows you to access your
299. mum cargo hauling 4 Disconnect and secure the center seat belt and tongues into the retractor base See Stowing the center seat belt later in this section Then properly stow the outboard seat belts in the seat belt hooks before fold ing down the rear seats See Seat belt hook in this section for more information 1 10 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system The head restraint headrest must be re moved before folding down the seatbacks To remove the head restraint headrest push and hold the lock knob while moving the head restraint headrest in an upward direc tion Store the head restraint headrest prop erly so it is not loose in the vehicle Pull the strap forward located in the center of each seat cushion and fold each seat cushion toward the front of the vehicle 2 Then pull the straps located on the outside edge of each seatback to fold the seatbacks forward 3 This provides a level cargo floor 4 To return the bench seats to a seating posi tion reverse this process Raise the seat backs to an upright position Make sure to hold the seat belts above the seat cushion then push the seat cushion down into place To return the head restraint headrest to the normal position align the head restraint headrest stalks with the holes in the seat Push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint headrest down until it locks in place Safety Seats seat belts
300. n NISSAN recommends rotating the tires every 7 500 miles 12 000 km See Flat tire in the In case of emer gency section in this manual for tire re placing procedures As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 98 ft lb 133 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tight ened to specifications at all times It is recommended that wheel nuts be tightened to specification at each tire rotation interval AWARNING e After rotating the tires check and adjust the tire pressure Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc e Do not include the spare tire in the tire rotation For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet 1 2 Wear indicator Location mark Tire wear and damage AWARNING Tires should be periodically in spected for wear cracking bulg ing or objects caught in the tread If excessive wear cracks bulging or deep cuts are found the tire s should be replaced The original tires have built in tread wear indicators When the wear indicators are visible the tire s should be replaced Tires degrade with age and use Have tires including the spare over 6 years old checked by a quali
301. n You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 7 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the child restraint is loose repeat steps 3 through 6 FORWARD FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS AWARNING The three point seat belt with Automatic Locking Retractor ALR must be used when installing a child restraint Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured The restraint could tip over or be loose and cause injury to a child in a sudden stop or collision Also it can change the operation of the front passenger air bag See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section When installing a child restraint system in the rear center position both the center seat belt connector tongue and buckle tongue must be secured See Attaching the center seat belt in this section Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 37 WRS0699 Forward facing front passenger seat step 1 Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child Safety and Child Restraint sections before in stalling a child restraint Follow these steps to install a forward facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belt in the rear seats or in the front passenger seat 1 If you must install a child restraint in the front seat it shou
302. n 4 or TRACK Y button is pressed while the compact disc is play ing the compact disc plays at an increased speed while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the compact disc returns to normal play speed A v SEEK and TRACK buttons When the SEEK amp button is pressed while the compact disc is playing the next track follow ing the present one starts to play from the begin ning Press the SEEK amp button several times to skip several tracks Each time the button is pressed the CD advances one additional track The track number appears in the display window When the last track on the compact disc is skipped the first track is played Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 31 When the TRACK Y button is pressed the track being played returns to the beginning Press the TRACK Y button several times to skip back several tracks Each time the button is pressed the CD moves back one track RPT RDM button Press the RPT RDM button while a compact disc is playing to change the play pattern as follows CD TRACK REPEAT DISC RANDOM DISC REPEAT MP3 WMA CD FOLDER REPEAT TRACK REPEAT DISC RANDOM FOLDER RANDOM DISC RE PEAT TRACK REPEAT The track that is currently play ing will be repeated DISC RANDOM The order of the tracks on the disc will be mixed during play DISC REPEAT The disc currently playing will be repeated FOLDER REPEAT
303. n a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint headrest when the child restraint is removed See Head restraints headrests in this sec tion for head restraint headrest adjustment information 1 36 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint headrest and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try another seating position or a different child restraint LRS0671 Forward facing step 4 4 For child restraints that are equipped with webbing mounted attachments remove any additional slack from the anchor attach ments Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments 5 Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack WRS0697 Forward facing step 6 6 After attaching the child restraint test it be fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the LATCH attachment path The child re straint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the LATCH at tachment holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it agai
304. n an illustration that are similar to these indicate movement or action s t Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these call attention to an item in the illustration CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING AWARNING Engine exhaust some of its constituents and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of Cali fornia to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm In addition cer tain fluids contained in vehicles and cer tain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth de fects or other reproductive harm CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVISORY Some vehicle parts such as lithium batter ies may contain perchlorate material The following advisory is provided Perchlorate Material special handling may apply See www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate BLUETOOTH is a trademark owned by amp Bluetooth Bluetooth SIG Inc and licensed to Visteon and Bosch SiriusXM Satellite Radio requires subscription sold separately Not available in Alaska Siriusxm Hawaii or Guam For more information visit www siriusxm com 2013 NISSAN NORTH AMERICA INC All rights reserved No part of this Owner s Manual may be reproduced or stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical photocopying recording or otherwise without the prior w
305. n application availability see www nissanusa com connect 4 58 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO When installing a CB ham radio or car phone in your vehicle be sure to observe the following precautions otherwise the new equipment may adversely affect the engine control system and other electronic parts AWARNING A cellular phone should not be used for any purpose while driving so full atten tion may be given to vehicle operation Some jurisdictions prohibit the use of cellular phones while driving If you must make a call while your ve hicle is in motion the hands free cellu lar phone operational mode if so equipped is highly recommended Ex ercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle A CAUTION Keep the antenna as far away as pos sible from the electronic control modules Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in 20 cm away from the electronic control system harnesses Do not route the an tenna wire next to any harness Adjust the antenna standing wave ratio as recommended by the manufacturer Connect the ground wire from the CB radio chassis to the body e For details consult a NISSAN dealer Do not ground electrical accessories di rectly to the
306. n is applied RPT button When the RPT button is pressed while an audio file on the USB device is playing the play pattern can be changed as follows 1 Folder Repeat 1 Track Repeat OFF 1 Track Repeat the current track will be re peated 1 Folder Repeat the current folder will be re peated OFF No repeat play pattern is applied The indi cator on the display will turn off The current play pattern of the USB device is displayed on the screen unless no pattern is applied TUNE SCROLL knob If there are multiple folders with audio files on the USB device turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to change folders Turn the knob to the left to skip back a folder Turn the knob to the right to skip ahead a folder If there is only one folder of audio files on the USB device turning the TUNE SCROLL knob in either direction will re turn to the first track on the USB device USB INTERFACE models with Navigation System Connecting a device to the USB input jack AWARNING Do not connect disconnect or operate the USB device while driving Doing so can be a distraction If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an acci dent or serious injury 4 46 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems A CAUTION e Do not force the USB device into the USB port Inserting the USB device tilted or up side down into the port may damage the port Make sure that the USB device is connecte
307. n it an extender that is compatible with the installed seat belts is available that can be purchased The extender adds approximately 8 in 200 mm of length and may be used for either the driver or front passenger seating position See a NISSAN dealer for assistance with pur chasing an extender if an extender is required AWARNING Only NISSAN seat belt extenders made by the same company which made the Original equipment seat belts should be used with NISSAN seat belts Adults and children who can use the standard seat belt should not use an extender Such unnecessary use could result in serious personal injury in the event of an accident Never use seat belt extenders to install child restraints If the child restraint is not secured properly the child could be seriously injured in a collision or a sud den stop SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE e To clean the seat belt webbing apply a mild soap solution or any solution recom mended for cleaning upholstery or carpet Then wipe with a cloth and allow the seat belts to dry in the shade Do not allow the seat belts to retract until they are completely dry If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide of the seat belt anchors the seat belts may retract slowly Wipe the shoulder belt guide with a clean dry cloth Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 23 Periodically check to see that the seat belt and the metal components such as buckles
308. n the LOCK OFF or ACC position This function indicates the NISSAN Ve hicle Immobilizer System is operational If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System is mal functioning the light will remain on while the ignition switch is placed in the ON position If the light still remains on and or the en gine will not start see a NISSAN dealer for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ser vice as soon as possible Please bring all registered keys that you have when visiting your NISSAN dealer for service 2 26 Instruments and controls WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH SWITCH OPERATION The windshield wiper and washer operates when the ignition switch is in the ON position Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the following speed C Intermittent INT intermittent operation can be adjusted by turning the knob toward A Slower or Faster 2 Low LO continuous low speed operation 3 High HI continuous high speed opera tion Push the lever up 4 to have one sweep opera tion MIST of the wiper Pull the lever toward you to operate the washer The wiper will also operate several times AWARNING In freezing temperatures the washer solu tion may freeze on the windshield and obscure your vision which may lead to an accident Warm the windshield with the defroster before you wash the windshield A CAUTION e Do not operate the washer if the windshield washer fluid reservoir is emp
309. n the key is removed If the indicator light fails to glow for a period of time unlock the door once and lock it again Even when the driver and or passen gers are in the vehicle the system will arm with all doors closed and locked with the ignition switch placed in the OFF position Vehicle security system activation The vehicle security system will give the following alarm The headlights blink and the horn sounds intermittently The alarm automatically turns off after a pe riod of time However the alarm reactivates If the vehicle is tampered with again The alarm can be shut off by unlocking the driver s door with the key or by pressing the M button on the keyfob The alarm is activated by opening a door without using the key or keyfob even if the door is unlocked by using the inside lock knob or the power door lock switch How to stop an activated alarm The alarm stops only by unlocking the driver s door or the liftgate with the key or by pressing the i button on the keyfob The alarm does not stop if the ignition switch is turned to ACC or ON NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of a registered key If the engine fails to start using a registered key for example when interference is caused by another registered key an automated toll road device or automatic payment device on the key ring resta
310. nd when driving over rough terrain Prop erly secure all cargo so it will not be thrown forward and cause injury to you or your passengers To avoid raising the center of gravity excessively do not exceed the rated capacity of the roof rack gear bin if so equipped and evenly distribute the load Secure heavy loads in the cargo area as far forward and as low as pos sible Do not equip the vehicle with tires larger than specified in this manual This could cause your vehicle to roll over Do not grip the inside or spokes of the steering wheel when driving off road The steering wheel could move sud denly and injure your hands Instead drive with your fingers and thumbs on the outside of the rim Before operating the vehicle ensure that the driver and all passengers have their seat belts fastened Always drive with the floor mats in place as the floor may become hot Lower your speed when encountering strong crosswinds With a higher center of gravity your NISSAN is more affected by strong side winds Slower speeds ensure better vehicle control Do not drive beyond the performance capability of the tires even with 4WD engaged For 4WD equipped vehicles do not at tempt to raise two wheels off the ground and shift the transmission to any drive or reverse position with the engine running Doing so may result in drivetrain damage or unexpected ve hicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or p
311. nd sport utility vehicles are available at a NISSAN dealer The hitch should not be attached to or affect the operation of the impact absorbing bumper e Do not use axle mounted hitches Do not modify the vehicle exhaust sys tem brake system etc to install a trailer hitch To reduce the possibility of additional damage if your vehicle is struck from the rear where practical remove the receiver when not in use e After the hitch is removed seal the bolt holes to prevent exhaust fumes water or dust from entering the passenger compartment Regularly check that all trailer hitch mounting bolts are securely mounted Tire pressures When towing a trailer inflate the ve hicle tires to the recommended cold tire pressure indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label Trailer tire condition size load rating and proper inflation pressure should be in accordance with the trailer and tire manufacturer s specifications Safety chains Always use suitable safety chains between your vehicle and the trailer The safety chains should be crossed and should be attached to the hitch not to the vehicle bumper or axle Be sure to leave enough slack in the chains to permit turning corners Trailer lights A CAUTION When splicing into the vehicle electrical system a commercially available power type module converter must be used to provide power for all trailer lighting This unit uses the vehicle
312. nd tighten the wheel nuts finger tight 3 With the wheel nut wrench tighten wheel nuts alternately and evenly as illustrated until they are tight 4 Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire touches the ground Then with the wheel nut wrench tighten the wheel nuts securely in the sequence illustrated Lower the ve hicle completely AWARNING Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to become loose or come off This could cause an accident Do not use oil or grease on the wheel studs or nuts This could cause the nuts to become loose Retighten the wheel nuts when the ve hicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 98 ft lb 133 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to specification at all times It is recom mended that wheel nuts be tightened to specifications at each lubrication interval Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pressure COLD pressure After vehicle has been parked for three hours or more or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km COLD tire pressures are shown on the Tire and Loading Information label located in the driver s door opening 5 Securely store the flat tire and jacking equip ment in the vehicle AWARNING e Always make sure that the spare tire and jacking equipment are prope
313. ndicate a mal function in the system Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer No changes should be made to the seat belt system For example do not modify the seat belt add material or install devices that may change the seat belt routing or tension Doing so may affect the operation of the seat belt system Modifying or tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious per sonal injury Once a seat belt pretensioner has acti vated it cannot be reused and must be replaced together with the retractor See your NISSAN dealer Removal and installation of preten sioner system components should be done by a NISSAN dealer All seat belt assemblies including re tractors and attaching hardware should be inspected after any collision by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN recommends that all seat belt assemblies in use dur ing a collision be replaced unless the collision was minor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly Seat belt assemblies not in use during a collision should also be inspected and replaced if either dam age or improper operation is noted All child restraints and attaching hard ware should be inspected after any col lision Always follow the restraint manufacturer s inspection instructions and replacement recommendations The child restraints should be replaced if they are damaged Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 15 PREGNANT WOMEN NISSAN
314. ndicator light The light comes on when the cruise control main switch is pushed The light goes out when the main switch is pushed again When the cruise main switch indicator light comes on the cruise control system is operational 2 20 Instruments and controls SET Cruise set switch indicator light The light comes on while the vehicle speed is controlled by the cruise control system If the light blinks while the engine is running it may indicate the cruise control system is not functioning prop erly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Electronic locking rear Sen differential E Lock system on indicator light if so equipped This light comes on when the electronic locking rear differential E Lock system clutch is fully engaged The indicator light flashes when the system Is first turned on When the system fully engages the light remains on If the switch is on and the indicator light continues to flash the system is not engaged For additional information see Electronic lock ing rear differential E Lock system switch later in this section and Electronic locking rear differ ential E Lock system in the Starting and driv ing section of this manual a AWD shift indicator light eya model The light should turn off within 1 second after placing the ignition switch in the ON position While the engine is running the 4WD shift indi cator light will illuminate the position
315. nected to the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System 4 78 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems PHONE SETTINGS To access the phone settings h Press the aPPsG button Select the Settings key Select the Phone amp Bluetooth key Select the Phone Settings key and adjust the following settings as desired Sort Phonebook By Select First Name or Last Name to choose how phonebook entries are alpha betically displayed on the screen Use Phonebook From Select Handset to use the phone s phone book Select SIM to use the phonebook on the SIM card Select Both to use both sources Download Phonebook Now Select to download the phonebook to the vehicle from the chosen source Record Name for Phonebook Entry Select to record a name for a phonebook entry for use with the NISSAN Voice Recog nition System Text Messaging Select to toggle the text message function ality on or off Show Incoming Text Select to toggle text notification on or off Auto Reply Select to toggle auto reply functionality on or off Auto Reply Message Select to choose a message that is sent when the auto reply function is activated Use Vehicle s Signature Select to toggle on or off the addition of the vehicle signature to outgoing messages Custom Text Messages Select the predefined messages that are used by the system NISSAN VOI
316. nel Always use the seat belts 1 46 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system The driver and front passenger seat belt buckles are equipped with sensors that detect if the seat belts are fastened The Advanced Air Bag System monitors the severity of a collision and seat belt us age then inflates the air bags as needed Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident The front passenger seat is equipped with an occupant classification sensor pressure sensor that turns the front passenger air bag OFF under some con ditions This sensor is only used in this seat Failure to be properly seated and wearing the seat belt can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident See Front Passenger air bag and sta tus light later in this section Keep hands on the outside of the steer ing wheel Placing them inside the steering wheel rim could increase the risk that they are injured when the front air bag inflates Sit upright and well back AWARNING Never let children ride unrestrained or extend their hands or face out of the window Do not attempt to hold them in your lap or arms Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 47 AWARNING Children may be severely injured or killed when the front air bags side air bags or curtain air bag
317. nformation Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet Maintenance and do it yourself 8 33 TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT FRONT REAR TOTAL AVANT Ea ARRIERE x THE COMBINED WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTS AND CARGO SHOULD NEVER EXCEED LE POIDS TOTAL DES OCCUPANTS ET DU CHARGEMENT NE DOIT JAMAIS DEPASSER COLD TIRE PRESSURE a PRESSION DE PNEUS A FROIu XXX kPa XX psi PXXX XXRXX XXX kPa XX psi DE SPARE es PXXX KXRXX XXX kPa XX psi SIZE DIMENSIONS PXXX XXRXX Tire and loading information label D Seating capacity The maximum num ber of occupants that can be seated in the vehicle Vehicle load limit See loading infor mation in the Technical and con sumer information section Original tire size The size of the tires originally installed on the vehicle at the factory 8 34 Maintenance and do it yourself XXX kg OR XXX Ibs FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION VOIR LE MANUEL DE L USAGER POUR PLUS DE RENSEIGNEMENTS Cold tire pressure Inflate the tires to this pressure when the tires are cold Tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds The recommended cold tire inflation is set by the manufacturer to provide the best balance of tire wear vehicle handling driveability tire noise etc up to the vehicle s GVWR Tire size refer to Tire
318. ng a stuck vehicle Try the 4LO position before using the E Lock system Never use the E Lock system on a slippery road surface such as snow or ice sur face Using the E Lock system when driving in these road conditions may cause unexpected movement of the ve hicle during engine braking accelerat ing or turning which may result in an accident and serious personal injury A CAUTION e After using the E Lock system turn the switch OFF to prevent possible damage to driveline components from extended use Do not drive over 12 MPH 20 km h when the system is engaged Doing so could result in possible damage to the driveline Do not turn on the E lock system while the tires are spinning Doing so could damage drivetrain components 2 36 Instruments and controls CLUTCH INTERLOCK clutch start SWITCH if so equipped CLUTCH START c A WARNING Pay special attention to your surroundings when using the clutch interlock switch The vehicle will move forward or backward according to the gear selected The clutch interlock clutch start switch allows for starting the engine without depressing the clutch pedal This feature helps you restart the engine if it stops under difficult conditions For example the engine stops on a steep hill and a slight movement forward or backward might be dangerous To use the clutch interlock switch 1 Set the parking brake 2 Depress the brake pedal with your right foot
319. ng recommended by NISSAN 6 13 Changing a flat tire Vehicle recovery freeing a stuck vehicle 6 14 JUMP Staring sctce5vedcadeededeebedeteeediesa ads 6 9 FIRST AID KIT if so equipped A first aid kit is located on the back door trim panel To remove the first aid kit A Squeeze the latch buttons 2 Pull the two straps apart to unfasten 6 2 Incase of emergency HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH LIC0394 Push the switch on to warn other drivers when you must stop or park under emergency condi tions All turn signal lights flash A WARNING If stopping for an emergency be sure to move the vehicle well off the road Do not use the hazard warning flashers while moving on the highway unless unusual circumstances force you to drive so slowly that your vehicle might become a hazard to other traffic Turn signals do not work when the haz ard warning flasher lights are on The flashers will operate with the ignition switch placed in any position Some state laws may prohibit the use of the hazard warning flasher switch while driving FLAT TIRE TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS It monitors tire pres sure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit and the CHECK TIRE PRES pressure warning message is dis played in the odometer one or more of your tire
320. ng the switch up down for more than 1 5 seconds provides a different function than a tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds AM and FM Tilt up down for less than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the preset station Tilt up down for more than 1 5 seconds to seek up or down to the next station Press the ENTER button to show the list of preset stations XM if so equipped Tilt up down for less than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the preset station Tilt up down for more than 1 5 seconds to go to the next or previous category Press the ENTER button to show the XM Menu iPod if so equipped CD Tilt up down for less than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the track number Press the ENTER button to show the iPod Menu Tilt up down for less than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the track number Tilt up down for more than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the folder number if playing compressed audio files Press the ENTER button to show the CD Menu USB if so equipped Tilt up down for less than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the track number Tilt up down for more than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the folder number Press the ENTER button to show the USB Menu Bluetooth Audio Tilt up down for less than 1 5 seconds to skip ahead or back to the next song Tilt up down for more than 1 5 seconds to reverse or fast forward the current son
321. ng the turn Crosswinds and rough roads will adversely affect vehicle trailer handling possibly caus ing vehicle sway When being passed by larger vehicles be prepared for possible changes in crosswinds that could affect ve hicle handling Do the following if the trailer begins to sway 1 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal to allow the vehicle to coast and steer as straight ahead as the road conditions allow This combination will help stabilize the ve hicle Do not correct trailer sway by steering or applying the brakes When the trailer sway stops gently apply the brakes and pull to the side of the road ina safe area Try to rearrange the trailer load so it is bal anced as described earlier in this section Be careful when passing other vehicles Passing while towing a trailer requires con siderably more distance than normal pass ing Remember the length of the trailer must also pass the other vehicle before you can safely change lanes Downshift the transmission to a lower gear for engine braking when driving down steep or long hills This will help slow the vehicle without applying the brakes Avoid holding the brake pedal down too long or too frequently This could cause the brakes to overheat resulting in reduced braking efficiency Increase your following distance to allow for greater stopping distances while towing a trailer Anticipate stops and brake gradually NISSAN recommend
322. nition switch is in the ON position When the switch is in the ON DOOR or normal position 2 the interior lights will stay on for about 30 seconds when The doors are unlocked by the keyfob a key or the power door lock switch while all doors are closed and the ignition switch is in the OFF position 2 50 Instruments and controls WIC0879 Type B The driver s door is opened and then closed while the key is removed from the ignition switch The key is removed from the ignition switch while all doors are closed The lights will turn off while the timer is activated when The driver s door is locked by the keyfob a key or the power door lock switch The ignition switch is placed in the ON po sition The lights will turn off automatically after a period of time while doors are open to prevent the bat tery from becoming discharged When the switch is in the OFF position the interior lights do not illuminate regardless of door position A CAUTION Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery MAP LIGHTS To turn the map lights on press the switches To turn them off press the switches again A CAUTION Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery CARGO LIGHT The cargo light on the overhead trim has a three position switch To operate push the switch to t
323. nition switch placed in the OFF posi tion a chime sounds when the driver s door is opened if the headlights or parking lights are on Turn the headlight control switch off before leav ing the vehicle Instruments and controls 2 23 SECURITY SYSTEMS Your vehicle may have two types of security sys tems Vehicle security system NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM The vehicle security system provides visual and audible alarm signals if someone opens the doors when the system is armed It is not however a motion detection type system that activates when a vehicle is moved or when a vibration occurs The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannot prevent it nor can it prevent the theft of interior or exterior vehicle components in all situations Al 2 24 Instruments and controls ways secure your vehicle even if parking for a brief period Never leave your keys in the ignition and always lock the vehicle when unattended Be aware of your surroundings and park in secure well lit areas whenever possible Many devices offering additional protection such as component locks identification markers and tracking systems are available at auto supply stores and specialty shops Your NISSAN dealer may also offer such equipment Check with your insurance company to see if you may be eligible for discounts for various theft protection features How to arm the vehicle security system 1 Close
324. nnect or operate the USB device while driving Doing so can be a distraction If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an acci dent or serious injury A CAUTION e Do not force the USB device into the USB port Inserting the USB device tilted or up side down into the port may damage the port Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB port Do not grab the USB port cover if so equipped when pulling the USB device out of the port This could damage the port and the cover e Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally Pulling the cable may damage the port Refer to your device manufacturer s owner infor mation regarding the proper use and care of the device To connect an iPod to the vehicle so that the iPod can be controlled with the audio system controls and display screen use the USB jack located in the center console 1 Connect the iPod specific end of the cable to the iPod and the USB end of the cable to the USB jack on the vehicle If your iPod supports charging via a USB connection its battery will be charged while connected to the vehicle with the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position 4 48 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems While connected to the vehicle the iPod can only be operated by the vehicle audio controls To disconnect the iPod from the vehicle re move the USB end of the
325. ns make sure they are the proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to the chain manufacturer s suggestions Use only SAE class S chains Class S chains are used on vehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clearance Vehicles that can use Class S chains are de signed to meet the minimum clearances between the tire and the closest vehicle suspension or body component required to accommodate the use of a winter traction device tire chains or cables The minimum clearances are determined using the factory equipped tire size Other types may damage your vehicle Use chain tensioners when recommended by the tire chain manufac turer to ensure a tight fit Loose end links of the tire chain must be secured or removed to prevent the possibility of whipping action damage to the fenders or underbody If possible avoid fully load ing your vehicle when using tire chains In addi tion drive at a reduced speed Otherwise your vehicle may be damaged and or vehicle handling and performance may be adversely affected 8 40 Maintenance and do it yourself Tire chains must be installed only on the rear wheels and not on the front wheels Do not use tire chains on dry roads Driving with chains in such conditions can cause damage to the various mechanisms of the vehicle due to some overstress Use only the 2WD range when driving on clear paved roads WD10258 CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES Tire rotatio
326. nsmission gears D1 or D2 or manual transmis sion 1st gear or 2nd gear for engine braking e Do not operate the 4WD shift switch between 2WD and 4H with the rear wheels spinning Do not drive on dry hard surface roads in the 4H or 4LO position Driving on dry hard surfaces in 4H or 4LO may cause unnecessary noise and tire wear NISSAN recommends driving in the 2WD position under these conditions e The 4WD transfer case may not be shifted between 4H and 4LO at low am bient temperatures and the transfer 4LO position indicator light may blink even when the 4WD shift switch is shifted After driving for a while you can change the 4WD transfer case between 4H and 4LO When driving on rough roads Set the 4WD shift switch to 4H or 4LO Drive carefully according to the road surface conditions When the vehicle is stuck Set the 4WD shift switch to 4H or 4LO Use the Electronic Locking Rear Differential E Lock system if so equipped Turn the switch ON while the vehicle is stationary and apply the throttle to try to free the vehicle If it is difficult to free the vehicle rock the vehicle back and forth between reverse and drive gears If the vehicle is stuck deep in mud place stones or wooden blocks under the tires Then try the recovery procedures above Tire chains may be effective A CAUTION e Do not spin the tires excessively Tires will sink deep into the mud making it difficult to fre
327. ntal air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON or START position After placing the ignition switch to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 sec onds if the system is operational Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 45 Sit upright and well back AWARNING The front air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a side impact rear impact rollover or lower severity fron tal collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents The front passenger air bag will not inflate if the passenger air bag status light is lit or if the front passenger seat is unoccupied See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section The seat belts and the front air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat The front air bags inflate with great force Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag Sys tem if you are unrestrained leaning forward sitting sideways or out of posi tion in any way you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the front air bag if you are up against it when it inflates Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practi cal from the steering wheel or instru ment pa
328. nterfere with FM station reception even if the FM station is within 25 mi 40 km The strength of the FM signal is directly related to the distance between the transmitter and receiver FM signals follow a line of sight path exhibiting many of the same char acteristics as light For example they will reflect off objects Fade and drift As your vehicle moves away from a station transmitter the signals will tend to fade and or drift Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 21 Static and flutter During signal interference from buildings large hills or due to antenna position usually in conjunction with increased distance from the station transmitter static or flutter can be heard This can be reduced by adjusting the treble control to reduce treble response Multipath reception Because of the reflective characteristics of FM signals direct and reflected signals reach the receiver at the same time The signals may cancel each other resulting in mo mentary flutter or loss of sound AM RADIO RECEPTION AM signals because of their low frequency can bend around objects and skip along the ground In addition the signals can be bounced off the ionosphere and bent back to earth Because of these characteristics AM signals are also sub ject to interference as they travel from transmitter to receiver Fading Occurs while the vehicle is passing through freeway underpasses or in areas with many tall b
329. o equipped This unit has the following functions Measures terrestrial magnetism and indi cates heading direction of vehicle Indicates outside air temperature With the ignition switch in the ON position press the button as described in the charts be low to activate various features of the automatic anti glare review mirror Push and hold Feature the Push button again for about 1 sec button for about ond to change settings Compass outside temperature dis 1 second play toggles on off Outside temperature display toggles Iahi Si caconde Automatic anti glare indicator lig toggles on off Compass zone can be changed to 11 seconds correct false compass readings Compass enters calibration mode For information about the automatic anti glare feature refer to Automatic anti glare rearview mirror in the Pre driving checks and adjust ments section 2 10 Instruments and controls t WIC0904 OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE DISPLAY Push the button for about 1 second when the ignition key is in the ON position to toggle the outside temperature and compass direction dis play on or off To change from F to C push and hold the button for about 5 seconds until the display begins to flash Press the button again to toggle between F and C When the outside temperature is between 1 40 F 60 C and 194 F 90 C the display will read 140 F 60 C When the tempera
330. ocked when driving LIC0870 Gear basket if so equipped To remove the gear basket assembly 1 Open the lid 2 Loosen the 4 Torx head fasteners with a Torxdriver by turning counterclockwise A 3 Lift the gear basket to remove it 4 Reverse to reinstall 5 Always check the tightness of the gear bas ket fasteners Instruments and controls 2 47 WINDOWS POWER WINDOWS AWARNING Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle while it is in motion and before closing the windows Use the window lock switch to prevent unexpected use of the power windows Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls and become trapped in a window Unattended chil dren could become involved in serious accidents The power windows operate when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position or for a period of time after the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position If the drivers or passenger s door is opened during this period of time the power to the windows is canceled 2 48 Instruments and controls ToS SYS Window lock button Power door lock switch Front passenger s side window switch Right rear passenger s window switch Left rear passenger s window switch Driver s side automatic switch Driver s side power window switch The driver s side control panel is equipped with switches to open or close the front
331. od Classic 6th generation firmware ver sion 2 0 1 or later iPod Classic 7th generation firmware ver sion 2 0 4 or later iPod Touch 2nd generation firmware ver sion 4 2 1 or later iPod Touch 3rd generation firmware ver sion 5 1 or later iPod Touch 4th generation firmware ver sion 5 1 or later iPod nano 1st generation firmware ver sion 1 3 1 or later iPod nano 2nd generation firmware ver sion 1 1 3 or later iPod nano 3rd generation firmware ver sion 1 1 3 or later iPod nano 4th generation firmware ver sion 1 0 4 or later iPod nano 5th generation firmware ver sion 1 0 2 or later iPod nano 6th generation firmware ver sion 1 1 or later iPhone 3G firmware version 4 2 1 or later iPhone 3GS firmware version 5 1 or later iPhone 4 firmware version 5 1 or later iPhone 4S firmware version 5 1 or later Some features of this iPod may not be fully functional Make sure that your iPod firmware is updated to the version indicated above iPod S XXXXXXXX JY XXXXXXXX KE XXXXXXXX X xx Audio main operation Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position Press the AUX button repeatedly to switch to the iPod mode If the system has been turned off while the iPod was playing pressing the VOL ON OFF control knob will start the iPod AUX button When the AUX button is pressed with the s
332. of this manual Fluid leaks Check under the vehicle for fuel oil water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has been parked for a while Water dripping from the air conditioner after use is normal If you should notice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident check for the cause and have it corrected imme diately Power steering fluid level and lines Check the level when the fluid is cold with the engine off Check the lines for proper attachment leaks cracks etc Radiator and hoses Check the front of the radiator and clean off any dirt insects leaves etc that may have accumulated Make sure the hoses have no cracks deformation rot or loose connections Underbody The underbody is frequently ex posed to corrosive substances such as those used on icy roads or to control dust It is very important to remove these substances from the underbody otherwise rust may form on the floor pan frame fuel lines and exhaust system At the end of winter the underbody should be thor oughly flushed with plain water in those areas where mud and dirt may have accumulated See the Appearance and care section of this manual Windshield washer fluid Check that there is adequate fluid in the reservoir MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS When performing any inspection or maintenance work on your vehicle always take care to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or damage to the vehicle The following are general precau
333. ognition systems 4 27 Bluetooth streaming audio if so equipped Some Bluetooth audio devices may not be recognized by the in vehicle audio system It is necessary to set up the wireless con nection between a compatible Bluetooth audio device and the in vehicle Bluetooth module before using the Bluetooth audio Operating procedure of the Bluetooth au dio will vary depending on the devices Make sure how to operate your audio device be fore using it with this system The Bluetooth audio may be stopped un der the following conditions Receiving a call on the Hands Free Phone System Checking the connection to the hands free phone Do not place the Bluetooth audio device in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle Bluetooth module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless con nection disruption amp Bluetooth While an audio device is connected through the Bluetooth wireless connection the battery power of the device may discharge quicker than usual This system supports the Bluetooth Audio Distribution Profile A2DP AVRCP BLUETOOTH is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and licensed to Visteon and Bosch 4 28 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 1 2 3 4 D 6 CD eject button 7 CD insert slot 8 SCAN button 9 DISP button 10 RPT RDM button 11 TUNE FOLDER knob MENU button 12 VOL vo
334. ollowing voice commands can be spoken to have the system provide instructions and tips for using the NISSAN Voice Recognition system List Commands What Can Say General Help Quit Exit Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 83 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty If problems are en countered follow the solutions given in this guide for the appropriate error Where the solutions are listed by number try each solution in turn starting with number one until the problem is resolved The system responds Command Not 1 Ensure that the command format is valid Use the List Commands or What Can Say command under the Help menu Recognized or the system fails to rec 2 Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level ognize the command correctly 3 Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive for example with the windows open or the defroster on NOTE If it is too noisy to use the phone it is likely that voice commands will not be recognized 4 lf optional words of the command have been omitted then the command should be tried with these in place 4 84 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems MEMO Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 85 5 Starting and driving Precautions when starting and driving
335. om the door finishers and side roof rails The side air bags and curtain air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the occupants Because of this the force of the side air bag and curtain air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against these air bag modules during inflation The side air bag will deflate quickly after the collision is over The curtain air bags will remain inflated for a short time The side air bags and curtain air bags op erate only when the ignition switch is in the ON or START position After placing the ignition switch in the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 sec onds if the system is operational Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 57 AWARNING Do not place any objects near the seat back of the front seats Also do not place any objects an umbrella bag etc between the front door finisher and the front seat Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if a side air bag inflates Right after inflation several side air bag and curtain air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems This is to prevent damage to or accidental inflation of the s
336. on 3 4 Pre driving checks and adjustments When the power door lock switch driver or pas senger side is moved to the lock position with the key in the ignition and any door open all doors will lock and then unlock automatically Lockout protection When the power door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side is moved to the lock position with the key in the ignition switch and any door open all doors will lock and then unlock automatically This helps to prevent the keys from being accidently locked inside the vehicle AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS All doors lock automatically when the vehicle speed reaches 15 MPH 24 km h All doors unlock automatically when the ig nition switch is placed in the OFF position or when the key is removed from the ignition switch The automatic unlock function can be de activated or activated To deactivate or acti vate the automatic door unlock system perform the following procedure 1 Close all doors 2 Place the ignition switch in the ON position 3 Within 20 seconds of performing Step 2 push and hold the power door lock switch to the amp position UNLOCK for more than 5 seconds 4 When activated the hazard indicator will flash twice When deactivated the hazard indicator will flash once 5 The ignition switch must be placed in the OFF and ON position again between each setting change When the automatic door unlock system is deac tivated the doors
337. on proceed as follows to remove the key 1 Move the shift lever into the P Park posi tion 2 Turn the ignition key slightly toward the ON position 3 Turn the key to the LOCK position 4 Remove the key The shift lever is designed so it cannot moved out of P Park and into any of the other gear posi tions if the ignition key is turned to OFF position or if the key is removed from the switch The shift lever can be moved if the ignition switch is in the ON position and the foot brake pedal is depressed There is an OFF position between the LOCK and ON positions The OFF position is indicated by a 1 on the ignition switch When the ignition is in the OFF position the steering wheel is not locked for mod els with a steering lock mechanism In order for the steering wheel to be locked it must be turned about 1 8 of a turn clockwise from the straight up position To lock the steering wheel turn the key to the LOCK position Remove the key To unlock the steering wheel insert the key and turn it gently while rotating the steer ing wheel slightly right and left If the key will not turn from the LOCK posi tion turn the steering wheel to the left or right while turning the key to unlock the key cylinder MANUAL TRANSMISSION if so equipped The ignition switch includes a device that helps prevent accidental removal of the key while driv ing The key can only be removed when the ignition switc
338. orages and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision First secure the child restraint with the LATCH lower anchors rear outboard seat positions only or the seat belt as applicable 1 If necessary raise or remove the head restraint headrest to position the top tether strap over the top of the seatback 1 If the head restraint headrest is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint headrest when the child re straint is removed See Head restraint headrest in this section for head restraint headrest adjustment removal and installation information 2 Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point on the seat directly behind the child restraint 3 Refer to the appropriate child restraint in stallation procedure steps in this section before tightening the tether strap If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap consult your NISSAN dealer for details BOOSTER SEATS Precautions on booster seats AWARNING If a booster seat and seat belt are not used properly the risk of a child being injured in a sudden stop or collision greatly increases Make sure the shoulder portion of the belt is away from the child s face and neck and the lap portion of the belt does not cross the stomach Make sure the shoulder belt is not be hind the child or under the child s arm A booster seat must only be installed in a seating po
339. ormation see Security sys tems in this section R Slip indicator light This indicator will blink when the VDC system or the traction control system is operating thus alerting that the vehicle is nearing its traction limits The road surface may be slippery Transfer 4LO position indicator light eyz model The light should turn off within 1 second after turning the ignition switch to ON This light comes on when the 4WD shift switch is set in the 4LO position with the ignition switch in the ON position The transfer case may be damaged if you shift the switch while driving Make sure the transfer 4LO position indicator light turns on when you shift the 4WD shift switch to 4LO The indicator light may blink while shifting from one drive mode to the other The 4LO indicator light must stop blinking and remain illuminated or turn off before shifting the transmission into gear If the shift lever is shifted from the N Neutral position to any other gear when the 4LO indicator light is blinking the ve hicle may move unexpectedly When you shift between 4H and 4LO follow the instructions below For automatic transmission models stop the vehicle and shift the shift lever to the N Neutral position with the brake pedal de pressed then depress and turn the 4WD shift switch to 4LO or 4H For manual transmission models stop the vehicle and shift the shift lever to the N Neutral position with the clutc
340. ors will lock automatically within 1 minute unless one of the following operations is per formed Any door is opened A key is inserted into the ignition switch and the switch is cycled from OFF to ON Using the panic alarm If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened you may activate the panic alarm to call attention by pressing and holding the 1 button on the keyfob for longer than 0 5 seconds The panic alarm and headlights will stay on for a period of time The panic alarm stops when it has run for a period of time or any button is pressed on the keyfob Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 7 Using the interior lights Press the button on the keyfob once to turn on the interior lights For additional information refer to Interior lights in the Instruments and controls section in this manual 3 8 Pre driving checks and adjustments LPD0262 Silencing the horn beep feature If desired the horn beep feature can be deacti vated using the keyfob To deactivate Press and hold the and A buttons for at least 2 seconds The hazard warning lights will flash three times to confirm that the horn beep feature has been deactivated To activate Press and hold the and if buttons for at least 2 seconds once more The hazard warning lights will flash once and the horn will sound once to confirm that the horn beep feature has been reactivated Deactivating the horn beep fe
341. osition For manual transmission vehicles move the shift lever to N Neutral position 4 With the brake pedal depressed on automatic transmission vehicles or with the clutch pedal depressed on manual transmission vehicles move the 4WD shift switch to desired mode Be sure to wait until the transfer gear change completes before shifting the shift lever from N Neutral position While changing in and out of 4LO the ignition key must be ON and the vehicle s engine must be running for a shift to take place and for the indicator lights 4WD shift and 4LO position indicator to be operable Otherwise the shift will not take place and no indicator lights will be on or flashing Make sure the transfer 4LO position indicator light turns on when you shift the 4WD shift switch to 4LO The indicator light will also turn on when 4LO is selected See Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system later in this section Starting and driving 5 25 The transfer case 4WD shift switch is used to select either 2WD or 4WD depending on the driving conditions There are three types of drive modes available 2WD 4H and 4LO The 4WD shift switch electronically controls the transfer case operation Rotate the switch to move between each mode 2WD 4H and 4LO To change into or out of 4LO the vehicle MUST be stationary shift the shift lever to N Neutral position and for automatic transmission vehicles depress the brake pedal or for manual transmission
342. ot RDS information is displayed on the screen while the radio is playing Language Select Select the desired language for the system Eng lish Spanish and French are the available lan guages iPod MENU button This button can only be used for iPod opera tions See iPod player operation without Navi gation System later in this section for details about the function of this button FM AM SAT radio operation FM AM button Press the FM AM button to change the band as follows AM FM1 FM2 AM If another audio source is playing when the FM AM button is pressed the audio source play ing will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will begin playing The FM stereo indicator STEREO is shown on the screen during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio auto matically changes from stereo to monaural re ception XM band select Press the XM button to change the band as follows XM1 XM2 XM3 XM1 satellite if so equipped Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 35 When the XM button is pressed while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the station last played The last station played will also come on when the VOL ON OFF control knob is pressed ON When the XM button is pressed the satellite radio reception will not be available unless an optional satelli
343. ot ideal or ambient sound is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other person s voice dur ing a call Do not place the cellular phone in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless connection disruption 4 60 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems While acellular phone is connected through the Bluetooth wireless connection the battery power of the cellular phone may dis charge quicker than usual The Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System cannot charge cellular phones Ifthe hands free phone system seems to be malfunctioning see Troubleshooting guide in this section You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for trouble shooting help Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Stor ing the device in a different location may reduce or eliminate the noise Refer to the cellular phone Owner s Manual regarding the telephone charges cellular phone antenna and body etc REGULATORY INFORMATION FCC Regulatory information CAUTION To maintain compliance with FCC s RF exposure guidelines use only the supplied antenna Unauthorized antenna modification or attachments could damage the transmitter and may violate FCC regula tions Operation is subject to the following two con ditions 1 This device may not
344. ot use the seat heater for extended periods or when no one is using the seat Do not put anything on the seat which insulates heat such as a blanket cush ion seat cover etc Otherwise the seat may become overheated Do not place anything hard or heavy on the seat or pierce it with a pin or similar object This may result in damage to the heater Any liquid spilled on the heated seat should be removed immediately with a dry cloth e When cleaning the seat never use gasoline benzine thinner or any simi lar materials If any malfunctions are found or the heated seat does not operate turn the switch off and have the system checked by your NISSAN dealer HORN To sound the horn push the area between the horn icons on the steering wheel AWARNING Do not disassemble the horn Doing so could affect proper operation of the supplemental front air bag system Tam pering with the supplemental front air bag system may result in serious personal injury VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC OFF SWITCH OFF LIC1548 The vehicle should be driven with the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system on for most driv ing conditions If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow the VDC system reduces the engine output to reduce wheel spin The engine speed will be reduced even if the accelerator is depressed to the floor If maximum engine power Is needed to free a stuck vehicle turn the VDC system off To tu
345. otch before riding in that designated seating position Raise To raise the head restraint headrest pull it up Make sure the head restraint headrest is posi tioned so the lock knob is engaged in the notch before riding in that designated seating position Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 7 Lower To lower push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint neadrest down Make sure the head restraint headrest is posi tioned so the lock knob is engaged in the notch before riding in that designated seating position Front seat Active Head Restraints The Active Head Restraint moves forward utiliz ing the force that the seatback receives from the occupant in a rear end collision The movement of the head restraint helps support the occu pant s head by reducing its backward movement and helping absorb some of the forces that may lead to whiplash type injuries Active Head Restraints are effective for collisions at low to medium speeds in which it is said that whiplash injury occurs most Active Head Restraints operate only in certain rear end collisions After the collision the head restraints return to their original position 1 8 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Adjust the Active Head Restraints properly as described in this section FLEXIBLE SEATING AWARNING Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area or on the rear seats when they are in
346. ough the list touch the A Z key in the upper right corner of the screen Turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to choose a letter or number and then press ENTER The list will move to the first entry that begins with that number or letter Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 75 MAKING A CALL To make a call follow the procedure below 1 Pressthe button on the control panel The Phone screen will appear on the dis play 2 Select one of the following options to make a call Phonebook Select the name from an entry stored in the vehicle phonebook Call Lists Select the name from the in coming outgoing or missed Redial Dial the last outgoing call from the vehicle BS Input the phone number manually using a keypad displayed on the screen For information on how to use the touch screen see How to use the touch screen in this section RECEIVING A CALL When a call is placed to the connected phone the display will change to phone mode To accept the incoming call either e Press the fi wheel or Touch the l To reject the incoming call either Press the wheel or button on the steering icon on the screen button on the steering Touch the red phone icon on the screen DURING A CALL While a call is active the following options are available on the screen e Handset Select this option to switch control of t
347. ow these instructions to set the variance for your particular location if this happens 1 Press and hold the button for about 11 seconds The current zone number will appear in the display Release the button Find your current location on the zone map Refer to the illustration Pressthe button repeatedly to toggle through the zone numbers until the desired number appears in the display Once you have selected a zone number the display will show a compass direction within a few seconds Inaccurate compass direction The compass display is equipped with automatic correction function If the correct direction is not shown follow this procedure T With the display turned on press and hold the button for about 13 seconds The CAL icon in the compass display will illu minate 2 Calibrate the compass by driving the vehicle in three complete circles at a maximum speed of 5 MPH 8 km h 3 After completing the circles the display should return to normal A CAUTION Do not install a ski rack antenna etc which are attached to the vehicle by means of a magnet They affect the op eration of the compass When cleaning the mirror use a paper towel or similar material dampened with glass cleaner Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror as it may cause the liquid cleaner to enter the mirror housing Instruments and controls 2 13 WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS
348. p keep out intruders Before opening any door always look for and avoid oncoming traffic Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents LPD0240 Driver s side LOCKING WITH KEY The power door lock system allows you to lock or unlock all doors at the same time Turning the key toward the front 1 of the vehicle locks all doors Turning the key one time toward the rear 2 of the vehicle unlocks that door From that position returning the key to neutral 3 where the key can only be removed and inserted and turning it toward the rear again within 5 seconds un locks all doors LPD0320 Inside lock LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB To lock the door without the key move the inside lock knob to the lock position 1 then close the door To unlock the door without the key move the inside lock knob to the unlock position Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 3 WPD0381 Driver s side LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH To lock all the doors without a key push the door lock switch driver or front passenger side to the lock position 1 then close the door When locking the door this way be certain not to leave the key inside the vehicle To unlock all the doors without a key push the door lock switch driver or front passenger side to the unlock positi
349. p light 8 30 Brake system 6 4 8 6 8 4 0 aaa 5 32 Brake warning light 2 16 Brake wear indicators a 2 23 8 22 Parking brake operation 5 19 Self adjusting brakes 8 22 BrakeS 6 ude as 6 bP SS Sw nr cama 8 22 Break in schedule 5 21 Brightness contrast button 4 7 Brightness control Instrument panel 2 30 Bulb check instrument panel 2 15 Bulb replacement a 0 2 4 de amp ee oe 4 8 30 C Capacities and recommended TUCIMUDHCANIS a so a oe woe aaa a d oa 9 2 Cargo light sos iea seia sea e a eS 2 51 Cargo Wels 65 2 0 5 6 Mace aa a a oS 2 44 Cargo See vehicle loading information 9 12 Car phone or CBradio 4 58 CD care and cleaning 4 55 CD player See audio system 4 31 4 36 4 42 Check tire press 2 2 ee ee ee Child restraints Precautions on child restraints Top tether strap anchor point locations 1 30 Child restraint with top tether strap 1 30 Child safety reardoorlock 3 5 Chimes audible reminders 2 23 Cleaning exterior and interior 7 2 ClOCK SERRER EEEE E E E 4 30 models without navigation system 4 30 lock Set sac oo ke eS oS e a ee 4 30 Clutch Cluteh Huid lt s s ss a soaa manama a 8 13 Clutch interlock clutch start switch 9 36 C M V S S certification label 9 11 Cold weath
350. p started A CAUTION Do not keep the starter motor engaged for more than 10 seconds If the engine does not start right away turn the key off and wait 3 to 4 seconds before trying again 7 After starting the engine carefully discon nect the negative cable and then the positive cable 8 Replace the vent caps if so equipped Be sure to dispose of the cloth used to cover the vent holes as it may be contaminated with corrosive acid PUSH STARTING A CAUTION e Do not push start this vehicle The three way catalyst may be damaged Automatic transmission models cannot be push started or tow started At tempting to do so may cause transmis sion damage For manual transmission models never try to start the vehicle by towing it When the engine starts the forward surge could cause the vehicle to collide with the tow vehicle IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS AWARNING Do not continue to drive if your vehicle overheats Doing so could cause engine damage or a vehicle fire To avoid the danger of being scalded never remove the radiator cap while the engine is still hot When the radiator cap is removed pressurized hot water will spurt out possibly causing serious injury Do not open the hood if steam is com ing out If your vehicle is overheating indicated by an extremely high temperature gauge reading or if you feel a lack of engine power detect abnormal noise etc take the following steps
351. peak the number Redial Use the Redial command to call the last number that was dialed The system acknowledges the command re peats the number and begins dialing If a redial number does not exist the system announces There is no number to redial and ends the VR session Call Back Use the Call Back command to dial the number of the last incoming call within the vehicle The system acknowledges the command re peats the number and begins dialing 4 66 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems If a call back number does not exist the system announces There is no number to call back and ends the VR session During a call During a call there are several command options available Press the i button on the steering wheel to mute the receiving voice and enter com mands Help The system announces the avail able commands Go back Correction The system an nounces Go back ends the VR session and returns to the call Cancel Quit The system announces Cancel ends the VR session and returns to the call Send Enter Call Dial Use the Send command to enter numbers or during a call For example if you were directed to dial an extension by an automated system Say Send one two three four The system acknowledges the command and sends the tones associated with the numbers
352. pet and make it easier to clean the interior Mats should be main tained with regular cleaning and replaced if they become excessively worn Floor mat positioning aid This vehicle includes two driver s side front floor mat brackets and one passenger s side front floor mat bracket to help keep your floor mats in place Genuine NISSAN floor mats have been specially designed for your vehicle model The driver s side floor mat has two grommet holes incorporated in it and the passenger s side has one grommet hole Position each mat by placing the floor mat bracket hook through the floor mat grommet holes while centering the mat in the floorwell Periodically check to make certain the mats are properly positioned SEAT BELTS The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution Allow the belts to dry completely in the shade before using them See Seat belt maintenance in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemen tal restraint system section of this manual AWARNING Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in the retractor NEVER use bleach dye or chemical solvents to clean the seat belts since these materials may severely weaken the seat belt webbing CORROSION PROTECTION MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION The accumulation of moisture retaining dirt and debris in body panel sections cavities and other areas Damage to paint and other
353. pplication whenever possible Maintain constant speed while commut ing and coast whenever possible 2 Maintain Constant Speed Look ahead to try and anticipate and mini mize stops Synchronizing your speed with traffic lights allows you to reduce your number of stops Maintaining a steady speed can minimize red light stops and improve fuel efficiency 3 Use Air Conditioning A C at Higher Vehicle Speeds Below 40 MPH 64 km h it is more efficient to open windows to cool the vehicle due to reduced engine load Above 40 MPH 64 km h it is more efficient to use A C to cool the vehicle due to increased aerodynamic drag 5 22 Starting and driving Recirculating the cool air in the cabin when the A C is on reduces cooling load Drive at Economical Speeds and Dis tances Observing the speed limit and not ex ceeding 60 MPH 97 km h where le gally allowed can improve fuel efficiency due to reduced aerodynamic drag Maintaining a safe following distance be hind other vehicles reduces unnecessary braking Safely monitoring traffic to anticipate changes in speed permits reduced brak ing and smooth acceleration changes Select a gear range suitable to road con ditions Use Cruise Control Using cruise control during highway driv ing helps maintain a steady speed Cruise control is particularly effective in providing fuel savings when driving on flat terrains Plan for the Shortes
354. protective coat ings caused by gravel and stone chips or minor traffic accidents ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLUENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION Moisture Accumulation of sand dirt and water on the ve hicle body underside can accelerate corrosion Wet floor coverings will not dry completely inside the vehicle and should be removed for drying to avoid floor panel corrosion Relative humidity Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high relative humidity especially those areas where the temperatures stay above freezing and where atmospheric pollution exists and road salt is used Appearance and care 7 5 Temperature High temperatures accelerate the rate of corro sion to those parts which are not well ventilated Air pollution Industrial pollution the presence of salt in the air in coastal areas or heavy road salt use acceler ates the corrosion process Road salt also accel erates the disintegration of paint surfaces TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM CORROSION Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the vehicle clean Always check for minor damage to the paint and repair it as soon as possible Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doors open to avoid water accumulation Check the underbody for accumulation of sand dirt or salt If present wash with water as soon as possible 7 6 Appearance and care A CAUTION e NEVER remove dirt sand or other de bris from the passenger compartment by washing it
355. ps Avoid sharp turns or lane changes e Always drive your vehicle at a moderate speed When backing up hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand Move your hand in the direction in which you want the trailer to go Make small corrections and back up slowly If possible have someone guide you when you are backing up Always block the wheels on both vehicle and trailer when parking Parking on a slope is not recommended however if you must do so A CAUTION If you move the shift lever to the P Park position before blocking the wheels and applying the parking brake transmission damage could occur 1 Apply and hold the brake pedal 2 Have someone place blocks on the downhill side of the vehicle and trailer wheels After the wheel blocks are in place slowly release the brake pedal until the blocks ab sorb the vehicle load 4 Apply the parking brake 5 Shift the transmission into P Park I Make sure the ofp indicator light if so equipped indicates the transfer case is in 4H 4L or 2H and that the ATP light is off If the cep indicator light is flashing or the ATP light is ON make sure the transmission is in P Park A T and turn the 4WD switch to 2WD or 4H See Automatic transmission park warning light in the Instruments and controls section and Using four wheel drive 4WD in the Starting and driving section Turn off the engine To drive away T aS
356. quipped For all operation precautions see Audio opera tion precautions in this section Audio main operation ON OFF button VOL volume control knob Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and press the ON OFF button while the system is off to call up the mode radio CD AUX Bluetooth audio USB or iPod that was play ing immediately before the system was turned off To turn the system off press the ON OFF button Turn the VOL volume control knob to adjust the volume This vehicle may be equipped with Speed Sen sitive Volume When this feature is active the audio volume changes as the driving speed changes Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 39 Audio settings 1 Press the aPPs button 2 Select the Settings key 3 Select the Audio key Use the touchscreen to adjust the following items to the desired setting Adjusts the bass to the desired level Adjusts the treble to the desired level Adjusts the balance to the desired level Balance adjusts the sound level between the left and right speakers Adjusts the fade to the desired level Fade adjusts the sound level between the front and rear speakers Speed Sensitive Vol Adjusts the speed sensitive volume function which increases the volume of the audio system as the speed of the ve hicle increases Set to OFF to disable the feature The higher the setting the more the volume increa
357. r seat unless the seat bottom cushions are in place and latched 1 12 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury When returning the seatbacks to the upright position be certain they are completely secured in the latched posi tion If they are not completely secured passengers may be injured in an acci dent or sudden stop If the seat cushions are removed for any reason they should be securely stored to prevent them from causing injury to passengers or damage to the vehicle in case of sudden braking or an accident SEAT BELTS F vy Sit upright and well back PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE If you are wearing your seat belt properly ad justed and you are sitting upright and well back in your seat with both feet on the floor your chances of being injured or killed in an accident and or the severity of injury may be greatly reduced NISSAN strongly encourages you and all of your passengers to buckle up every time you drive even if your seating position includes a supple mental air bag Most U S states and Canadian provinces or territories specify that seat belts be worn at all times when a vehicle is being driven Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 13 LO ie
358. r in a moun tainous area Your cellular phone is locked to prevent it from being dialed When the radio wave condition is not ideal or ambient sound is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other person s voice dur ing a call Immediately after the ignition switch is placed in the ON position it may be impos sible to receive a call for a short period of time Do not place the cellular phone in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless connection disruption While a cellular phone is connected through the Bluetooth wireless connection the battery power of the cellular phone may dis charge quicker than usual The Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System cannot charge cellular phones If the hands free phone system seems to be malfunctioning see Troubleshooting guide in this section You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for trouble shooting help Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Stor ing the device in a different location may reduce or eliminate the noise Refer to the cellular phone owner s manual regarding the telephone charges cellular phone antenna and body etc The signal strength display on the monitor will not coincide with the signal strength display of some cellular phones 4 74 Monitor climate audio phone and voi
359. r service If maintenance service is required or your vehicle appears to malfunction have the systems checked and corrected by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN technicians are well trained specialists who are kept up to date with the latest service information through technical bulletins service tips and in dealership training programs They are completely qualified to work on NISSAN ve hicles before they work on your vehicle rather than after they have worked on tt You can be confident that a NISSAN dealer s service department performs the best job to meet the maintenance requirements on your vehicle in a reliable and economical way GENERAL MAINTENANCE During the normal day to day operation of the vehicle general maintenance should be per formed regularly as prescribed in this section If you detect any unusual sounds vibrations or smells be sure to check for the cause or have a NISSAN dealer do it promptly In addition you should notify a NISSAN dealer if you think that repairs are required When performing any checks or maintenance work closely observe the Maintenance precau tions later in this section EXPLANATION OF GENERAL MAINTENANCE ITEMS Additional information on the following items with is found later in this section Outside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be performed from time to time unless otherwise specified Doors and engine hood Check that the doors and
360. rake Check the parking brake opera tion regularly The vehicle should be securely held on a fairly steep hill with only the parking brake applied If the parking brake needs adjustment see a NISSAN dealer Seats Check seat position controls such as seat adjusters seatback recliner etc to ensure they operate smoothly and all latches lock securely in every position Check that the head restraints headrests move up and down smoothly and the locks if so equipped hold securely in all latched positions Seat belts Check that all parts of the seat belt system for example buckles anchors adjusters and retractors operate properly and smoothly and are installed securely Check the belt web bing for cuts fraying wear or damage Steering wheel Check for changes in the steer ing system such as excessive freeplay hard steering or strange noises Maintenance and do it yourself 8 3 Warning lights and chimes Make sure all warning lights and chimes are operating properly Windshield wiper and washer Check that the wipers and washer operate properly and that the wipers do not streak Windshield defroster Check that the air comes out of the defroster outlets properly and in sufficient quantity when operating the heater or air conditioner Under the hood and vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked periodically for example each time you check the engine oil or refuel Battery for serviceable battery
361. rally infants up to about 1 year and less than 20 lbs 9 kg should be placed in rear facing child restraints Forward facing child restraints are available for children who outgrow rear facing child restraints and are at least 1 year old Booster seats are used to help position a vehicle lap shoulder belt on a child who can no longer use a forward facing child restraint AWARNING Infants and children need special protec tion The vehicle s seat belts may not fit them properly The shoulder belt may come too close to the face or neck The lap belt may not fit over their small hip bones In an accident an improperly fitting seat belt could cause serious or fatal injury Always use appropriate child restraints All U S states and Canadian provinces or territo ries require the use of approved child restraints for infants and small children See Child re straints later in this section A child restraint may be secured in the vehicle by using either the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system or with the vehicle seat belt See Child restraints later in this sec tion for more information NISSAN recommends that all pre teens and children be restrained in the rear seat Studies show that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat This is especially important because your vehicle has a supplemental restraint sys tem air bag system for the front passen ger S
362. ransfer case shifting procedures later in this section Suggested up shift soeeds The following are suggested vehicle speeds for shifting into a higher gear These suggestions relate to fuel economy and vehicle performance Actual upshift speeds will vary according to road conditions the weather and individual driving habits Four wheel drive models 4H position GEAR CHANGE MPH km h 1st to 2nd 11 18 2nd to 3rd 17 27 3rd to 4th 25 40 Ath to 5th 32 51 5th to 6th 45 72 Four wheel drive models 4L position GEAR CHANGE MPH km h 1st to 2nd 2nd to 3rd 3rd to 4th 4th to 5th 5th to 6th Suggested maximum speed in each gear Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is not running smoothly or if you need to accelerate Do not exceed the maximum suggested speed shown below in any gear For level road driving use the highest gear suggested for that speed Always observe posted speed limits and drive according to the road conditions which will en sure safe operation Do not over rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear as it may cause engine damage or loss of vehicle control Allowable maximum speed in each gear Four wheel drive models 2H 4H position GEAR 1st 2nd 3rd Ath 5th 6th 4L position GEAR 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th MPH km h 34 55 60 97 87 140 MPH km h 13 21 22 36 33 53 45 72 57 93 PARKING BRAKE A WARNING Be sure t
363. ration of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or col lision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury EXHAUST GAS carbon monoxide AWARNING e Do not breathe exhaust gases they contain colorless and odorless carbon monoxide Carbon monoxide is danger ous It can cause unconsciousness or death 5 2 Starting and driving If you suspect that exhaust fumes are entering the vehicle drive with all win dows fully open and have the vehicle inspected immediately e Do not run the engine in closed spaces such as a garage Do not park the vehicle with the engine running for any extended length of time Keep the rear vent windows lift gates doors and trunk lids if so equipped closed while driving otherwise exhaust gases could be drawn into the passen ger compartment If you must drive with one of these open follow these precautions 1 Open all the windows 2 Set the air recirculation but ton to off and the fan control dial to high to circulate the air If electrical wiring or other cable con nections must pass to a trailer through the seal on the lift gate or the body follow the manufacturer s re
364. re button control dial Air conditioner button Air flow controls Air Air flow Temp Fan i i recirculation control control control button COOL HI Auto t 4 20 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER The air conditioner system in your NISSAN ve hicle is charged with a refrigerant designed with the environment in mind This refrigerant does not harm the earth s ozone layer Special charging equipment and lubricant is re quired when servicing your NISSAN air condi tioner Using improper refrigerants or lubricants will cause severe damage to your air conditioner system See Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommendations in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual A NISSAN dealer is able to service your environ mentally friendly air conditioning system AWARNING The air conditioner system contains refrig erant under high pressure To avoid per sonal injury any air conditioner service should be done only by an experienced technician with proper equipment AUDIO SYSTEM RADIO With the ignition placed in the ACC or ON posi tion press the PWR power VOL volume knob to turn the radio on If you listen to the radio with the engine not running the ignition should be placed in the ACC position Radio reception is affected by station signal strength distance from radio transmitter build
365. re all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or col lision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury The child restraint top tether strap may be damaged by contact with items in the cargo area Secure any items in the cargo area Your child could be seri ously injured or killed in a collision if the top tether strap is damaged Technical and consumer information 9 15 e Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs If you do parts of your vehicle can break tire damage could occur or it can change the way your vehicle handles This could result in loss of control and cause personal injury CHANNEL TIE DOWN HOOKS if so equipped AWARNING Properly install and tighten the tie down hooks into the channel system Also do not install any rope or straps directly to the channel Failure to prop erly install the tie down hooks or in stalling ropes or straps directly to the channel can cause the cargo to become unsecured In a sudden stop or colli sion unsecured cargo could cause per sonal injury e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury 9 16 Technical and consumer information The adjustable channel tie down hook system allows you to move tie do
366. re occurs NISSAN rec ommends placing the registered key on a sepa rate key ring to avoid interference from other devices Starting and driving 5 11 BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE Make sure the area around the vehicle is clear Check fluid levels such as engine oil cool ant brake fluid and windshield washer fluid as frequently as possible or at least when ever you refuel Check that all windows and lights are clean Visually inspect tires for their appearance and condition Also check tires for proper inflation Lock all doors Position seat and adjust head restraints Adjust inside and outside mirrors Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers to do likewise Check the operation of warning lights when the ignition switch is turned to the ON 8 position See Warning indicator lights and audible reminders in the Instruments and controls section of this manual 5 12 Starting and driving STARTING THE ENGINE 1 Apply the parking brake 2 Automatic transmission Move the shift lever to P Park or N Neu tral P Park is recommended The shift lever cannot be moved out of the P Park position and into any of the other gear positions if the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position or if the key is removed from the ignition switch The starter is designed not to operate if the shift lever is in any of the driving positions Manual transmission Move the shift lever to N Neutral
367. ream re duces coordination delays reaction time and impairs judgement Driving after drinking alcohol increases the likelihood of being involved in an accident injuring yourself and others Additionally if you are injured in an accident alcohol can increase the severity of the injury NISSAN is committed to safe driving However you must choose not to drive under the influence of alcohol Every year thousands of people are injured or killed in alcohol related accidents Al though the local laws vary on what is considered to be legally intoxicated the fact is that alcohol affects all people differently and most people underestimate the effects of alcohol Remember drinking and driving don t mix That is true for drugs too over the counter prescrip tion and illegal drugs Don t drive if your ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by alcohol drugs or some other physical condition DRIVING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS Your NISSAN is designed for both normal and off road use However avoid driving in deep wa ter or mud as your NISSAN is mainly designed for leisure use unlike a conventional off road ve hicle Remember that two wheel drive models are less capable than four wheel drive models for rough road driving and extrication when stuck in deep snow or mud or the like Please observe the following precautions AWARNING Drive carefully when off the road and avoid dangerous areas Every person who drives or
368. rearview camera The rearview camera is in stalled beside the license plate light When washing the vehicle with high pressure water be sure not to spray it around the camera Otherwise water may enter the camera unit causing wa ter condensation on the lens a mal function fire or an electric shock e Do not strike the camera It is a preci sion instrument Otherwise it may mal function or cause damage resulting ina fire or an electric shock A CAUTION There is a plastic cover over the camera Do not scratch the cover when cleaning dirt or snow from the cover 4 8 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYED LINES Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle width and distances to objects with reference to the vehicle body line are displayed on the monitor Distance guide lines Indicate distances from the vehicle body Red line f approx 1 5 ft 0 5 m Yellow line 2 approx 3 ft 1 m Green line 3 approx 7 ft 2 m Green line approx 10 ft 3 m REARVIEW CAMERA SETTINGS Show Guidelines The on screen guidelines can be set to on or off With the shift lever in the R Reverse posi tion Press the CAMERA button to toggle the feature on and off With the shift lever in any position other than the R Reverse position 1 Press the CAMERA button 2 Select the Show Guidelines key to toggle the feature on or off DIFF
369. recommends that pregnant women use seat belts The seat belt should be worn snug and always position the lap belt as low as possible around the hips not the waist Place the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never run the lap shoulder belt over your ab dominal area Contact your doctor for specific recommendations INJURED PERSONS NISSAN recommends that injured persons use seat belts Check with your doctor for specific recommendations THREE POINT TYPE SEAT BELT WITH RETRACTOR AWARNING Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat belt properly Do not allow children to play with the seat belts Most seating positions are equipped with Automatic Locking Re tractor ALR mode seat belts If the seat belt becomes wrapped around a child s neck with the ALR mode activated the child can be seriously injured or killed if the seat belt retracts and becomes tight This can occur even
370. reduces fuel economy ON With the engine running and the e Stop your vehicle completely before shift lever in the D Drive position shifting into R Reverse the transmission upshifts into Over When the vehicle is stopped with the drive as vehicle speed increases engine running for example at a stop Overdrive does not engage until the engine light shift to N Neutral and release has reached operating temperature the clutch pedal with the foot brake applied Starting and driving 5 17 Shifting To change gears or when upshifting or down shifting depress the clutch pedal fully shift into the appropriate gear then release the clutch slowly and smoothly To ensure smooth gear changes fully depress the clutch pedal before operating the shift lever If the clutch pedal is not fully depressed before the transmission is shifted a gear noise may be heard Transmission damage could occur Start the vehicle in 1st gear and shift to 2nd 3rd 4th 5th and 6th gear in sequence according to vehicle speed 5 18 Starting and driving To back up depress the shift lever and then move it to the R Reverse position after stopping the vehicle completely If it is difficult to move the shift lever into R Reverse or 1 First shift into N Neutral then release the clutch pedal Fully depress the clutch pedal again and shift into R Reverse or 1 First If your vehicle is equipped with 4 wheel drive see T
371. rides in this vehicle should be seated with their seat belt fastened This will keep you and your passengers in position when driving over rough terrain e Do not drive across steep slopes in stead drive either straight up or straight down the slopes Off road vehicles can tip over sideways much more easily than they can forward or backward Starting and driving 5 7 Many hills are too steep for any vehicle If you drive up them you may stall If you drive down them you may not be able to control your speed If you drive across them you may roll over Do not shift gears while driving on downhill grades as this could cause loss of control of the vehicle Stay alert when driving to the top of a hill At the top there could be a drop off or other hazard that could cause an accident If your engine stalls or you cannot make it to the top of a steep hill never at tempt to turn around Your vehicle could tip or roll over Always back straight down in R Reverse gear Never back down in N Neutral or with the clutch depressed manual transmission ve hicles using only the brake as this could cause loss of control Heavy braking going down a hill could cause your brakes to overheat and fade resulting in loss of control and an acci dent Apply brakes lightly and use a low gear to control your speed Use the hill descent control feature if so equipped 5 8 Starting and driving Unsecured cargo can be thrown arou
372. ritten permission of Nissan North America Inc NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM NISSAN CARES Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN dealer are our primary concerns Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs However if there is something that your NISSAN dealer cannot assist you with or you would like to provide NISSAN directly with comments or questions please contact the NISSAN Con sumer Affairs Department using our toll free number For U S customers 1 800 NISSAN 1 1 800 647 7261 For Canadian customers 1 800 387 0122 The Consumer Affairs Department will ask for the following information Your name address and telephone number Vehicle identification number attached to the top of the instrument panel on the driver s side Date of purchase Current odometer reading Your NISSAN dealer s name Your comments or questions OR You can write to NISSAN with the information at For U S customers Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 or via e mail at nnaconsumeraffairs nissan usa com For Canadian customers Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 4Z5 or via e mail at information centre nissancanada com If you prefer visit us at www nissanuS
373. rly se cured after use Such items can become dangerous projectiles in an accident or sudden stop The spare tire is designed for emer gency use See specific instructions un der the heading Wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual JUMP STARTING To start your engine with a booster battery the instructions and precautions below must be fol lowed AWARNING If done incorrectly jump starting can lead to a battery explosion resulting in severe injury or death It could also damage your vehicle e Explosive hydrogen gas is always pres ent in the vicinity of the battery Keep all sparks and flames away from the battery Do not allow battery fluid to come into contact with eyes skin clothing or painted surfaces Battery fluid is a cor rosive sulfuric acid solution which can cause severe burns If the fluid should come into contact with anything imme diately flush the contacted area with water Keep battery out of the reach of children The booster battery must be rated at 12 volts Use of an improperly rated battery can damage your vehicle Whenever working on or near a battery always wear suitable eye protectors for example goggles or industrial safety spectacles and remove rings metal bands or any other jewelry Do not lean over the battery when jump starting Do not attempt to jump start a frozen battery It could explode and cause
374. rmation iden tifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also pro vides the tire identification number TIN for safety standard certification The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall 7 H Tire speed rating You should not drive the vehicle faster than the tire P215 65R15 95H speed rating 6 R 15 t t t 4 5 3 WDI0395 Example 1 Tire size example P215 65R15 95H 4 R The R stands for radial 1 P The P indicates the tire is de 5 Two digit number 15 This number signed for passenger vehicles not all is the wheel or rim diameter in inches tires have this information 6 Two or three digit number 95 This 2 Three digit number 215 This num number is the tire s load index It is a ber gives the width in millimeters of measurement of how much weight the tire from sidewall edge to side each tire can support You may not wall edge find this information on all tires be 3 Two digit number 65 This number a a ay lan known as the aspect ratio gives the tire s ratio of height to width Maintenance and do it yourself 8 37 DOT XX XX XXX XXXX DOT t 1 XX XX t t 2 3 XXX t Example 4 2 TIN Tire Identification Number for a new tire example DOT XX XX XXX XXXX 1 DOT Abbreviation for the Depart ment Of Transportation The symbol can be placed above below or to the left or right of the Tire Identification N
375. rn off the VDC system push the VDC OFF switch The 8 indicator will come on Instruments and controls 2 33 Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the engine to turn on the system See Vehicle Dy namic Control VDC system in the Starting and driving section 2 34 Instruments and controls HILL DESCENT CONTROL SWITCH if so equipped AWARNING Never rely solely on the hill descent control system to control vehicle speed when driving on steep downhill grades Always drive carefully when using the hill descent control system and deceler ate the vehicle speed by depressing the brake pedal if necessary Be especially careful when driving on frozen muddy or extremely steep downhill roads Fail ure to control vehicle speed may result in a loss of control of the vehicle and possible serious injury or death The hill descent control may not control the vehicle speed on a hill under all load or road conditions Always be prepared to depress the brake pedal to control vehicle speed Failure to do so may re sult in a collision or serious personal injury A CAUTION When the hill descent control system op erates continuously for a long time the temperature of the brake pads may in crease and the hill descent control system may be temporarily disabled the indicator light will blink If the indicator light does not come on continuously after blinking stop using the system The hill descent control sys
376. rning light does not automatically turn off when the tire pressure of your tires are adjusted After the tires are in flated to the recommended pressure the ve hicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light Use a tire pres sure gauge to check the tire pressure The CHECK TIRE PRES pressure warning message is displayed in the odometer when the low tire pressure warning light is illumi nated and low tire pressure is detected The CHECK TIRE PRES warning message turns off when the low tire pressure warning light turns off The low tire pressure warning light remains illuminated until the tires are inflated to the recommended COLD tire pressure The CHECK TIRE PRES warning message is dis played each time the ignition switch is placed in the ON position as long as the low tire pressure warning light remains illuminated See Check tire pressure warning message in the Instruments and controls section 5 4 Starting and driving The CHECK TIRE PRES warning is not dis played if the low tire pressure warning light illuminates to indicate a TPMS malfunction Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the heat caused by the vehicle s operation and the outside temperature Low outside temperature can lower the temperature of the air inside the tire which can cause a lower tire inflation pressure This may cause the low tire pressure warning light
377. rol dial is turned to OFF the air conditioner is turned OFF or the vehicle is shut off even if a position other than these positions is selected This dehumidifies the air which helps defog the windshield The V2 mode automatically turns off allowing outside air to be drawn into the passenger compartment to further improve the defogging performance button The indicator light 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Operating tips Keep the windows closed while the air con ditioner is in operation After parking in the sun drive for 2 or 3 min utes with the windows open to vent hot air from the passenger compartment Then close the windows This allows the air con ditioner to cool the interior more quickly The air conditioning system should be operated for approximately 10 minutes at least once a month This helps pre vent damage to the system due to lack of lubrication A visible mist may be seen coming from the ventilators in hot humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly This does not indicate a malfunction If the engine coolant temperature gauge indicates engine coolant tem perature over the normal range turn the air conditioner off See If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emergency section of this manual AIR FLOW CHARTS The following charts show the button and dial positions for MAXIMUM AND QUICK heating cooling or defrosting For addition
378. rotect the housing 8 32 Maintenance and do it yourself Rear combination light LDI0448 WHEELS AND TIRES If you have a flat tire see Flat tire in the In case of emergency section of this manual TIRE PRESSURE Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS It monitors tire pressure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit and the CHECK TIRE PRES pressure warning message is dis played in the odometer one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not de tect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving For more details refer to Low tire pres sure warning light in the Instruments and controls section Tire Pressure Monitor ing System TPMS in the Starting and driving section and Flat tire in the In case of emergency section Tire inflation pressure Check the tire pressures including the spare often and always prior to long dis tance trips The recommended tire pres sure specifications are shown on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label or the Tire and Loading Information label under the Cold Tire Pressure heading The Tire and Loading Information label is affixed to the driver side cen
379. rt the engine using the following pro cedures 1 Leave the ignition switch placed in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds 2 Place the ignition switch in the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 10 seconds 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 4 Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the interference separate from the registered key If the no start condition re occurs NISSAN rec ommends placing the registered key on a sepa rate key ring to avoid interference from other devices FCC Notice For USA This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the fol lowing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference re ceived including interference that may cause undesired operation NOTE Changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to op erate the equipment For Canada This device complies with RSS 210 of In dustry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Instruments and controls 2 25 LICO474 Security indicator light The security indicator light blinks whenever the ignition switch is placed i
380. s Accelerator downshift in D position For passing or hill climbing depress the accel erator pedal to the floor This shifts the transmis sion down into a lower gear depending on the vehicle speed OFF For driving up and down long MANUAL TRANSMISSION if so slopes where engine braking is nec equipped essary push the Overdrive switch once The O D OFF indicator light A WARNING in the instrument panel comes on at Do not downshift abruptly on slippery this time roads This may cause a loss of control When cruising at a low speed or climbing a gentle slope you may feel uncomfortable shift shocks as the transmission shifts into and out of Overdrive repeatedly In this case depress the Overdrive switch to turn the Overdrive off The Do not over rev the engine when shift ing to a lower gear This may cause a loss of control or engine damage O D OFF indicator light in the instrument panel A CAUTION comes on at this time Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal When driving conditions change depress the ae driving This may cause clutch Overdrive switch if so equipped Overdrive switch to turn the Overdrive on amage Fully depress the clutch pedal before Each time your vehicle is started the transmis Remember not to drive at high speeds for ex shifting to help prevent transmission sion is automatically reset to overdrive ON tended periods of time with the Overdrive off damage l l l This
381. s CD 1 Disc Random OFF CD with MP3 or WMA 1 Disc Random 1 Folder Random OFF 1 Disc Random all tracks on the disc will be played randomly 1 Folder Random all tracks in the current folder will be played randomly OFF No random play pattern is applied The indicator on the display will turn off The current play pattern of the CD is displayed on the screen unless no pattern is applied CD AUX button The AUX IN jack is located on the CD player The AUX IN audio input jack accepts any standard analog audio input such as from a portable cas sette tape CD player MP3 player or a laptop computer Press the CD AUX button to play a compatible device plugged into the AUX IN jack The CD AUX button is also used to switch the audio system to a source plugged into the USB input jack in the center console When a device is plugged into the AUX IN jack while another de vice is plugged into the USB input jack the CD AUX button is used to toggle between the two functions For more information about the USB input jack see USB interface models without Navigation System in this section amp EJECT button When the amp button is pressed with a com pact disc loaded the compact disc will eject and the last source will be played Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 37 When the button is pressed twice with a compact disc loaded the compact disc will be ejected
382. s see the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual AUDIO SYSTEM VOICE COMMANDS To access the audio system voice commands l Press the button 2 Say Audio Speak a command from the following avail able commands Play AM FM etc Allows user to select radio band Tune AM number Allows user to tune directly to a desired AM frequency Tune FM number Allows user to tune directly to a desired FM frequency SXM channel number Allows user to tune directly to a desired SXM station if so equipped CD Track number Allows user to select track to be played Play Song name Allows user to select song name to be played Play Artist name Allows user to select artist to be played Play Album name Allows user to select album name to be played For more information about the audio system see Audio system in this section INFORMATION VOICE COMMANDS The following voice commands are available for the information functions of the Navigation Sys tem Traffic Fuel Prices Stocks Movie Listings Current Weather Weather Map 5 day Forecast 6 hour Forecast For more information about these commands see the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual MY APPS VOICE COMMANDS Many Apps can be accessed using this voice command See NissanConnect App Smart phone Integration in this section for more infor mation HELP VOICE COMMANDS The f
383. s if so equipped Side finisher Do not apply a load of more than 110 Ib 490 N Do not apply a load of more than 110 Ib 490 N to a single hook to a single hook Floor hooks instruments and controls 2 43 ob g hE P EFR oan Cm SERE i e ii LIC0876 Cargo net if so equipped CARGO NETS if so equipped A WARNING Properly secure all cargo to help pre vent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury Be sure to secure all four hooks into the retainers The cargo restrained in the net must not exceed 30 Ibs 13 6 kg or the net may not stay secured 2 44 Instruments and controls The cargo nets help keep packages in the cargo area from moving around while the vehicle is in motion To install the large cargo net if so equipped attach the hooks to the retainers To remove the large cargo net detach the hooks from the cargo net retainers ar 5 E eae 9 5 LICO866 Right hand luggage side net The right hand luggage side net is not removable AWARNING The cargo restrained in the luggage side nets must not exceed 8 5 Ib 3 9 kg for each net or the net may not stay secured Do not place sharp objects in the lug gage side nets Such objects may be come dangerous projectiles and cause injury when the vehicle is moving or if the vehicle is involved in a col
384. s is significantly under inflated If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the TPMS will activate and warn you of it by the low tire pressure warning light This system will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h For more details refer to Warning indicator lights and audible reminders in the Instruments and controls section and Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Starting and driving section AWARNING Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufac turer for the possible influences before use If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal in jury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Informa tion label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is
385. s inflate if they are not properly restrained Pre teens and children should be properly re strained in the rear seat if possible 1 48 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An in flating front air bag could seriously in jure or kill your child See Child re straints earlier in this section for details WRS0431 Do not lean against the door AWARNING Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bags and roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bags The side air bags and curtain air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a frontal impact rear impact or lower severity side collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 49 AWARNING The seat belts the side air bags and curtain air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat The side air bag and curtain air bag inflate with great force Do not al low anyone to place their hand leg or face near the side air bag on the side of the seatback of the front seat or near the side roof rails Do not allow anyone sitting in the front seats or rear out board seats to extend their hand out of the window or lean against
386. s section AWARNING Do not unfasten the rear center seat belt connector except when folding down the rear seat When attaching the rear center seat belt connector be certain that the seat backs are completely secured in the latched position and the rear center seat belt connector is completely secured If the rear center seat belt connector and the seatbacks are not secured in the correct position serious personal injury may result in an accident or sud den stop F i an tarsa 7 2nd row center seat belt comfort guide When using the 2nd row center seat belt it may be necessary to use the comfort guide to adjust the shoulder belt height for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit 1 Raise the head restraint headrest on the 2nd row driver s side seating position Re move the comfort guide from the stowed position by pulling the cord from the chan nel Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 21 2 Insert the shoulder belt into the back of the comfort guide so that the seat belt lays flat in the guide Be sure that the comfort guide routes the seat belt properly over the center of your shoulder and across your chest The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off of your shoulder ul i taag pee an kan 3 To return the seat belt comfort guide to the stowed position route the comfort guide strap
387. s that the cruise con trol not be used while towing a trailer Some states or provinces have specific regulations and speed limits for vehicles that are towing trailers Obey the local speed limits Check your hitch trailer wiring harness con nections and trailer wheel lug nuts after 50 miles 80 km of travel and at every break Technical and consumer information 9 27 When launching a boat don t allow the wa ter level to go over the exhaust tail pipe or rear bumper Make sure you disconnect the trailer lights before backing the trailer into the water or the trailer lights may burn out When towing a trailer final drive gear oil should be replaced and transmission oil fluid should be changed more fre quently For additional information see the Maintenance and do it yourself section earlier in this manual FLAT TOWING Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is sometimes called flat towing This method is sometimes used when towing a vehicle behind a recreational vehicle such as a motor home A CAUTION Failure to follow these guidelines can result in severe transmission damage Whenever flat towing your vehicle al ways tow forward never backward 9 28 Technical and consumer information e DO NOT tow any automatic transmis sion vehicle with all four wheels on the ground flat towing Doing so WILL DAMAGE internal transmission parts due to lack of transmission lubrication
388. sa com for U S customers or www nissan ca for Canadian customers We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle Table of Contents Illustrated table of contents Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Instruments and controls Pre driving checks and adjustments Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Starting and driving In case of emergency Appearance and care Maintenance and do it yourself Technical and consumer information 0 Illustrated table of contents Air bags seat belts and child restraints 0 2 INSUUMCMI panel ess ccerserersn ditt kinni erae 0 6 Externo MON nc eae ren ieue ween ex 0 3 Engine compartment check locations 0 8 Paco fedlanequssteramncuunstansaneneanecqustue 0 4 Warning indicator liGhtsss csc squsensacestnecneeh ex 0 9 Passenger compartment 00 cece eee nnn 0 5 AIR BAGS SEAT BELTS AND CHILD RESTRAINTS 1 2nd row seat belts P 1 13 2 Roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bag P 1 45 3 Front seat belts P 1 13 4 Head restraints headrests P 1 4 5 Supplemental front impact air bags P 1 45 6 Seats P 1 2 7 Occupant classification sensor pressure sensor P 1 52 8 Seat belt with pretensioner P 1 58 9 Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag P 1 57 10 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren
389. sconnect the negative battery terminal cable to prevent discharge NOTE Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery discharge and potential no start conditions such as 1 Installation or extended use of electronic accessories that consume battery power when the engine is not running Phone char gers GPS DVD players etc 2 Vehicle is not driven regularly and or only driven short distances In these cases the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health 8 14 Maintenance and do it yourself A WARNING e Do not expose the battery to flames an electrical spark or a cigarette Hydrogen gas generated by the battery is explo sive Explosive gases can cause blind ness or injury Do not allow battery fluid to contact your skin eyes fabrics or painted surfaces Sulfuric acid can cause blindness or injury After touch ing a battery or battery cap do not touch or rub your eyes Thoroughly wash your hands If the acid contacts your eyes skin or clothing immediately flush with water for at least 15 minutes and seek medical attention Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid in the battery is low Low battery fluid can cause a higher load on the battery which can generate heat reduce battery life and in some cases lead to an explosion When working on or near a battery al ways wear suitable eye protection and remove all jewelry Battery posts terminals and r
390. se the Recent Calls command to access out going incoming or missed calls or dial numbers for the last incoming or outgoing calls Outgoing Use the Outgoing command to list the outgoing calls made from the vehicle Incoming Use the Incoming command to list the incoming calls made to the vehicle Missed Use the Missed command to list the calls made to the vehicle that were not answered Call Back Use the Call Back command to dial the number of the last incoming call to the vehicle Redial Use the Redial command to dial the number of the last outgoing call from the vehicle Connect Phone NOTE The Add Phone command is not available when the vehicle is moving Main Menu Connect Phone Add Phone A Select Phone Delete Phone Replace Phone Bluetooth OFF Use the Connect Phone commands to manage the phones connecting to the vehicle or to enable the Bluetooth function on the vehicle Add Phone Use the Add Phone command to add a phone to the vehicle See Connecting procedure in this section for more information Select Phone Use the Select Phone command to select from a list of phones connected to the vehicle The sys tem will list the names assigned to each phone and then prompt you for the phone you wish to select Only one phone can be active at a time Delete Phone
391. seat fit try another seating position or a different booster seat Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the child s hips Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions for adjusting the seat belt routing Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the top middle portion of the child s shoulder Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions for adjusting the seat belt routing Follow the warnings cautions and instruc tions for properly fastening a seat belt shown in Three point type seat belt with retractor earlier in this section 1 44 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 7 If the booster seat is installed in the front passenger seat place the ignition switch in the ON position The front passenger air bag status light may or may not illuminate depending on the size of the child and the type of booster seat being used See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM This Supplemental Restraint System SRS sec tion contains important information concerning the following systems Driver and passenger supplemental front impact air bag NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System Front seat mounted side impact supple
392. seconds After 2 seconds the vehicle will begin to roll back and hill start assist will stop operating completely Hill start assist will not operate when the shift lever is shifted into N Neutral or P Park or ona flat and level road Starting and driving 5 37 COLD WEATHER DRIVING FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK To prevent a door lock from freezing apply de icer through the key hole If the lock becomes frozen heat the key before inserting it into the key hole or use the remote keyless entry keyfob ANTI FREEZE In the winter when it is anticipated that the tem perature will drop below 32 F 0 C check the anti freeze to assure proper winter protection For details see Engine cooling system in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual BATTERY If the battery is not fully charged during extremely cold weather conditions the battery fluid may freeze and damage the battery To maintain maxi mum efficiency the battery should be checked regularly For details see Battery in the Main tenance and do it yourself section of this manual DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER If the vehicle is to be left outside without anti freeze drain the cooling system including the engine block Refill before operating the vehicle 5 38 Starting and driving For details see Changing engine coolant in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual TIRE EQUIPMENT 1 SUM
393. select missed dial eight five six nine two Bluetooth on outgoing call three one nine oh two nine seven pause pause three oh eight cancel call back number call star two zero nine five delete phone dial eight three zero five one record name four three pause two nine pause zero delete redial number phonebook list names call eight oh five four one correction connect phone dial seven four oh one eight previous entry delete dial nine seven two six six call seven six three oh one go back call five six two eight zero dial six six four three seven MANUAL CONTROL While using the Voice Recognition system It is possible to select menu options by using the steering wheel controls instead of speaking voice commands The manual control mode does not allow dialing a phone number by digits The user may select an entry from the Phonebook or Re cent Calls lists To re activate voice recognition exit the manual control mode by pressing and holding the PHONE END button At that time pressing the PHONE SEND f button will start the Hands Free Phone System Operating tips To enter manual control mode start the Voice Recognition system and tilt the tuning switch up or down The system will speak Showing Manual Options when manual controls are initially activated To browse the menu options tilt the tuning switch up or down The system will always speak the curr
394. ses in relation to vehicle speed AUX Volume Level AUX Level Controls the volume level of incoming sound when an auxiliary device is connected to the system Available options are Low Quiet Medium and High Loud Bass treble balance and fade can also be adjusted by pressing the AUDIO control knob and turning it to select the item to adjust When the desired item is shown on the display turn the tuning to adjust and then press the AUDIO button until the display returns to the main audio screen If the button is not pressed for approximately 10 seconds the radio or CD display will automatically reappear 4 40 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems SXM settings To view the SXM settings 1 Press the aPPs button 2 Select the Settings key 3 Select the SXM key The signal strength activation status and other information are displayed on the screen FM AM SAT radio operation FM AM button Press the FM AM button to change the band as follows AM FM1 FM2 AM If another audio source is playing when the FM AM button is pressed the audio source play ing will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will begin playing The FM stereo indicator ST is shown on the screen during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio auto matically changes from stereo to monaural re ception SXM band select Pressing the SXM but
395. sinfectant cleaners They could damage the electrical conductors radio antenna elements or rear window defroster elements ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS if so equipped Wash the wheels regularly with a sponge damp ened in a mild soap solution especially during winter months in areas where road salt is used If not removed road salt can discolor the wheels A CAUTION Follow the directions below to avoid staining or discoloring the wheels Do not use a cleaner that uses strong acid or alkali contents to clean the wheels e Do not apply wheel cleaners to the wheels when they are hot The wheel temperature should be the same as am bient temperature Rinse the wheel to completely remove the cleaner within 15 minutes after the cleaner is applied CHROME PARTS Clean all chrome parts regularly with a non abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish TIRE DRESSINGS NISSAN does not recommend the use of tire dressings Tire manufacturers apply a coating to the tires to help reduce discoloration of the rub ber If a tire dressing is applied to the tires it may react with the coating and form a compound This compound may come off the tire while driving and stain the vehicle paint If you choose to use a tire dressing take the following precautions Use a water based tire dressing The coat ing on the tire dissolves more easily than with an oil based tire dressing Apply a light coat of tire dressing to help
396. sion models or in an appropriate gear for manual transmis sion models Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in an accident Make sure the shift lever has been pushed as far forward as it can go and cannot be moved without depressing the foot brake pedal Never leave the engine running while the vehicle is unattended Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents Firmly apply the parking brake Manual transmission models Place the shift lever in the R Reverse posi tion When parking on an uphill grade place the shift lever in 1st gear Automatic transmission models Move the shift lever to the P Park position To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into traffic when parked on an incline it is a good practice to turn the wheels as illustrated HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels into the curb and move the vehicle forward until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels away from the curb and move the vehicle back until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL NO CURB Turn the wheels toward the side of the road so the vehicle will move away from the cen ter of the road if it moves Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position
397. sition that has a lap shoulder belt Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 41 1 42 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Booster seats of various sizes are offered by several manufacturers When selecting any booster seat keep the following points in mind Choose only a booster seat with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system Make sure the child s head will be properly supported by the booster seat or vehicle seat The seatback must be at or above the center of the child s ears For example if a low back booster seat 1 is chosen the vehicle seatback must be at or above the center of the child s ears If the seatback is lower than the center of the child s ears a high back booster seat 2 should be used If the booster seat is compatible with your vehicle place the child in the booster seat and check the various adjustments to be sure the booster seat is compatible with the child Always follow all recommended pro cedures All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated The instructions in this section apply to
398. space when compared to MP3s at the same level of quality Bit rate Bit rate denotes the number of bits per second used by a digital music file The size and quality of a compressed digital audio file is determined by the bit rate used when encoding the file Multisession Multisession is one of the methods for writing data to media Writing data once to the media is called a single session and writing more than once is called a multisession e ID3 WMA Tag The ID3 WMA tag is the part of the encoded MP3 or WMA file that contains information about the digital music file such as song title artist encoding bit rate track time duration etc ID3 tag infor mation is displayed on the Artist song title line on the display Windows and Windows Media are regis tered trademarks and trademarks in the United States of America and other countries of Micro soft Corporation of the USA 4 24 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems FOLDER MP3 or WMA WHA1078 Playback order chart Playback order Music playback order of a CD with MP3 or WMA files is as illustrated The names of folders not containing MP3 or WMA files are not shown in the display lf there is a file in the top level of the disc Root Folder is displayed The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software Therefore the files might not play in the desired order Spec
399. spection maintenance Rear center seat belt Rear power windows RearView Monitor Rear window and outside mirror defroster Rear window wiper and washer switches Refrigerant recommendation Registering your vehicle in another country Remote keyless entry system Reporting safety defects US only ROO Chase eo hE ewe oS oe Hew aS 2 45 S Safety Child safety rear doorlock 3 5 Child seat belts 1 26 1 33 1 37 1 41 Reporting safety defects US only 9 30 Seat adjustment Front manual seat adjustment 1 2 Seatback pockets noaoo ee ae es 2 40 Seat belt Child Sale 2 aa a wee we es 1 24 Infants and small children 1225 Injured Person 22 25 1 16 Larger children amp a 6 x ww 6 ae a a 1 25 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 13 Pregnant women aaau aa aaa 1 16 Pre tensioner seat belt system 1 58 Rear center seat belt 1 19 Seat belt extenders 1 23 Seat belt maintenance 1 23 Seatbelts oaoa aa 8 1 13 Shoulder belt height adjustment 1 22 Three point type with retractor 1 16 Seat belt warning light 2 19 Seats Adjustment 020004 1 2 Front seats 2 a 1 2 Heated seats oaao aa a 2 32 Manual front seat adjustment 1 2 Security indicator light 2 22 Security system NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system engine start 2 25 3 2 5 11
400. stem can Turn on the headlights front parking tail license plate and instrument panel lights au tomatically when it is dark Turn off all the lights when it is light Keep all the lights on a period of time after you turn the key to OFF and all doors are closed To turn on the autolight system 1 Turn the headlight switch to the AUTO posi tion 2 Turn the ignition key to ON 3 The autolight system automatically turns the headlights on and off Initially if the ignition switch is turned OFF and a door is opened and left open the headlights remain ON for a period of time If another door is opened while the headlights are on then the timer is reset To turn the autolight system off turn the switch to the OFF Pd or 2 Be sure you do not put anything on top of the autolight sensor located in the top side of the instrument panel The autolight sen sor controls the autolight if it is covered the autolight sensor reacts as if it is dark out and the headlights will illuminate If this occurs while parked with the engine off and the key in the ON position your vehi cle s battery could become discharged position Headlight beam select To select the high beam function push the lever forward The high beam lights come on and the E light illuminates 2 Pull the lever back to select the low beam 3 Pulling and releasing the lever flashes the headlight high beams on and off
401. stem is active tail lights on your vehicle are not on It is necessary at dusk to turn on your headlights Failure to do so could cause an accident injuring yourself and others INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS CONTROL The instrument brightness control operates when the headlight control switch is in the Pd or 2 position Turn the control A to adjust the brightness of instrument panel lights when driving at night TURN SIGNAL SWITCH Turn signal Q Move the lever up or down to signal the turning direction When the turn is com pleted the turn signal cancels automatically Lane change signal 2 To signal a lane change move the lever up or down to the point where the indicator light begins to flash but the lever does not latch The turn signal will flash three times automati Cally FOG LIGHT SWITCH if so equipped To turn the fog lights on turn the headlight switch to the 2 position then turn the fog light switch to the 0 position To turn the fog lights off turn the fog light switch to the OFF position The headlights must be on and the low beams selected for the fog lights to operate The fog lights automatically turn off when the high beam headlights are selected OFF ROAD LAMPS SWITCH if so equipped The off road lights are designed to increase vis ibility when driving during off road conditions To turn on the off road lights The covers must be removed from the off road lights
402. stem is operational If any of the following conditions occur the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag and preten sioner systems need servicing The supplemental air bag warning light re mains on after approximately 7 seconds The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Under these conditions the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag or pretensioner systems may not operate properly They must be checked and repaired Take your vehicle to the nearest NISSAN dealer AWARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag and or preten sioner systems will not operate in an acci dent To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible 1 60 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Repair and replacement procedure The front air bags side air bags curtain air bags and pretensioners are designed to inflate on a one time only basis As a reminder unless it is damaged the supplemental air bag warning light remains illuminated after inflation has occurred Repair and replacement of these supplemental air bag systems should be done only by a NISSAN dealer When maintenance work is required on the ve hicle the front air bags side air bags curtain air bags pretensioners
403. stop and a tone will be heard After the tone speak desired command displayed on the touchscreen One Shot Call To use the system faster you may speak the second level commands with the main menu command on the main menu For example press the 4 button and after the tone say Call Redial Pps INFORMATION SirlusXM SirusxXM Travel Link Traffic i Voice H My Apps B Commands Settings CONNECTING PROCEDURE NOTE The connecting procedure must be per formed when the vehicle is stationary If the vehicle starts moving during the procedure the procedure will be cancelled 1 Press the asm button on the control panel 2 Select the Settings key 3 Select the Phone amp Bluetooth key 4 Select the Connect New Device key 5 Initiate the connecting process from the handset The system will display the mes sage Is PIN XXXXXX displayed on your Bluetooth device If the PIN is displayed on your Bluetooth device select Yes to complete the pairing process For more information see the Bluetooth de vice s Owner s Manual VEHICLE PHONEBOOK To access the vehicle phonebook 1 Pressthe button on the control panel 2 Select the Phonebook key 3 Choose the desired entry from the displayed list 4 The number of the entry will be displayed on the screen Touch the number to initiate di aling NOTE To scroll quickly thr
404. storage switch is used for long term vehicle storage Even if the ex tended storage switch is broken it is not necessary to replace it Replace only the open fuse in the switch with a new fuse Maintenance and do it yourself 8 25 BATTERY REPLACEMENT How to replace the extended storage switch A CAUTION Be careful not to allow children to swallow the battery or removed parts 1 To remove the extended storage switch be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position 2 Be sure the headlight switch is in the OFF position 3 Remove the fuse box cover 4 Pinch the locking tabs found on each side of the storage switch 5 Pull the storage switch straight out from the fuse box 2 8 26 Maintenance and do it yourself Do not touch the internal circuit and electric terminals as it could cause a malfunction When changing the battery do not let dust or oil get on the keyfob There is danger of explosion if a lithium bat tery Is incorrectly replaced Replace only with the same or equivalent type Recommended battery CR2025 or equivalent 4 Close the lid securely 5 Press the button then the Bi button two or three times to check the key fob operation If the battery is removed for any reason other than replacement perform step 5 e An improperly disposed battery can hurt the environment Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal e The keyfob is water resistant ho
405. supplemental restraint system Removable head restraint headrest Single Notch Lock knob Stalks 1 5 Remove Use the following procedure to remove the head restraints headrests iF Pull the head restraint headrest up to the highest position 2 Push and hold the lock knob Remove the head restraint headrest from the seat Store the head restraint headrest properly in a secure place so it Is not loose in the vehicle 5 Reinstall and properly adjust the head restraint headrest before an occupant uses the seating position Install 1 Align the head restraint headrest stalks with the holes in the seat Make sure the head restraint headrest is facing the correct di rection The stalk with the notch notches 4 must be installed in the hole with the lock knob 2 2 Push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint headrest down 3 Properly adjust the head restraint headrest before an occupant uses the seating posi tion 1 6 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Adjust For adjustable head restraint headrest Adjust the head restraint headrest so the center is level with the center of your ears If your ear position is still higher than the recommended alignment place the head restraint headrest at the highest position For non adjustable head restraint headrest Make sure the head restraint headrest is posi tioned so the lock knob is engaged in the n
406. t Route Utilize a map or navigation system to de termine the best route to save time 7 Avoid Idling Shutting off your engine when safe for stops exceeding 30 60 seconds saves fuel and reduces emissions Buy an Automated Pass for Toll Roads Automated passes permit drivers to use special lanes to maintain cruising speed through the toll and avoid stopping and starting 9 Winter Warm Up Limit idling time to minimize impact to fuel economy Vehicles typically need no more than 30 seconds of idling at start up to effec tively circulate the engine oil before driving Your vehicle will reach its ideal operating temperature more quickly while driving versus Idling 10 Keeping your Vehicle Cool Park your vehicle in a covered parking area or in the shade whenever possible When entering a hot vehicle opening the windows will help to reduce the inside temperature faster resulting in reduced demand on your A C system INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY Keep your engine tuned up Follow the recommended scheduled main tenance Keep the tires inflated to the correct pres sure Low tire pressure increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy Keep the front wheels in correct alignment Improper alignment increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy For vehicles equipped with use 4H or 4L position only when necessary Four wheel drive operation lowers fuel economy Use the recommended viscosity engine
407. t holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the seat belt as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 9 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps 3 through 8 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WRS0475 Forward facing step 10 10 If the child restraint is installed in the front passenger seat place the ignition switch in the ON position The front passenger air bag status light should illuminate If this light is not illuminated see Front passenger air bag and status light in this section Move the child restraint to another seating position Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt is fully retracted the ALR mode child re straint mode is canceled 1 Top tether straps 2 Anchor points INSTALLING TOP TETHER STRAP AWARNING Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints Under no circumstances are they to be used to at tach adult seat belts or other items or equipment to the vehicle Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages The child restraint will not be properly installed using the damaged anch
408. t system 1 61 2 Instruments and controls INSUUMCNE panel sncsddeae sun deetedin ee ed tier sen 2 2 Meters and GaUGeSs di ccs tcc euteed eect euikeedeeuien oc 2 3 Speedometer and odometer ece eee ees 2 4 TaCHOMPICls sauvencreense acer ec aes ees eee es 2 6 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 6 Fuel gauge cesecewed os cece weer ee EENE Pease a 2 7 Engine oil pressure gauge 2 22 05 2 8 VORME aaa boca sae dewey Me EEEN ee een 2 8 Trip computer if so equipped 0000 es 2 9 Compass and outside temperature display UP SO eQUID DCG seq cewnees nasie einean 2 10 Outside temperature display 4 2 10 Compass displaye yiveussee eee sueraweewu strewes 2 11 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 2 14 Checking DUDS sess ss 00e es esearneeeuneeeaweand 2 15 Warning IONS sirerirscisa torie keia Enekin 2 15 mMdicator NOMS esinaise anisan Aana 2 20 Audible reminders ssssessasannnusrrrrrrnnn 2 23 SCCUNLY SYSTEMS lt vdcrarwes rennt rasa CEE nE gee 2 24 Vehicle security system 0200e eee 2 24 NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system 2 25 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 26 SWICH Operation cx 9 2iaacd ce iGaneereee atiii 2 26 Rear window wiper and washer switch 2 27 Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped GCN OSter SWUIChxeencandesveeteceesiddiewatecwnens 2 28 Headlight and turn signal switch
409. tainers Instruments and controls 2 41 CARGO AREA STORAGE To access the floor storage area push down 4 to raise the handle then pull up on the handle to lift the luggage board AWARNING Do not drive with the luggage board teth ered to a ceiling hook In a sudden stop or collision the luggage board could come loose and cause personal injury 2 42 Instruments and controls LUGGAGE HOOKS The luggage hooks can be used to secure cargo with ropes or other types of straps AWARNING e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or col lision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury Use suitable ropes and hooks to secure cargo Never allow anyone to ride in the lug gage area It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside of a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts The child restraint top tether strap may be damaged by contact with items in the cargo area Secure any items in the cargo area Your child could be seri ously injured or killed in a collision if the top tether strap is damaged Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly E Ao o I A NTA ES A W Hook
410. tant to select the engine oil viscosity based on the temperatures at which the vehicle will be oper ated before the next oil change Choosing an oil viscosity other than that recommended could cause serious engine damage Selecting the correct oil filter Your new NISSAN vehicle is equipped with a high quality genuine NISSAN oil filter When re placing use a genuine NISSAN oil filter or its equivalent for the reason described in Change intervals Change intervals The oil and oil filter change intervals for your engine are based on the use of the specified quality oils and filters Using engine oil and filters that are not of the specified quality or exceeding recommended oil and filter change intervals could reduce engine life Damage to the engine caused by improper maintenance or use of incor rect oil and filter quality and or viscosity is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited war ranty Your engine was filled with a high quality engine oil when it was built You do not have to change the oil before the first recommended change interval Oil and filter change intervals depend upon how you use your vehicle Operation under the following conditions may require more frequent oil and filter changes repeated short distance driving at cold out side temperatures driving in dusty conditions extensive idling towing a trailer stop and go commuting Refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Gui
411. tch ball size is stamped on most trailer couplers Most hitch balls also have the size printed on the top of the ball Choose the proper class hitch ball based on the trailer weight The diameter of the threaded shank of the hitch ball must be matched to the ball mount hole diameter The hitch ball shank should be no more than 1 16 smaller than the hole in the ball mount The threaded shank of the hitch ball must be long enough to be properly secured to the ball mount There should be at least 2 threads showing beyond the lock washer and nut Ball mount The hitch ball is attached to the ball mount and the ball mount is inserted into the hitch receiver Choose a proper class ball mount based on the trailer weight Additionally the ball mount should be chosen to keep the trailer tongue level with the ground Weight carrying hitches A weight carrying or dead weight ball mount is one that is designed to carry the whole amount of tongue weight and gross weight directly on the ball mount and on the receiver Weight distribution hitch This type of hitch is also called a load leveling or equalizing hitch A set of bars attach to the ball mount and to the trailer to distribute the tongue weight hitch weight of your trailer Many vehicles can t carry the full tongue weight of a given trailer and need some of the tongue weight transferred through the frame and pushing down on the front wheels This giv
412. te receiver and antenna are in stalled and a SiriusXM Satellite Radio service subscription is active Satellite radio is not avail able in Alaska Hawaii and Guam If a compact disc is playing when the XM button is pressed the compact disc will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will come on TUNE SCROLL knob Tuning Turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to the left or right for manual tuning lt lt gt Pi SEEK tuning Press the SEEK button M4 or PP to tune from low to high or high to low frequencies and to stop at the next broadcasting station SCAN tuning Press the SCAN button to stop at each broad casting station for 5 seconds SCAN will appear on the screen while the radio is scan tuning Pressing the button again during this 5 second period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station If the SCAN button is not pressed within 5 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next station 1 to 6 Station memory operations Six stations can be set for the AM band Twelve stations can be set for the FM band 6 for FM1 6 for FM2 Eighteen channels can be set for the satellite radio 6 for XM1 6 for XM2 6 for XMS 1 Choose the radio band AM FM1 or FM2 using the FM AM select button or choose the satellite band XM1 XM2 or XM3 using the XM button 2 Tune to the desired station using manual SEEK or SCAN tuning Press and hold any of the desired station memory buttons 1
413. tem is designed to reduce driver workload when going down steep hills The hill descent control system helps to control vehicle speed so the driver can concen trate on steering the vehicle To activate the hill descent control system the 4WD switch must be in the 4L position and the vehicle speed must be under 15 MPH 25 km h or the 4WD switch must be in the 4H position and the vehicle speed must be under 21 MPH 35 km h and the hill descent control system switch must be ON The hill descent control system on indicator light will come on when the system is activated Also the stop tail lights illuminate while the hill descent control system applies the brakes to control ve hicle speed If the accelerator or brake pedal is depressed while the hill descent control system is on the system will stop operating temporarily As soon as the accelerator or brake pedal is released the hill descent control system begins to function again if the hill descent control operating condi tions are fulfilled The hill descent control system on indicator light blinks if the switch is on and all conditions for system activation are not met or if the system becomes disengaged for any reason To turn off the hill descent control system push the switch to the OFF position For additional information see Hill descent con trol system on indicator light earlier in this sec tion and Hill descent control system in the
414. ter pillar Tire pressures should be checked regularly because Most tires naturally lose air over time Tires can lose air suddenly when driven over potholes or other objects or if the vehicle strikes a curb while parking The tire pressures should be checked when the tires are cold The tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds Incorrect tire pressure including un der inflation may adversely affect tire life and vehicle handling AWARNING Improperly inflated tires can fail suddenly and cause an accident The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR is located on the F M V S S C M V S S certifica tion label The vehicle weight ca pacity is indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label Do not load your vehicle beyond this capacity Overloading your ve hicle may result in reduced tire life unsafe operating conditions due to premature tire failure or unfavorable handling character istics and could also lead to a serious accident Loading beyond the specified capacity may also result in failure of other vehicle components e Before taking a long trip or whenever you heavily load your vehicle use a tire pressure gauge to ensure that the tire pressures are at the specified level e For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety I
415. the VDC indicator light will not turn off after 2 sec onds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position To reset the system you must perform the reset procedure Refer to Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system in the Starting and driv ing section of this manual If the light does not go off after performing the reset procedure have the traction control system checked by a NISSAN dealer While the Vehicle Dynamic Control system is operating you might feel slight vibration or hear the system working when starting the vehicle or accelerating but this is normal The VDC system will be disabled and the VDC light will illuminate when the electronic locking rear differential E lock system switch if so equipped is turned on and the E lock system is engaged If the E lock system disengages or the switch is turned off the VDC system will be enabled and the VDC light will turn off AUDIBLE REMINDERS Brake pad wear warning The disc brake pads have audible wear warnings When a disc brake pad requires replacement it makes a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion whether or not the brake pedal is depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the warning sound is heard Key reminder chime A chime sounds if the driver s door is opened while the key is left in the ignition switch Remove the key and take it with you when leaving the vehicle Light reminder chime With the ig
416. the following To a name Enter Number Missed Calls Incoming Calls Outgoing Calls For more information about these options see Voice commands in this section Once a recipient is chosen the system prompts for which message to send Nine predefined messages are available as well as three custom messages To choose one of the predefined messages speak one of the following after the tone Driving can t text Call me On my way Running late Okay Yes No Where are you When To send one of the custom messages say Custom Messages If more than one cus tom message is stored the system will prompt for the number of the desired cus tom message For more information on set ting and managing custom text messages see Bluetooth settings in this section Reading a received text message 1 Press the CS wheel button on the steering 2 Say Phone after the tone 3 Say Read Text after the tone The text message sender and delivery time are shown on the screen Use the tuning switch to scroll through all text messages if more than one are available Press the button to exit the text message screen Press the amp 4 button to access the following options for replying to the text message Call Back Speak this command to call the sender of the text message using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone
417. the shift lever may not be moved from the P Park position even with the brake pedal depressed To move the shift lever release the shift lock The shift lever can be moved to N Neutral However the steering wheel will be locked unless the igni tion switch is placed in the ON position for models with a steering lock mechanism This allows the vehicle to be moved if the battery is discharged 5 16 Starting and driving To push the shift lock release complete the fol lowing procedure 1 Place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi tion and remove the key 2 Apply the parking brake 3 Remove the shift lock release cover as shown 4 Use a protective cloth on the tip of a small screwdriver before inserting it in the shift lock release slot and pushing down 5 Move the shift lever to the N Neutral posi tion while holding down the shift lock re lease 6 Place the ignition switch in the ON position to unlock the steering wheel for models with a steering lock mechanism 7 Now the vehicle may be moved to the de sired location If the shift lever cannot be moved out of P Park have a NISSAN dealer check the automatic transmission system as soon as possible AWARNING If the shift lever cannot be moved from the P Park position while the engine is run ning and the brake pedal is depressed the stop lights may not work Malfunctioning stop lights could cause an accident injur ing yourself and other
418. the system from recognizing voice commands correctly Wait until the tone sounds before speaking a command Otherwise the command will not be received properly Start speaking a command within 5 seconds after the tone sounds Speak in a natural voice without pausing between words Giving voice commands To operate NISSAN Voice Recognition press and release the 4 button located on the steering wheel After the tone sounds speak a command The command given is picked up by the micro phone and voice feedback is given when the command is accepted If you need to hear the available commands for the current menu again say Help and the system will repeat them fa command is not recognized the system announces Command not recognized Please try again Make sure the command is said exactly as prompted by the system and repeat the command in a clear voice If you want to go back to the previous com mand you can say Go back or Correc tion any time the system is waiting for a response Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 61 You can cancel a command when the sys tem is waiting for a response by saying Cancel or Quit The system announces Cancel and ends the VR session You can also press and hold the button on the steering wheel for 5 seconds at any time to end the VR session Whenever the VR ses sion is cancelled a double be
419. the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer Malfunction Indicator Light blinking An engine misfire has been detected which may damage the emission control system To re duce or avoid emission control system dam age do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH 72 km h avoid hard acceleration or deceleration avoid steep uphill grades if possible reduce the amount of cargo being hauled or towed Instruments and controls 2 21 The Malfunction Indicator Light may stop blinking and come on steady Have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer A CAUTION Continued vehicle operation without hav ing the emission control system checked and repaired as necessary could lead to poor driveability reduced fuel economy and possible damage to the emission con trol system Bee Overdrive OFF indicator light A T models only This light comes on when the overdrive function is OFF The automatic transmission overdrive function is controlled by the overdrive switch See Driving the vehicle in the Starting and driving section of this manual Security indicator light This light blinks whenever the ignition switch is in the LOCK OFF or ACC position This function indicates the security system equipped on the vehicle is operational 2 22 Instruments and controls For additional inf
420. ther anchor point rear seat installation only See In stalling top tether strap in this section Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor LRS0667 Forward facing step 4 4 Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully extended At this time the seat belt retractor is in the Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode child restraint mode It reverts to Emergency Locking Retractor ELR mode when the seat belt is fully retracted LRS0668 Forward facing step 5 5 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt 6 WRS0681 Forward facing step 6 Remove any additional slack from the seat belt press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 39 1 40 WRS0698 Forward facing step 8 8 After attaching the child restraint test it be fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the seat belt path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the bel
421. tic base until it snaps and stops 4 Connect the negative battery cable 5 Close the hood Removing the headlight bulb 1 Open the hood 2 Disconnect the negative battery cable 3 Disconnect the electrical connector from the rear end of the bulb Maintenance and do it yourself 8 29 EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS Headlight 9007 HB5 Turn signal light Parking light 3457AK Side marker 194 Off road lights 9005LL HB3 Rear combination light Turn signal 3156 Stop Tail 3157KX RD Back up 921 License plate light 168 Fog light if so equipped H11 Interior light AL48 Map lights AL48 Cargo light AL48 High mounted stop light LED 1 Always check with the Parts Department at a NISSAN dealer for the latest parts information 2The bulb is not serviceable in vehicle See a NISSAN dealer for assistance WDI0671 8 30 Maintenance and do it yourself ooo Oe SN Map light Off road light if so equipped Interior light Fog light if so equipped Headlight assembly Cargo light High mounted stoplight Rear combination light License plate light LDI0478 Map lights Use a cloth to protect the housing Replacement procedures All other lights are either type A B C or D When replacing a bulb first remove the lens and or cover 1 Indicates bulb removal t Indicates bulb installation Maintenance and do it yourself 8 31 WDI0206 Interior light Cargo light Use a cloth to p
422. ting on an edge of the seat or by otherwise being out of position this could cause the sensor to turn the air bag OFF In addition if the occupant improperly uses the seat belt in the ALR mode this could cause the air bag to be turned OFF Always be sure to be seated and wearing the seat belt properly for the most effective protection by the seat belt and supplemental air bag NISSAN recommends that pre teens and chil dren be properly restrained in a rear seat NISSAN also recommends that appropriate child restraints and booster seats be properly installed in a rear seat If this is not possible the occupant classification sensor and seat belt sensors are designed to operate as described above to turn the front passenger air bag OFF for specified child restraints as required by the regulations Failing to properly secure child restraints and to use the ALR mode may allow the restraint to tip or move in an accident or sudden stop This can also result in the passenger air bag inflating ina crash instead of being OFF See Child re straints earlier in this section for proper use and installation If the front passenger seat is not occupied the passenger air bag Is designed not to inflate in a crash However heavy objects placed on the seat could result in air bag inflation because of the object s weight detected by the occupant classification sensor Other conditions could also result in air bag inflation such as if a child
423. tion as follows 1 Hold the connector tongue so that the seat belt does not retract suddenly when the tongue is released from the connector buckle 2 Insert a suitable tool such as a key into the connector buckle and release the con nector tongue a 3 Fold the connector as illustrated 2 4 Then secure the connector tongue into the retractor base 3 in the ceiling AWARNING Do not unfasten the rear center seat belt connector except when folding down the rear seat When attaching the rear center seat belt connector be certain that the seat backs are completely secured in the latched position and the rear center seat belt connector is completely secured 1 20 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Attaching the center seat belt Always be sure the center seat belt connector tongue and connector buckle are attached Dis connect only when folding down the rear seat To connect the buckle Q Pull out the seat belt tongue from the retrac tor base 2 Pull out the connector tongue from the molded retractor base 3 Pull the seat belt and secure the receiver buckle until it clicks The center seat belt connector tongue and re ceiver buckle are indicated by the gt and lt mark The center seat belt connector tongue can be attached only into the rear center seat belt con nector buckle To fasten the seat belt see Fastening the seat belts earlier in thi
424. tion see Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the Technical and consumer information section RECOMMENDED ENGINE OIL Genuine NISSAN engine oil or equivalent Engine oil with API Certification Mark Viscosity SAE 5W 30 See Engine oil and oil filter recommendation in the Technical and consumer information sec tion of this manual COLD TIRE PRESSURE See Tire and Loading Information label The label is typically located on the driver side center pillar or on the driver s door For additional information see Wheels and tires in the Main tenance and do it yourself section of this manual RECOMMENDED NEW VEHICLE BREAK IN PROCEDURE During the first 1 200 mi 2 000 km of vehicle use follow the recommendations outlined in the Break in schedule information found in the Starting and driving section of this manual Fol low these recommendations for the future reli ability and economy of your new vehicle Failure to follow these recommendations may result in vehicle damage or shortened engine life Printing September 2013 16 Publication No OM14E ON5S0OU0 Printed in U S A
425. tions depending on the weight detected on the passenger seat and how the seat belt is used If the front passenger air bag is OFF the passenger air bag status light will be illuminated if the seat is unoccupied the light will not be illuminated but the air bag will be off See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section for further details One front air bag inflating does not indicate improper performance of the system If you have any questions about your air bag system please contact NISSAN or your NISSAN dealer If you are considering modification of your vehicle due to a disability you may also contact NISSAN Contact information is contained in the front of this Owner s Manual When a front air bag inflates a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by the release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken to not inhale it as it may cause Irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Front air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the face and chest of the front occupants They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating front air bag may cause facial abrasions or other injuries Front air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body Even with NISSAN advanced air bags seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and pas
426. tions of the vehicle road and traffic 1 Remain calm and do not overreact 2 Do not apply the brakes 3 Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course 4 When appropriate slowly release the accel erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle 5 If there is nothing in the way steer the ve hicle to follow the road while vehicle speed is reduced Do not attempt to drive the ve hicle back onto the road surface until vehicle speed is reduced 6 When it is safe to do so gradually turn the steering wheel until both tires return to the road surface When all tires are on the road surface steer the vehicle to stay in the ap propriate driving lane If you decide that it is not safe to return the vehicle to the road surface based on vehicle road or traffic conditions gradually slow the vehicle to a stop in a safe place off the road RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSS Rapid air pressure loss or a blow out can occur if the tire is punctured or is damaged due to hitting a curb or pothole Rapid air pressure loss can also be caused by driving on under inflated tires Rapid air pressure loss can affect the handling and stability of the vehicle especially at highway speeds Help prevent rapid air pressure loss by maintain ing the correct air pressure and visually inspect the tires for wear and damage See Wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do it yourself section o
427. tions which should be closely observed AWARNING Park the vehicle on a level surface ap ply the parking brake securely and block the wheels to prevent the vehicle from moving Move the shift lever to P Park Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position when performing any parts replacement or repairs If you must work with the engine run ning keep your hands clothing hair and tools away from moving fans belts and any other moving parts It is advisable to secure or remove any loose clothing and remove any jewelry such as rings watches etc before working on your vehicle e Always wear eye protection whenever you work on your vehicle Your vehicle is equipped with an auto matic engine cooling fan It may come on at any time without warning even if the ignition switch is in the OFF posi tion and the engine is not running To avoid injury always disconnect the negative battery cable before working near the fan If you must run the engine in an en closed space such as a garage be sure there is proper ventilation for exhaust gases to escape Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by a jack If it is neces sary to work under the vehicle support it with safety stands Keep smoking materials flame and sparks away from the fuel tank and battery On gasoline engine models the fuel filter or fuel lines should be serviced by a NISSAN dealer because the fuel lin
428. to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS mal function indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approxi mately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the mal function exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alter nate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replac ing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly Starting and driving 5 3 Additional information The TPMS does not monitor the tire pressure of the spare tire The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving The low tire pressure wa
429. ton will go off 2 Press the rs air flow control button 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 15 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Defrosting or defogging This mode directs the air to the defrost outlets to defrost defog the windows 1 Press the defrost defog button GY 2 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 3 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position To quickly remove ice or fog from the win dows turn the fan control dial to the highest setting and the temperature control to the full HOT position When the 7 position is selected the air conditioner automatically turns on the indi cator light onthe A C button will come on if the outside temperature is more than 36 F 2 C This dehumidifies the air which helps defog the windshield The 7 mode au tomatically turns off allowing outside air to be drawn into the passenger compartment to further improve the defogging perfor mance Bi level heating The bi level mode directs warmed air to the side and center vents and to the front and rear floor outlets 1 Press the 7 amp gt button to the OFF position The indicator light on the button will go off 2 Press the ad air flow control button 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion
430. ton will change the band as follows SXM1 SXM2 SXM1 satellite if so equipped When the SXM button is pressed while the igni tion switch is in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the last station played The last station played will also come on when the VOL ON OFF control knob is pressed to turn the radio on When the SXM button is pressed the satellite radio mode will be skipped unless an optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and a SiriusXM Satellite Radio service subscription is active Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam lf a compact disc is playing when the SXM button is pressed the compact disc will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will come on While the radio is in SXM mode the operation can be controlled through the touchscreen Touch the Channels key to display a list of channels Touch a channel displayed on the list to change to that channel Touch the Categories key to display a list of categories Touch a cat egory displayed on the list to display options within that category Tuning with the touchscreen When in AM or FM mode the radio can be tuned using the touchscreen To bring up the visual tuner touch the Tune key on the lower right corner of the screen A screen appears with a bar running from low frequencies on the left to high frequencies on the right Touch the screen at the location
431. tongues retractors flexible wires and anchors work properly If loose parts deterioration cuts or other damage on the webbing is found the entire seat belt as sembly should be replaced CHILD SAFETY AWARNING Do not allow children to play with the seat belts Most seating positions are equipped with Automatic Locking Retrac tor ALR mode seat belts If the seat belt becomes wrapped around a child s neck with the ALR mode activated the child can be seriously injured or killed if the seat belt retracts and becomes tight This can occur even if the vehicle is parked Un buckle the seat belt to release the child If the seat belt cannot be unbuckled or is already unbuckled release the child by cutting the seat belt with a suitable tool such as a knife or scissors to release the seat belt Children need adults to help protect them They need to be properly restrained In addition to the general information in this manual child safety information is available from many other sources including doctors teachers government traffic safety offices and community organizations Every child is different so be sure to learn the best way to transport your child 1 24 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system There are three basic types of child restraint systems Rear facing child restraint Forward facing child restraint Booster seat The proper restraint depends on the child s size Gene
432. tons Press the M4 button while an audio file on the USB device is playing to return to the beginning of the current track Press the M4 button sev eral times to skip backward several tracks Press the PPI button while an audio file on the USB device is playing to advance one track Press the Pl button several times to skip for ward several tracks If the last track in a folder on the USB device is skipped the first track of the next folder is played Random and repeat play mode While files on a USB device are playing the play pattern can be altered so that songs are repeated or played randomly Random Touch the Random key to apply a random play pattern to the USB device When the random mode is active the 3S iconis displayed to the left of the song title or album name to denote which random pattern is applied To cancel Ran dom mode touch the Random key until no gt iconis displayed Repeat Touch the Repeat key to apply a repeat play pattern to the USB device When the repeat mode is active the J icon is displayed to the left of the song title or album name to denote which repeat pattern is applied To cancel Repeat fb rais mode touch the Repeat key untilno 7 icon is displayed Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 47 iIPod PLAYER OPERATION WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped Connecting iPod AWARNING Do not connect disco
433. ts 004 1 26 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren SVSICMinnecereuuceueateaweatewesanes Rear facing child restraint installation using EIE a E E E A E EE E E Rear facing child restraint installation using the seat belts nnnn cece eee ees Forward facing child restraint installation usmg LATO kdneanetateaneapuneeresy areas Forward facing child restraint installation using the seat beltS 0 cece eee eee Installing top tether strap 00 cee eee Booster SCdlS ii cccksccest ness eSddackdddandsc Supplemental restraint system 00 c eee ee Precautions on supplemental restraint SYSTEM cece tka eae red ences Gee dese ede se eee oe Supplemental air bag warning labels Supplemental air bag warning light SEATS Sit upright and well back AWARNING e Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat properly See Precau tions on seat belt usage later in this section After adjustment gently rock in th
434. ty Do not fill the windshield washer fluid reservoir with washer fluid concen trates at full strength Some methyl al cohol bases washer concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the windshield washer fluid reservoir Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s recom mended levels before pouring the fluid into the windshield washer fluid reser voir Do not use the windshield washer fluid reservoir to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water REAR WINDOW WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH The rear window wiper and washer operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position Turn the switch clockwise from the OFF position to operate the wiper Q Intermittent INT intermittent operation not adjustable 2 ON continuous low speed operation Push the switch forward 3 to operate the washer The wiper will also operate several times AWARNING In freezing temperatures the washer solu tion may freeze on the window and ob scure your vision Warm the rear window with the defroster before you wash the rear window A CAUTION Do not operate the washer continuously for more than 30 seconds e Do not operate the washer if the windshield washer fluid reservoir is empty e Do not fill the windshield washer fluid reservoir with washer fluid concen trates at full strength Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s r
435. uce your vehicle s maximum towing capacity 2 Use of a weight distributing hitch system is recommended when towing over 5 000 Ib 2 268 kg TOWING SAFETY Trailer hitch Your vehicle may be equipped with an optional trailer tow package The trailer tow package in cludes a receiver type frame mounted hitch This hitch is rated for the maximum towing capacity of this vehicle when the proper towing equipment is used Choose a proper ball mount and hitch ball that is rated for the trailer to be towed Genuine NISSAN ball mounts and hitch balls are available from your NISSAN dealer If your vehicle is not equipped with the optional trailer tow package check the towing capacity of your bumper hitch or receiver type frame mounted hitch Choose a proper hitch for your vehicle and trailer A genuine NISSAN trailer hitch is available from your NISSAN dealer Make sure the trailer hitch is securely attached to the vehicle to help avoid personal injury or property damage due to sway caused by crosswinds rough road surfaces or passing trucks AWARNING Trailer hitch components have specific weight ratings Your vehicle may be ca pable of towing a trailer heavier than the weight rating of the hitch components Never exceed the weight rating of the hitch components Doing so can cause serious personal injury or property damage Hitch ball Choose a hitch ball of the proper size and weight rating for your trailer The required hi
436. uids solvents deter gents or ammonia based cleaners as they may damage the leather s natural finish Never use fabric protectors unless rec ommended by the manufacturer e Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on meter or gauge lens covers It may dam age the lens cover AIR FRESHENERS Most air fresheners use a solvent that could affect the vehicle interior If you use an air freshener take the following precautions Hanging type air fresheners can cause per manent discoloration when they contact ve hicle interior surfaces Place the air fresh ener in a location that allows it to hang free and not contact an interior surface Liquid type air fresheners typically clip on the vents These products can cause imme diate damage and discoloration when spilled on interior surfaces Carefully read and follow the manufacturer s in structions before using the air fresheners FLOOR MATS AWARNING To avoid potential pedal interference that may result in a collision or injury NEVER place a floor mat on top of an other floor mat in the driver front position e Use only genuine NISSAN floor mats specifically designed for use in your ve hicle model See your NISSAN dealer for more information Properly position the mats in the floor well using the floor mat positioning aid See Floor mat positioning aid in this section The use of genuine NISSAN floor mats can ex tend the life of your vehicle car
437. uildings It can also occur for several seconds during ionospheric turbulence even in areas where no obstacles exist Static Caused by thunderstorms electrical power lines electric signs and even traffic lights SATELLITE RADIO RECEPTION if so equipped When the satellite radio is used for the first time or the battery has been replaced the satellite radio may not work properly This is not a mal function Wait more than 10 minutes with satellite radio ON and the vehicle outside of any metal or large building for satellite radio to receive all of the necessary data No satellite radio reception is available and NO SAT is displayed when the SAT band option is selected unless optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and a SiriusXM Satellite Radio service subscription is active Satellite ra dio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam Satellite radio performance may be affected if cargo carried on the roof blocks the satellite radio signal If possible do not put cargo over the satellite antenna A build up of ice on the satellite radio antenna can affect satellite radio performance Remove the ice to restore satellite radio reception 4 22 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems COMPACT AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS Compact disc CD player A CAUTION e Do not force a compact disc into the CD insert slot This could damage the CD and or CD player Trying to lo
438. umber 2 Two digit code identification mark Manufacturer s 3 Two digit code Tire size 8 38 Maintenance and do it yourself 4 XXX XXXX t t 5 6 WDI0396 Three digit code Tire type code Optional Three digit code Date of Manufac ture Four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For ex ample the numbers 3103 means the 31st week of 2003 If these numbers are missing then look on the other sidewall of the tire 3 Tire ply composition and material The number of layers or plies of rubber coated fabric in the tire Tire manufactur ers also must indicate the materials in the tire which include steel nylon polyester and others Maximum permissible inflation pres sure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire Do not exceed the maximum permissible in flation pressure Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be car ried by the tire When replacing the tires on the vehicle always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory in stalled tire 6 Term of tubeless or tube type Indicates whether the tire requires an in ner tube tube type or not tubeless 7 The word radial The word radial is shown if the tire has radial structure Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or brand name is shown Other T
439. ur vehicle add Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue concentrate following the direc tions on the container If an equivalent coolant other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue is used follow the coolant manufacturer s instructions to maintain minimum anti freeze protection to 34 F 37 C The use of other types of coolant solutions other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue or equivalent may damage the engine cooling system The life expectancy of the factory fill coolant is 105 000 miles 168 000 km or 7 years Mixing any other type of cool ant other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue includ ing Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant green or the use of non distilled water will reduce the life expectancy of the factory fill cool ant Refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for more details Maintenance and do it yourself 8 7 CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL Check the coolant level in the reservoir when the engine is cold If the coolant level is below the MIN level add coolant to the MAX level If the reservoir is empty check the coolant level in the radiator when the engine is cold If there is insufficient coolant in the radiator fill the radiator with coolant up to the filler opening and also add it to the reservoir up to the MAX level This vehicle contains Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue Th
440. ure to use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured The restraint could tip over or be loose and cause injury to a child ina sudden stop or collision Also it can change the operation of the front pas senger air bag See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section When installing a child restraint system WRS0256 REAR FACING CHILD RESTRAINT in the rear center position both the Rear facing step 1 center seat belt connector tongue and Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT buckle tongue must be secured See safety and Child restraints sections before in BELTS Attaching the center seat belt in this stalling a child restraint section Follow these steps to install a rear facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belts in the rear seats 1 Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and therefore must not be used in the front seat Position the child restraint on the seat Always follow the restraint manufacturer s instructions Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 33 4 E gt WRS0761 Rear facing step 2 2 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s in structions for belt routing LRSO669 Rear facing
441. vate the air conditioner When the air condi tioner is on cooling and dehumidifying functions are added to the heater operation The air conditioner cooling function oper ates only when the engine is running Cooling This mode is used to cool and dehumidify the air 1 Press the 7 amp gt button to the OFF position Press the rs air flow control button 2 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired position 4 Press the A C button The indicator light onthe A C button will come on 5 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position For quick cooling when the outside tem perature is high push the 7 amp 2 button to the ON position The indicator light on the gt button will come on Be sure to return the SE to the OFF position for nor mal cooling The indicator light on the C button will go off You may also select MAX A C for quick cooling Dehumidified defogging This mode is used to defog the windows and dehumidify the air 1 Press the 7 air flow control button 2 Turnthe fan control dial to the desired position 3 Press the A C comes on When the Y or positions are se lected the air conditioner automatically turns on however the indicator light will not illuminate if the outside temperature is more than 36 F 2 C If one of these air flow control buttons is selected for more than one minute the air conditioning system will continue to operate until the fan con t
442. vehicle Once your cellular phone is connected to the in vehicle phone module no other phone con necting procedure is required Your phone is automatically connected with the in vehicle phone module when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position with the connected cellular phone turned on and carried in the vehicle You can register up to 5 different Bluetooth cellular phones to the in vehicle phone module However you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time NISSAN Voice Recognition system supports the phone commands so dialing a phone number using your voice is possible For more details see NISSAN Voice Recognition System in this sec tion Before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System refer to the following notes Set up the wireless connection between a cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module before using the hands free phone system Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 73 Some Bluetooth enabled cellular phones may not be recognized by the in vehicle phone module Please visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for a recom mended phone list and connecting You will not be able to use a hands free phone under the following conditions Your vehicle is outside of the cellular ser vice area Your vehicle is in an area where it is difficult to receive cellular signal such as in a tunnel in an underground parking garage near a tall building o
443. vehicles depress the clutch pedal The switch must be depressed and turned when changing into or out of 4LO AWARNING When parking apply the parking brake before stopping the engine and make sure that the 4WD shift indicator light is on and the ATP warning light goes off Otherwise the vehicle could unexpect edly move even if the automatic trans mission is in the P position 5 26 Starting and driving The 4LO indicator light must stop blink ing and remain illuminated or turn off before shifting the transmission into gear If the shift lever is shifted from the N position to any other gear when the 4LO indicator light is blinking the ve hicle may move unexpectedly A CAUTION Never shift the 4WD shift switch be tween 4LO and 4H while driving The 4H position provides greater trac tion Avoid excessive speed as it will cause increased fuel consumption and higher oil temperatures and could damage drivetrain components Speeds over 62 MPH 100 km h in 4H is not recommended The 4LO position provides maximum power and traction Avoid raising ve hicle speed excessively as the maxi mum speed is approximately 31 MPH 50 km h When driving straight shift the 4WD shift switch to the 2WD or 4H position Do not move the 4WD shift switch when making a turn or reversing Do not shift the 4WD shift switch be tween 2WD and 4H while driving on steep downhill grades Use the engine brake and low automatic tra
444. ver change tires if oncoming traffic is close to your vehicle Wait for profes sional road assistance Blocking wheels Place suitable blocks 1 at both the front and back of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire 2 to prevent the vehicle from moving when it is jacked up AWARNING Be sure to block the wheel as the vehicle may move and result in personal injury Getting the spare tire and tools 3 Find the oval shaped opening above the middle of the bumper Pass the T shaped 1 Fold the rear bench seat cushion forward end of the jack rod through the opening and Refer to Folding the 2nd row bench seat in direct it toward the spare tire winch located the Safety Seats seat belts and supple directly above the spare tire mental restraint system section earlier in this manual A CAUTION 2 Remove the jack and jacking tools Do not insert the jack rod straight as it is designed to be inserted at an angle as shown am ZI D 4 Fit the square end of the jack rod into the square hole of the wheel nut wrench to form a handle In case of emergency 6 5 5 6 6 Seat the T shaped end of the jack rod into the T shaped opening of the tire winch Ap ply pressure to keep the jack rod engaged in the spare tire winch and turn the jack rod counterclockwise to lower the spare tire Once the spare tire is completely lowered reach under the vehicle remove the retainer chain and carefully slide the t
445. vtomatic transmission park warning light g3zy3 model AWARNING If the ATP light is ON this indicates that the automatic transmission P Park po sition will not function and the transfer case is in neutral When parking always make sure that the 4WD shift indicator light illuminates and the parking brake is set Failure to engage the transfer position in 2WD 4H or 4LO could result in the vehicle mov ing unexpectedly resulting in serious personal injury or property damage Shift the 4WD switch into the 2WD 4H or 4LO position again to turn off the ATP warning light when the shift lever is in the P position and the ATP warning light is ON Before shifting the 4WD switch into the 4LO position move the shift lever into the N position once shift the shift lever into P again and make sure the ATP warning light is OFF Instruments and controls 2 15 This light indicates that the automatic transmis sion parking function is not engaged If the trans fer control is not secured in any drive position while the shift lever is in the P Park position the transmission will disengage and the drive wheels will not lock BRAKE or O Brake warning light This light functions for both the parking brake and the foot brake systems Parking brake indicator When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the light comes on when the parking brake is applied Low brake fluid warning light When the ignition sw
446. w ever if it does get wet immediately KEYFOB 3 Install a new battery with the facing wipe completely dry down Replace the battery in the keyfob as follows e The operational range of the keyfob a Hold the battery by the edges Holding the extends to approximately 33 ft 10 m Open the lid using a coin battery across the contact points will seri from the vehicle This range may vary 2 Remove the battery ously deplete the storage capacity with conditions Maintenance and do it yourself 8 27 For USA This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the fol lowing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference re ceived including interference that may cause undesired operation Note Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment For Canada This device complies with RSS 210 of In dustry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference in cluding interference that may cause unde sired operation of the device 8 28 Maintenance and do it yourself LIGHTS HEADLIGHTS The headlight is a semi sealed beam type which uses a replaceable headlight halogen bulb A bulb can be replaced from
447. when braking accelerating or downshifting Abrupt braking or accel erating could cause the wheels to skid and result in an accident If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the brakes will not work Braking will be harder Wet brakes When the vehicle is washed or driven through water the brakes may get wet As a result your braking distance will be longer and the vehicle may pull to one side during braking To dry the brakes drive the vehicle at a safe speed while lightly pressing the brake pedal to heat up the brakes Do this until the brakes return to normal Avoid driving the vehicle at high speeds until the brakes function correctly Parking brake break in Break in the parking brake shoes whenever the effect of the parking brake is weakened or when ever the parking brake shoes and or drum rotors are replaced in order to assure the best brake performance This procedure is described in the vehicle service manual and can be performed by a NISSAN dealer ANTI LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM ABS AWARNING The Anti lock Braking System ABS is a sophisticated device but it cannot pre vent accidents resulting from careless or dangerous driving techniques It can help maintain vehicle control during braking on slippery surfaces Remem ber that stopping distances on slippery surfaces will be longer than on normal surfaces even with ABS Stopping dis tances may also be longer
448. will remain blinking until the vehicle is refueled When the fuel level drops even lower the dte display will change to NOTE If the amount of fuel added while the ignition switch is OFF is small the dis play just before the ignition switch is turned OFF may continue to be dis played When driving uphill or rounding curves the fuel in the tank shifts which may momentarily change the display Average speed MPH or km h The average speed mode shows the average vehicle speed since last reset Resetting is done by pressing the change button for more than approximately 1 second The display is updated every 30 seconds The first 30 seconds after a reset the display shows Average fuel consumption Mpg or I 100km The average fuel consumption mode shows the average fuel consumption since the last reset Resetting is done by pressing the change button for more than approximately 1 second The dis play is updated every 30 seconds At about the first 1 3 miles 500 m after a reset the display shows Journey time The journey time mode shows the time since the last reset The displayed time can be reset by pressing the change button for more than ap proximately 1 second Trip computer reset Pushing the change button for more than 3 sec onds will reset all modes except Trip A and dis tance to empty dte Instruments and controls 2 9 COMPASS AND OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE DISPLAY if s
449. wn hooks in the cargo area to the best location to secure a load The tie down hooks must be installed so the hook is properly fixed to the channel If the tie down hook is not fixed to the channel it cannot be properly tightened Check the tightness of the tie down hooks peri odically during a trip to make sure they have not become loose Install the tie down hooks as follows 1 Assemble 4 hook loops to 4 hook plates by screwing the hook plate onto the hook 5 revolutions LT10145 Correct Incorrect 2 Insert at any position 2 channel tie down 3 Hand tighten each hook until it is securely hooks A into the channel opening of fixed to the channel each channel and slide to the desired posi m To reposition the channel tie down hook un screw the hook loop from the hook plate 2 revolutions move to a new location and retighten tion Technical and consumer information 9 17 A Correct Incorrect LT10148 9 18 Technical and consumer information LOADING TIPS The GVW must not exceed GVWR or GAWR as specified on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label Do not load the front and rear axle to the GAWR Doing so will exceed the GVWR AWARNING e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seat backs In a sudden stop or colli sion unsecured cargo could cause personal injury
450. wn on the Tire and Loading Information label The label is located as shown Technical and consumer information 9 11 INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION LABEL Use the following step to mount the front license plate The air conditioner specification label is affixed to the underside of the hood as shown Attach the license plate bracket on the plas tic finisher at the location mark small dimple using the two 6 mm screws pro vided 9 12 Technical and consumer information VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION AWARNING it is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seri ously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly TERMS It is important to familiarize yourself with the following terms before loading your vehicle Curb Weight actual weight of your vehicle vehicle weight including standard and optional equipment flu ids emergency tools and spare tire assembly This weight does not in clude passengers and cargo GVW Gross Vehicle Weight curb weight plus the combined weight of passengers and cargo GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rat ing maximum total combined weight of the unloaded vehicle pas sengers
451. xplosion of flammable liquid vapor or gas in any vehicle or trailer To reduce the risk of serious injury or death when filling portable fuel containers Always place the container on the ground when filling Do not use electronic devices when filling Keep the pump nozzle in contact with the container while you are fill ing it Use only approved portable fuel con tainers for flammable liquid A CAUTION Do not use E 15 or E 85 fuel in your vehicle For further information see the Fuel Recommendation in the Techni cal and consumer information section of this manual The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning mes sage will be displayed if the fuel filler cap is not properly tightened It may take a few driving trips for the message to be displayed Failure to tighten the fuel filler cap properly after the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning message is dis played may cause the Malfunc tion Indicator Light MIL to illuminate Failure to tighten the fuel filler cap properly may cause the 1 Malfunc tion Indicator Light MIL to illuminate If the 7 light illuminates because the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The L light should turn off after a few driving trips Ifthe L light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle in spected by a NISSAN dealer For additional information see the Malfunction Indicator Light MIL
452. y also report safety defects online at https wwwapps tc gc ca Saf Sec Sur 7 PCDB BDPP Index aspx Additional information concerning motor vehicle safety may be obtained from Trans port Canada s Road Safety Information Centre at 1 800 333 0371 or online at www tc gc ca roadsafety English speak ers or www tc gc ca securiteroutiere French speakers To notify NISSAN of any safety concerns please contact our Consumer Information Centre toll free at 1 800 387 0122 READINESS FOR INSPECTION MAINTENANCE I M TEST AWARNING A vehicle equipped with Four Wheel Drive 4WD should never be tested using a two wheel dynamometer such as the dyna mometers used by some states for emis sions testing or similar equipment Make sure you inform the test facility personnel that your vehicle is equipped with 4WD before it is placed on a dynamometer Using the wrong test equipment may re sult in transmission damage or unex pected vehicle movement which could re sult in serious vehicle damage or personal injury Due to legal requirements in some states and Canadian Provinces your vehicle may be re quired to be in what is called the ready condi tion for an Inspection Maintenance I M test of the emission control system The vehicle is set to the ready condition when it is driven through certain driving patterns Usually the ready condition can be obtained by ordinary usage of the vehicle If a powertrain system
453. y a cat egory like phone or a command like points of interest followed by a brand name A list of available commands is then spoken by the system After the tone sounds and the face icon on the display changes speak a command Available commands are discussed later in this section If you want to cancel the command or go back to the previous menu of commands press the button The system will an nounce Cancelling voice recognition or Go back depending on the current menu level Press the D button to move back through the menus displayed on the screen If you want to adjust the volume of the voice feedback use the volume control switches on the steering wheel or the volume knob on the control panel The voice Command screen can also be accessed using the control panel display Press the aPPsG button Select the Voice Commands key 4 80 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems possible Close the windows to eliminate the surrounding noises traffic noises vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from recognizing the voice commands cor rectly Wait until a tone sounds before speaking a command Otherwise the command will not be received properly Start speaking a command within 3 5 sec onds after the tone sounds Speak in a natural voice without pausing between words a Call name Street Address addre Points of Interest na
454. y result in a collision or serious personal injury The hill descent control system helps maintain vehicle speed when driving under 15 21 MPH 25 35 km h on steeper downhill grades Hill descent control is useful when engine braking alone in 4H or 4L cannot control vehicle speed Hill descent control applies the vehicle brakes to control vehicle speed allowing the driver to con centrate on steering while reducing the burden of brake and accelerator operation When additional braking is required on steep downhill roads activate the hill de scent control system by pushing the switch ON See Hill descent control switch in the Instruments and controls section Once the system is activated the indicator light will remain on in the instrument panel See Hill descent control system on indica tor light in the Instruments and controls section If the accelerator or brake pedal is depressed while the hill descent control system is on the system will stop operating temporarily As soon as the accelerator or brake pedal is released the hill descent control system begins to function again if the hill descent control operating condi tions are fulfilled For the best results when descending steep downhill grades the hill descent control switch should be ON and the shift lever in 2 Second gear or 1 Low gear for engine braking HILL START ASSIST SYSTEM if so equipped AWARNING Never rely solely on
455. ystem off and the iPod connected the system will turn on If another audio source is playing and the iPod is connected press the AUX button repeatedly until the center display changes to the iPod mode Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 51 Playlists Composers Interface The interface for iPod operation shown on the vehicle s audio system display screen is similar to the iPod interface Use the touchscreen BACK button or the scrolling knob to navigate the menus on the screen When the iPod Is playing touch the Menu key to bring up the iPod interface Depending on the iPod model the following items may be available on the menu list screen For further information about each item see the iPod Owner s Manual Playlists Artists Albums Genres Songs Composers Audiobooks Podcasts Random and repeat play mode While the iPod is playing the play pattern can be altered so that songs are repeated or played randomly Random Touch the Random key to apply a random play pattern to the iPod When the random mode is active the icon is displayed to the left of the song title or album name to denote which random pattern is applied To cancel Random mode touch the Random key until no icon is displayed 4 52 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Repeat Touch the Repeat key to apply a repeat play pattern to

2014 Nissan Xterra Owner`s Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents